Drystar AXYS Service Manual PDF

HEALTHCARE
Imaging Services Service Manual

Document No: DD+DIS033.07E
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367/100
1st edition
CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
10-2007 printed in Germany Document Node ID: 14350040

eq_00_about manual_e_template_v02
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2006 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS033.07E About this Manual
► Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see MEDNET GSO => General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications =>
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.

Edition 1, Revision 0 DRYSTAR AXYS Chapter 0 / 2

10-2007 Type 5367/100 Agfa Company Confidential
► Purpose of this document

This document provides information on the structure and contents of the
Service Manual.
► Document History
Edition. Release Changes

Revision Date
1.0 10-2007 • Initial Revision


► Chapter Overview
Chapter
0 Order List
Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures
2 Functional Description
3 Repair and Service
3.1 Machine specific Safety and Repair Information
3.2 Machine specific Tools, Software Tools and Auxiliary Equipment

3.3 Troubleshooting
3.4 Electrical and Mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs
3.5 Replacement of Parts
3.6 Adjustments and Calibrations
3.7 Software Menus and Setting
3.8 Software Releases, Patches
3.9 FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions
4 Reference and Circuit Diagrams
5 Spare Parts List
6 Accessories
7 Field Modifications
8 Manufacturing Standard Modifications
9 Maintenance
10 Service Bulletins
11 Installation Planning 1 2 3
12 Glossary


► Explanation of notes
This documentation uses:

Safety relevant notes
Icon Signal Word Situation
CAUTION: Possible dangerous situation: Light injuries or damage to the

equipment described in the manual and/or damage to any other
equipment or goods and/or environmental pollution can be the
consequence.
WARNING: Dangerous situation: Potential serious injury to a user, engineer,
patient or any other person and possible mistreatment of patients
can be the consequence.
DANGER: Direct, immediate danger: Death or serious injuries can be the
consequence.
Not-safety relevant notes

Icon Name Type of Information
INSTRUCTION: Indicates an instruction where it is important to follow literally the
described actions.
IMPORTANT: Highlights very important actions which have to be carried out to
prevent malfunction.
NOTE: • Indicates advice to facilitate the following step or action without

having a direct influence on the step or action.
• Highlights unusual points
• Indicates background information
• Can be used to explain or highlight displays of the graphical user
interface.
► Conventions
Actions Way of writing Sample

Action, Switch the machine on Switch the machine on
explanation
Action with the mouse or the <omni-cd.exe> Double-click the
"Return" key <omni-cd.exe> icon
Required text input via the vips Enter vips and click on
keyboard <Continue>


1 About this Manual
This is the service manual for the DRYSTAR AXYS printer.
The Drystar AXYS is a high resolution (508 dpi) DICOM network dry digital tabletop
printer for producing medical diagnostic images. It can print multiple formats of blue-
based (Drystar DT 2 B) and clear-based (Drystar DT 2 C) film and offers crisp, dense
grayscale images.
The Drystar AXYS can be used for general radiography and optionally for the
mammography application printing on DT2 Mammo blue base films. It is designed for
high-throughput and for use as a central or de-central printer.
536711JK.CDR
Figure 1: System Overview
Device Comment
Modality The modality has to support the DICOM print protocol
DRYSTAR AXYS Dry printer for
• 14x17", 14x14", 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2 blue base or
clear base films
• 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2 Mammo blue base films
This manual comprises all information which is required to install, maintain,

troubleshoot and repair the printer.
For additional information for planning of service activities on the printer refer to the
service plan DRYSTAR AXYS, available on MEDNET, GSO library:
Hardcopy => Dry Imagers => Drystar AXYS => Service Plan


Copyright © 2007 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Published by
D - 81539 München
Germany
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.

Agfa Company Confidential

HEALTHCARE
Imaging Services Generic Safety Directions
Generic Safety Directions

for Agfa HealthCare Imaging Products
► Purpose of this Document
This Generic Safety Directions document comprises the general safety relevant
information including relevant environmental and occupational safety instructions for
the Service Engineer.
It is valid for all Agfa HealthCare Imaging Products.

Revision Date compared to previous Version 1.4:
1.5 04-2014  Corrected link to Global Harmonization Task Force. See
section 12.
 Added reference to user manual safety directions when
operating the device or system. See section 13.
 Added safety note for cleaning and disinfection. See
section 15.
 Added reference to the user manual for cleaning
instructions. See section 15.
 Added safety note in case of power ON and cover
removed. See section 16.
 Added safety note to check tension before working at the
powered-off device. See section 16.
 Added note to combine release system components only.
Refer to section 18.
 Added recommendation to use the supplementary
protective earth connection as additional safety measure,
if available. See section 18.
► Referenced Documents
Document Title
Not applicable Not applicable

The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
eq_generic_safety_directions_e_template_v01
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions
► Manufacturer
Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2014 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium, or its affiliates.
All other trademarks mentioned in this document are held by Agfa HealthCare N.V. or the
respective owners and are used in an editorial fashion with no intention of infringement.
Nothing contained in this legal notice nor in any text in this document shall be construed
as granting by implication, estoppel or otherwise, any license or right to use any of the
trademarks, service marks, trade names or logos appearing in this document without the
express prior written consent of their respective owner.
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" prior to attempting any operation, repair or
maintenance task on the equipment.
Refer to Document ID 11849633, Agfa Intranet / Agfa Portal via Internet.
the product.

Edition 1, Revision 5 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 2 of 30
04-2014 Agfa Company Confidential
LIST OF CONTENTS
1 DISCLAIMER......................................................................................................... 5
2 USED ICONS ........................................................................................................ 6
3 LABELS ................................................................................................................. 7
3.1 CE Mark................................................................................................... 7
3.2 Labels ...................................................................................................... 7
3.3 Labels concerning Laser Radiation ......................................................... 8
4 PRODUCT COMPLAINTS .................................................................................. 10
5 REFERENCES .................................................................................................... 10
6 INTENDED USE.................................................................................................. 11
7 INTENDED USER ............................................................................................... 11
8 QUALIFICATIONS FOR OPERATION AND SERVICE TASKS.......................... 11
9 ENVIRONMENTAL AND OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS............. 12
10 CONNECTIONS TO OTHER EQUIPMENT ........................................................ 13
11 ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS ................................................................ 14
12 COMPLIANCE..................................................................................................... 14
13 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR OPERATION......................................................... 17
14 RADIATION PROTECTION ................................................................................ 18
15 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR CLEANING AND DISINFECTION......................... 18
16 GENERAL SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR SERVICE ACTIVITIES ....................... 19
17 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PLANNING ACTIVITIES ............ 21
18 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES................................ 23
19 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ACTIVITIES ........ 25
20 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR REMOTE SERVICE ACTIVITIES ......................... 28

21 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR TRANSPORT AND SHIPMENT OF SPARE

PARTS, ACCESSORIES AND DEVICES............................................................28
22 SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING MODIFICATIONS.................................28
23 SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS .................28
24 RECYCLING ........................................................................................................29
25 WASTE DISPOSAL .............................................................................................29
26 ERASING PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION (PHI) ...................................30

1 Disclaimer
The installation and service of equipment described herein is to be performed by qualified

personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates or who are
otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide such services.
Fitters, engineers and other persons who are not employed by or otherwise directly
affiliated with or authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates are directed to
contact one of the local offices of Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates before attempting
installation or service procedures.
No part of this document may be reproduced, copied, adapted or transmitted in any form
or by any means without the written permission of Agfa HealthCare.
Agfa HealthCare makes no warranties or representation, expressed or implied, with

respect to the accuracy, completeness or usefulness of the information contained in this
document and specifically disclaims warranties of suitability for any particular purpose.
Agfa HealthCare shall under no circumstances be liable for any damage arising from the
use or inability to use any information, apparatus, method or process disclosed in this
document.
Agfa HealthCare is not liable for resulting consequences, damages or injuries if you don’t
operate the product correctly or if you don’t have it serviced correctly.
Agfa HealthCare reserves the right to change the product, the characteristics and its
documentation without further notice to improve reliability, function or design.
NOTE:
In the United States, Federal Law stipulates that medical devices should only be sold to,
distributed and used by or by order of a licensed physician.

2 Used Icons
Icon Signal Word and Situation

CAUTION: Possible dangerous situation: Light injuries or damage
to the equipment described in the manual and/or damage to any
other equipment or goods and/or environmental pollution can be the
consequence.
WARNING: Dangerous situation: Potential serious injury to a user,
engineer, patient or any other person and possible mistreatment of
patients can be the consequence.
DANGER: Direct, immediate danger: Death or heavy injuries can
be the consequence.
INSTRUCTION:
Indicates an instruction where it is important to follow the described
actions literally.
IMPORTANT:
Highlights very important actions which have to be carried out to
prevent malfunction.
NOTE:
 Indicates advice to facilitate the following step or action
without having a direct influence on the step or action.
 Highlights unusual points.
 Indicates background information.
 Can be used to explain or highlight displays of the graphical
user interface.

3 Labels
3.1 CE Mark
CE Mark This product carries the CE Mark. The CE Declaration (CE Conformity)
becomes invalid if the product is changed without explicit consent of the
manufacturer! This applies to all parts, not only to safety elements.
3.2 Labels
For the meaning of the labels in and on the product refer to:
 The corresponding product or system User Manuals and
 The figure below, with a list of possible service activity related labels and their
meaning. To prevent injuries or damage to the equipment, follow the instructions
on the label or the related service instructions.
Hot surface Laser radiation Magnetic field Ionizing radiation
High voltage Hand injuries Do not touch Protective earth

connection

3.3 Labels concerning Laser Radiation
According to its classification, laser radiation can lead to eye and skin injuries.
Each laser source is classified from class 1 to class 4, based on standard
DIN EN 60825-1:2007.
The table below lists the meaning of the different laser classes. Note the detailed
instructions in the user manual and technical documentation.
Class # Meaning Example Label
Class 1: Not dangerous to the human eye, even

when using optical instruments. Can
nevertheless produce irritating effects, CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
especially with low ambient light
conditions.
Class 1 M: Not dangerous to the human eye if no

optical instruments (magnifying glass or LASER RADIATION
binocular) are used. DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
Can nevertheless produce irritating OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
effects, especially with low ambient light CLASS 1M LASER PRODUCT
conditions.
Class 2: Dangerous to the human eye for

intentional staring into the beam.
Not dangerous for short term exposure
< 0,25 seconds.
Using optical instruments does not
increase the risk of eye injury. LASER RADIATION
Can even for short term exposure < 0,25
seconds produce dazzling and irritating DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM
effects, especially with low ambient light CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCT

conditions.

Class # Meaning Example Label
Class 2M: Dangerous to the human eye when

staring into the beam or when using
optical instruments (magnifying glass or
telescope). No hazard for short term
exposure < 0,25 seconds (aversion
response of the eye) without use of LASER RADIATION
optical instruments. Can produce DO NOT STARE INTO THE BEAM
dazzling and irritating effects even for OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
short term exposure < 0,25 seconds, CLASS 2M LASER PRODUCT
especially at low ambient light conditions.
Class 3R: Possibly dangerous to the human eye for

direct view into the beam.
Risks of an eye injury is increasing with
duration of exposure.
Can produce dazzling and irritating
effects, especially with low ambient light LASER RADIATION
conditions.
AVOID DIRECT EYE EXPOSURE
CLASS 3R LASER PRODUCT
Class 3B: Normally dangerous to the human eye

for direct view into the beam.
Viewing diffuse reflections is normally not
dangerous.
Risk of small skin injuries or ignition of
explosive material if the power of the LASER RADIATION
laser beam is close to the upper limits of
class 3 B. AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM
CLASS 3B LASER PRODUCT
Class 4: Dangerous to the human eye for direct

view into the beam or viewing diffuse
reflections.
Very often class 4 lasers also implicate a
fire hazard.
LASER RADIATION
AVOID EYE OR SKIN EXPOSURE
TO DIRECT OR SCATTERED
RADIATION
CLASS 4 LASER PRODUCT

4 Product Complaints
Any service person who has any complaints or has experienced any dissatisfaction in the
quality, durability, reliability, safety, effectiveness or performance of this product must
notify Agfa HealthCare by the Agfa HealthCare complaint procedure.
If the product malfunctions and may have caused or contributed to a serious injury of a
patient or an accident or if there are any hazards which may cause an accident,
Agfa HealthCare must be notified immediately by telephone, fax or written
correspondence to the following address:
Agfa Service Support - local support addresses and phone numbers listed on:
www.agfa.com
As an alternative, contact the Corporate Communication Department:
Agfa-Gevaert N.V.
Septestraat 27
2640 Mortsel, Belgium.
Fax +32 3 444 4485
5 References
Technical Documentation is available via Agfa HealthCare Library and your local Agfa
HealthCare support organization.
Access to the Agfa HealthCare Library:
 (Internal) Agfa users access: http://intra.agfa.net/he/en/intranet/library/index.jsp

 External users access (via the portal): http://healthcare.agfa.net/irj/portal/library

6 Intended Use
This Agfa HealthCare product should only be operated in a hospital or clinical radiological
environment by qualified staff.
It must only be operated according to its specifications and its intended use. Any
operation not corresponding to the specifications or intended use may result in hazards,
which in turn may lead to serious injuries or fatal accidents (for example electric shocks).
AGFA will not assume any liability whatsoever in these cases.
Make sure that the product is constantly monitored in order to avoid inappropriate
handling, especially by children.
The product must only be installed and put into operation under the specified conditions.
The intended use statement of the product or system is listed in the User Manual of the
product or system.
7 Intended User
This manual is written for Agfa trained Field Service Engineers and Clinical Application
Specialists, trained users of Agfa HealthCare products and trained diagnostic X–Ray
clinical personnel who have received proper training. Users are considered as the persons
who handle the equipment as well as the persons having authority over the equipment.
8 Qualifications for Operation and Service Tasks
This technical documentation describes adjustments and routines which must only to be
performed by qualified technical personnel.
The Agfa (trained) Field Service Engineers and Clinical Application Specialists must have
received adequate Agfa HealthCare training on the safe and effective use of the product
and applicable environmental and occupational safety matters before attempting to work
with it. Training requirements may vary from country to country.
Agfa trained Field Service Engineers and Clinical Application Specialists must make sure
that training is received in accordance with local laws or regulations that have the force of
law.
Your local Agfa HealthCare representative can provide further information on training.

9 Environmental and occupational Safety Instructions
Each Agfa trained Field Service Engineer and Clinical Application Specialist:
 Must make his or her personal contribution to improve safety and protect the
environment.
 When working on a customers site, has a duty to take reasonable care to avoid injury
to himself or herself or to others who may be affected by their acts or omissions.
 Is obligated to adhere strictly to regulations and instructions.
 Shall familiarize himself or herself with the provisions of the Agfa Healthcare
Health, Safety and Environment Policy and any specific rules or procedures relating to
occupational safety at work and the protection of the environment.
 Shall promptly report any near misses, accidents, incidents or dangerous occurrences
to their line manager and co-operate fully in any investigation.
 Shall co-operate with company management on matters relating to
health, safety and environment and, where appropriate, discuss with and / or assist
their manager in resolving matters relating to health, safety and environment.
 Shall ensure that any company equipment issued to them, or, for which they are
responsible, is correctly used and properly maintained.
 Shall wear protective equipment whenever instructed or if it is recommended to do so.
 Shall be responsible for good housekeeping in the area in which he or she is working.
 Shall report situations, which could put them at risk, on either company or
customers' premises, to their manager or supervisor; and, if warranted, directly and in
confidence, to the Health and Safety Coordinator, Global HSE* Manager, or ultimately
to the Managing Director.
* Health, Safety and Environment
 Shall report any injuries, diseases or dangerous occurrences to his or her line
manager.
 Shall report any accidents, incidents or near misses to his or her line manager.
 Shall report any situation of which he or she is aware that is potentially dangerous.
 Shall comply with any health surveillance procedure instituted for his or her benefit or
for compliance with regulations.

10 Connections to other Equipment
Agfa HealthCare equipment must only be used in combination with other Agfa HealthCare
equipment or components if these are expressly recognized by Agfa HealthCare as
compatible. A list of such equipment and components is available from Agfa HealthCare
service on request.
Changes or additions to the equipment must only be carried out by persons authorized to
do so by Agfa HealthCare. Such changes must comply with best engineering practice and
all applicable laws and regulations that have the force of law within the jurisdiction of the
hospital.
Connections to other equipment:

WARNING:
Accessory equipment not complying with the safety requirements of this product
may lead to a safety hazard.
INSTRUCTION:
Consult the technical documentation before making any connections to other equipment.
Consideration relating to the choice of accessory equipment shall include:
 Use of the accessory equipment in the patient vicinity.
 Evidence that the safety certification of the accessory equipment has been
performed in accordance with the appropriate IEC 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1-1
harmonized national standard.
In addition all configurations must comply with the medical electrical systems standard
IEC 60601-1-1. The party that makes the connections acts as system configurer and is
responsible for complying with the systems standard.
If required, contact your local service organization.

11 Accessories and Spare Parts
Parts and accessories replacement:

WARNING:
Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper operation.
INSTRUCTION:
 Replace defective parts with Agfa HealthCare original spare parts.
 Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the procedure.
 Only approved Agfa HealthCare accessories must be used. For a list of compatible
accessories contact your local Agfa HealthCare organization or www.agfa.com.
12 Compliance
Directive for HealthCare Imaging Products:

Council Directive 93/42/EEC of 14 June 1993 concerning medical devices
(OJ No L 169/1 of 1993-07-12)
 ANNEX I - ESSENTIAL REQUIREMENTS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The

products are designed and manufactured in such a way that, when used under the
conditions and for the purposes intended and, where applicable, by virtue of the
technical knowledge, experience, education or training of intended users, they will not
compromise the clinical condition or the safety of patients, or the safety and health of
users.
 ANNEX II - EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY: Full quality assurance system

ISO 13485
 ANNEX X - CLINICAL EVALUATION: The clinical evaluation follows a defined and

methodologically sound procedure.

Applied standards for Agfa HealthCare Imaging medical electrical equipment:
NOTE:
Equipment delivered by Agfa HealthCare is not necessarily classified as medical
electrical equipment. For details refer to the related user and /or service manual.
 IEC 60601-1, Ed. 3: Medical electrical equipment - Part 1: General requirements for
basic safety and essential performance
 ISO 14971:2000, Medical devices – Application of risk management to medical devices
 IEC 60601-1-2, It specifies the manufacturer of the ME (Medical Electrical) equipment

or ME system provides information to the responsible organization that is essential in
determining the suitability of the ME equipment or ME system for the electromagnetic
environment of use, and in managing the electromagnetic environment of use to permit
the ME equipment or ME system to maintain basic safety and provide its essential
performance without disturbing other equipment.
Additional standards for documentation:
IEC 82079 Ed. 1: Preparation of instructions for use - Structuring, content and
presentation
Harmonization:
Global Harmonization Task Force (GHTF) http://www.imdrf.org
This document has been prepared to comply with Study Group 1 guidance document of
the Global Harmonization Task Force (GHTF) to assist development of a consistent,
harmonized definition for a medical device that could be used within a global regulatory
model and would offer significant benefits to the manufacturer, user, patient or consumer,
and to Regulatory Authorities and support global convergence of regulatory systems.
IECEE CB SCHEME:
The IECEE CB (Certification Body) Scheme is the world's first truly international system
for acceptance of test reports dealing with the safety of electrical and electronic products.
It is a multilateral agreement among participating countries and certification organizations.
Agfa has produced a CB test report and claims national certification in all other member
countries of the CB Scheme.
Details see: www.iecee.org

Radiation of radio frequency:

CAUTION: For USA only:
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the service manual, may cause interference
to radio communication.
NOTE:
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A
computing device pursuant to Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC Rules, which are designed to
provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial
environment.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference.
The user will be required to take all necessary measures to correct the interference at
his own expense.

13 Safety Directions for Operation
Accessibility of the mains power switch:

CAUTION:
Do not obstruct the mains power switch.
Position the Agfa HealthCare product so that it is possible to disconnect the mains power
connection.
 Before operating the device or system e.g. for verification of an installation, repair or
preventive maintenance activity, refer to the safety notes in the relevant user manual.
 Under certain conditions the Agfa HealthCare product will show a display containing a
message. This message will show that either a problem or action has occurred or that
a requested action is required or cannot be performed. The user must read these
messages carefully. They will provide information on what to do. This will be either
performing an action to resolve the problem or to contact the Agfa HealthCare
service organization. Details on the contents of messages can be found in this
technical documentation.
 All images created using any image technology can show artifacts which could be
confused with diagnostic information. If there is any doubt that the diagnostic
information could be corrupted, additional investigations must be performed to get
clear diagnostic information.
 Ventilation openings must not be covered.
 If you notice conspicuous noise or smoke, disconnect the product immediately from
the mains.
 Do not pour water or any other liquid over the device.
 If a system malfunction causes an emergency situation involving the patient, operating
personnel or any system component, activate the emergency stop for the system
concerned. All motor driven system movements will be stopped.
 Do not store any magnetic media near or on devices, which produce magnetic fields,
since stored data may be lost.
Explosive environment:
DANGER:
Risk of explosion.
Never operate this device in zones where there are flammable anesthetics or oxygen
which may cause an explosion.

Usage of an un-interruptible power supply:

WARNING:
Images can be lost due to power failure.
Connect the equipment to an un-interruptible power supply (UPS) or an institutional
standby generator.
14 Radiation Protection
Only qualified and authorized personnel shall operate any X-Ray system. In this context
qualified means those legally permitted to operate this X-Ray equipment in the
jurisdiction in which the X-Ray equipment is being used, and authorized means those
authorized by the authority controlling the use of the X-Ray equipment. Full use must be
made of all radiation protection features, devices, systems, procedures and accessories.
Ionizing radiation can lead to radiation injuries if handled incorrectly. When radiation is
applied, the required protective measures must be complied with.
15 Safety Directions for Cleaning and Disinfection
DANGER:
Risk of explosion when using wrong cleaning agent.
Risk of electric shock when cleaning with power ON.
When the equipment is going to be cleaned, be sure to turn OFF the power of each
device, and to unplug the power cord from the AC outlet.
Never use anhydrous or high solvency alcohols, benzine, thinner or any other flammable
cleaning agent.
 For instructions about cleaning of the device or accessories, refer to the user manual.
 Details about cleaning and disinfection or sterilization methods that may be used on
system parts or accessories that can become contaminated through contact with the
patient or with body fluids, are referred to within the individual service or user
documents.

16 General Safety Directions for Service Activities
 This system uses high voltage. Consider the respective safety regulations.
 Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified electrician.
 Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified technician.
 The safety directions for operation (see section 13) are also valid for all service
activities.
 During all service activities observe prescribed local and country-specific
requirements (e.g. occupational safety and accident prevention regulations).
 All existing screw connections must be tightened sufficiently firmly, but they may not
be overstressed when tightening. There must always be compliance with stated
torque values!
 Damaged or missing screws may be replaced only with the same screw types that
have the specified hardness rating. Unless a different value is listed in the
instructions, all screws used must be hardness rated 8.8.
 All screws must be secured in accordance with the corresponding data.
If "Loctite" has to be used to secure screws, this is stated in the instructions.
 Any Agfa service PC or tool which is to be connected via RS232, RJ45, USB or other
interface to an Agfa device must not be connected to the mains but must be operated
on its internal battery or indirect supply (low voltage).
 When handling printed circuit boards (abbr.: PCBs) the following points must be
observed:
o Always switch off the equipment and unplug the power cord, before you
disconnect or connect cables on printed circuit boards.
o When working on PCBs, always wear an anti-static wrist strap. Never touch any
parts or components on PCBs with your bare fingers.
o PCBs have to be kept or transported in their protection bags. Never carry a
PCB without protection bag and walk on carpet or plastic floor covering
(electrostatic charge).
o Once the PCB is taken out of its protection bag, it has to be protected from
electrostatic charge by a grounded mat.

General safety note, in case of power ON and cover removed:

DANGER:
Risk of electric shock when working at the device with opened cover and
power ON.
Only work at the powered device with opened cover for service purposes, if this is
absolutely unavoidable.
Before working at the powered device with opened cover for service purposes,
 first identify the high voltage wires and connectors in the circuit diagram.
 if possible, cover high voltage wires and connectors with insulating material.
 greatest possible care must be taken, never to get in contact with high voltage wires
or connectors.
General safety note to check tension before working at the powered-off device:
DANGER:
High voltage. Risk of electric shock.
Before working at the device with opened covers, perform following steps to ensure the
device is de-energized:
 Switch off the power at the main power switch.
 Prevent that the device can be switched on by other persons. Example: Put a sign
"Don't switch on" in local language to the main switch.
 Use an appropriate tester and confirm that the device is de-energized (0V!).
 Observe additional safety notes at the device and in the specific service documents.
 For devices with capacitors (e.g. X-Ray generator): Confirm by measuring the
voltage at the capacitors, that the capacitors are discharged.
 For devices with batteries for power supply (e.g. mobile X-ray unit): Observe special
safety notes in the related service manual.
Static discharge at electrical components:

CAUTION:
Static discharge! Electrical components may be destroyed:
For the repair on electrical components, wear a grounding strap
(Order number: CM+9 9999 0830 0) around the wrist and connect the other end of this
strap on a grounded conducting metal piece.

17 Safety Directions for Installation Planning Activities
Install equipment in the patient environment only, if it is classified as “Type B equipment”.

Install all equipment outside the patient environment, which is not classified as “Type B
equipment”. Refer to the specifications in the user manual of the system or product. For
definition of the patient environment see dimensions in the figure below.
R
Patient vicinity
h
Patient vicinity
patient_vicinity.cdr
R = 1.5 m / 4.9 feet (EN 60601-1) or 1.83 m / 6 feet (UL 60601-1)

h = 2.5 m / 8.2 feet (EN 60601-1) or 2.29 / 7.5 feet (UL 60601-1)
Protecting CR (Computed Radiography) equipment against scattered X-Rays:

WARNING:
Image plate is sensitive for X-rays. Poor image quality possible.
The digitizer and the cassette storage shall be protected against X-ray radiation this way,
that the annual dose equivalent at the installation place will not exceed 1 mSv.
Protecting Film-Screen Systems against scattered X-Rays:

WARNING:
Film is sensitive for X-rays. Poor image quality possible.
The film-screen system shall be protected against X-ray radiation this way, that the annual
dose equivalent at the installation place will not exceed 1 mSv.

Accessibility of the power disconnection device:

WARNING:
Electrical device. Shock possible.
INSTRUCTION:
 Do not position Agfa equipment so it is difficult to operate the disconnection device

when an appliance coupler or separable plug is used as isolation.
 Local and International wiring regulations must be observed. Check all supplies and
voltages, currents, trips and fuses with the Hospital facilities department or their
engineers.
Fixing equipment at the wall or floor:

WARNING:
Unknown composition of wall or floor structure: Risk of injury or damage:
Hospital management is responsible for the position, location and fixing of all equipment.
Floor load:
CAUTION:
Heavy device may damage the floor covering.
Make sure that the floor covering is solid enough to stand the weight of the device.
Fixing equipment at the ceiling:

CAUTION:
Ceiling construction may be inadequate for fixing of equipment: Risk of injury or
damage:
Hospital management is responsible for the position, location and fixing of all equipment.

18 Safety Directions for Installation Activities
 If not otherwise stated, installation and configuration is performed by Agfa HealthCare

trained personnel.
 If damage of the package is visible from the outside contact your local AGFA
representative.
 Apart from wearing the required protective clothing, e.g. safety boots and gloves, care
must be taken that heavy loads are correctly lifted and carried to avoid injury. The
relevant instructions must be complied with. Heavy or awkward loads must be moved
by mechanical means or by several people.
 When installing the product be sure that there is either a mains plug or an all-pole
circuit breaker in the internal installation fitted near the product and that it is easily
accessible.
 If the device has a supplementary protective earth connection: It is recommended to
use the supplementary protective earth connection as additional safety measure.
 Defective covers, sharp edges or protruding parts of equipment can cause injuries, if
accidentally knocked into. Route cables and position equipment safely.
 This device should be installed behind the institution firewall for network security and
anti-virus protection. No ongoing computer virus protection or network security for this
medical device is provided (e.g. a computer firewall). Network security and anti-virus
provisions are the ongoing responsibility of the user or institution.
 In a system, combine released system components only. Refer to the compatibility
information which is referred to from the relevant service manual.
Connection of the device to the power supply:

CAUTION:
Risk of damaging the device by using the wrong power supply.
INSTRUCTION:
Prior to connecting the device to the mains:
 Compare the power requirements indicated on the type label with the available
power supply in the installation room.
 Check the service manual for the type of input voltage selection, manual or
automatic: If manual, select the appropriate voltage and fuses.
 Confirm to use the correct socket and plug for the required power supply.
 Check the equipment will work with the power supply available.

Ground potential differences:

CAUTION:
To comply with ISO 60601-1 (annex I) all computers and peripherals must be
connected to the same power source.
INSTRUCTION:
 Always connect the associated monitor to the same uninterruptible power source as
the PC.
 When different combinations of equipment are used in various medical environments
a potential difference (V) can exist between the protective earths in different localities.
If the protective earthing fails this potential difference can cause a hazard for the
operator or for the patient.
Performing the electrical test according to national regulations before putting the
equipment into service:
WARNING:
Improper ground connections or too high leakage current may lead to electric shocks.
 After installation, before putting the equipment into service, inform the responsible
organization* about the necessity of the electrical test according to national
regulations.
If specific national regulations do not exist: It is recommended to perform the
electrical test according to IEC 62353.
 Make sure, that all grounding connections are present.
*Responsible Organization:
Entity accountable for the use and maintenance of a medical equipment or a medical equipment system. The
accountable entity can be, for example, a hospital or an individual clinician.
NOTE:
Refer to the Agfa HealthCare Library for system specific IEC 62353 test documents.

19 Safety Directions for Maintenance and Repair Activities
 This technical documentation identifies the parts on which preventive inspection and
maintenance shall be performed by Agfa trained service personnel. For required
preventive maintenance frequency refer to the technical documentation or contact
local service management.
 In general the device has to be switched off during service activities. Exception: If the
device is switched on to perform tests pay particular attention to any hazards due to
moving and rotating parts. Avoid lose clothing or finger traps. Switch off the device
immediately after the tests.
 Do not turn motors manually. If required, first disconnect the motor from the motor
control board.
 Make sure that the power cord does not show any signs of damage.
 After repair work always check that the integrated safety features are not overridden
or disconnected.
 If there is any visible damage to the machine casing do not hand-over the product to
the customer. First repair the machine casing.
Replacing batteries:
WARNING:
Battery can explode, causing chemical burns.
INSTRUCTION:
 Check that batteries are inserted with correct polarity.

 Only use batteries of the same type or an equivalent type as specified by the
manufacturer.
 Dispose of empty batteries in compliance with the specifications of the manufacturer.
 When removing batteries from the equipment take appropriate measures to avoid
short circuit of the battery:
Either use tape to cover the two poles of the battery or put the battery back in its
original packing and secure the packing by tape.

Performing the electrical test according to national regulations after repair work:
WARNING:
Improper ground connections or too high leakage current may lead to electric
shocks.
 After any repair work which may influence electrical safety of the product, inform the
responsible organization* about the necessity of the electrical test according to
national regulations.
If specific national regulations do not exist: It is recommended to perform the
electrical test according to IEC 62353.
 Make sure, that all grounding connections are present.
*Responsible Organization:
Entity accountable for the use and maintenance of a medical equipment or a medical equipment system. The
accountable entity can be, for example, a hospital or an individual clinician.
NOTE:
Refer to the Agfa HealthCare Library for system specific IEC 62353 test documents.
Performing service activities at devices emitting laser radiation:

WARNING:
Laser radiation. Eye injury possible.
INSTRUCTION:
 Strictly observe the warning notes in the service manual of devices emitting laser
radiation (See service manual chapter describing Safety Guidelines / General
Repair Instructions) and at the corresponding steps of instructions.
 Strictly observe the warning labels at the modules emitting laser light. For the
meaning of the labels refer to section 3.3 in this document.
 Do not look into the laser beam.
 Do not open modules containing a laser. Only open modules containing a laser if
explicitly instructed to do so.
 Do not keep tools in the laser beam unless explicitly instructed to do so.
 Make yourself familiar with the path of the laser light and the conditions, when the
laser beam is switched on. Refer to the functional description in the corresponding
service manual.
 Do not operate modules with laser outside the device.

Sharp edges:
CAUTION:
Sharp edges inside the device: Cut or abrasion possible.
Be careful at maintenance and replacement of parts.
Cleaning optical elements:

CAUTION:
Image artifacts possible after cleaning optical elements.
When cleaning optical elements follow the service manual precisely.
Secured screws:
CAUTION:
Opening screws secured by red lacquer may misalign important device
adjustments:
Do not open screws that are secured by red lacquer.
Opening PCs and Workstations:

WARNING:
Electrical shock and damage to the equipment possible.
 Only open the PC or workstation if explicitly stated in the service manual.
 Unplug before opening.
 Observe anti-static safety regulations.
Replacing fuses:
WARNING:
Replacing fuses by wrong type may lead to fire hazard.
Use only fuses of the exact value and characteristics stated in the service manual or on
the device.

20 Safety Directions for remote Service Activities
Remote Service Activities:

WARNING:
During remote service activities images can be lost.
Inform the customer prior to remote service activities to finish the current work and to
stop working on the system.
21 Safety Directions for Transport and Shipment of Spare Parts,

Accessories and Devices
 In compliance with transport regulations, all uninterruptible power supplies (UPS)

must be shipped with batteries disconnected.
 Use the original packing when returning spare parts, accessories or devices.
 Before returning any spare part with a built in lithium battery remove it and dispose the
batteries locally according to local waste regulations.
22 Safety Directions concerning Modifications
Modifications made in products/systems shipped by Agfa HealthCare must not be

implemented without written permission from Agfa HealthCare.
This applies in particular to changes which may affect the mechanical and/or electrical
safety or radiation-protection properties of a product (e.g. changing of safety distances,
removal of locks/instructions etc.).
23 Safety Directions concerning Hazardous Materials
'Hazardous materials' is the designation for substances which can ignite or explode or
which are toxic, injurious to health, corrosive or irritating. The “Hazardous Material”
instructions must be read and the required protective measures must be complied with
when performing work to avoid health risks.
Their properties together with the hazards and protective measures connected with them
are identified clearly by symbols and described by the instructions appertaining to the
hazardous substances.

24 Recycling
Agfa HealthCare has Recycling Passports available for equipment and CR cassettes. The
Recycling Passport explains how to dispose or recycle the equipment or CR cassette at
the end of the life cycle.
The Recycling Passports are meant to be used as information for waste treatment
partners and companies that want to recycle or dispose end-of-life Agfa equipment and
CR cassettes.
To get a copy of the required Agfa HealthCare Recycling Passport please contact your
local Sales organization.
25 Waste Disposal
On August 13, 2005, the European Directive on Waste Electrical and

Electronic Equipment (WEEE) 2002/96/EC, amended by Directive
2003/108/EC, came into force.
The directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) aims to

prevent the generation of electric and electronic waste and to promote the
reuse, recycling and other forms of recovery. It therefore requires the collection
of WEEE, recovery and reuse or recycling.
This directive has to be implemented into national law by the individual
European countries by August 13th 2005.
Due to the implementation into national law, specific requirements can be

different within the European Member States.
This symbol on the product, or in the manual and in the warranty, and / or on
its packaging indicates that this product shall not be treated as household
waste.
For more detailed information about take-back and recycling of this product,
please contact your local Agfa service organization. By ensuring this product is
disposed of correctly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences
for the environment and human health, which could otherwise be caused by
inappropriate waste handling of this product. The recycling of materials will
help to conserve natural resources.
If your equipment or replaced spare parts contain batteries or accumulators
please dispose of these separately according to local regulations.

26 Erasing Protected Health Information (PHI)
AGFA HealthCare Field Service Personnel or its authorized affiliates are responsible for
the removal of Protected Health Information (PHI) patient data from devices, modules or
parts that are removed from the customer’s site. This also applies to the exchange of
spare parts, especially to parts that are returned to central warehouses for repair or
refurbishing. Examples for parts or modules that may contain Protected Health
Information (PHI) are: Computer hard disks, CD-ROMs, backup tapes, archive tapes.

HEALTHCARE Chapter 1
Imaging Services Controls, Connections and Setup Procedure
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367/100

This document contains:
• all important routines to be carried out prior to putting the machine in operation.
• location and function of the controls and connectors of the machine.
• all routines necessary to put an unpacked machine in operation.

1.1 06-2008 Added reference to acceptance test procedure as defined by
Afssaps / EUREF. Details see section 6.
Document Title
n.a. n.a.

eq_01_setup_procedure_e_template_v06
DD+DIS033.07E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedure
► Manufacturer
Publisher
D - 81539 München
Germany
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
the equipment.
the product.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type ‘Order List’ in the GSO library.


DD+DIS033.07E Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
LIST OF CONTENTS
1 INSTALLATION CHECKLIST ...................................................................................................4

2 EXECUTING THE PRINTER INSTALLATION WIZARD ..........................................................6
3 ADAPTING THE PRINTER SETTINGS ...................................................................................8
3.1 Setting Film Calibration Parameters .........................................................................................9
3.2 Setting the Default Densitometer ............................................................................................10
3.3 Setting the Film View ..............................................................................................................11
3.4 Setting Beeps on empty Tray..................................................................................................12
3.5 Setting Behavior for unreadable RF Tags ..............................................................................13
3.6 Activating the Mammo License ...............................................................................................14
3.7 Entering Site data ...................................................................................................................15
4 FILM CALIBRATION...............................................................................................................16
5 PRINTER - MODALITY CONNECTION .................................................................................18
5.1 Modality set-up........................................................................................................................18
5.2 Logical printers Set-up ............................................................................................................19
5.3 Printing of diagnostic and / or test images..............................................................................23
5.4 Image adjustments..................................................................................................................23
5.4.1 Mammography specific Image Adjustments ...........................................................................24
5.4.2 Image Adjustments as described in the Connectivity Release Document .............................26
5.4.3 Image Adjustments at the Modality.........................................................................................26
5.4.4 Basic Image Adjustment at the Printer via Key-Operator Menu .............................................28
6 ACCEPTANCE TEST .............................................................................................................32

7 COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION .......................................................................................33
7.1 Customer Instruction...............................................................................................................33
7.2 Backup of Printer Settings ......................................................................................................34


1 Installation Checklist
Purpose of the installation checklist:
• to give an overview of all steps, that are required for the installation of the
printer.
• to provide a reference to the corresponding section of the "DRYSTAR
AXYS Plug & Play Installation Manual" (abbreviated: P&P) and
"Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedure" chapter where the topics
are further explained.
NOTE:
The "DRYSTAR AXYS Plug & Play Installation Manual" (Intranet Link / Extranet Link)
is part of delivery in English Language and can be downloaded on MEDNET,
HealthCare library.
# Step Task refer to .... Okay

Code
Installation Prerequisites:
1. Check installation site prerequisites INS P&P 5
2. Check shipment completeness INS Packing Slip
(Intranet Link /
Extranet Link)
3. Prepare required tools INS P&P 1
4. Unpack the printer INS P&P 2, 3, 4
5. Install output tray INS P&P 6
6. Remove transport protection locks INS P&P 7, 8, 9
7. Connect the cables INS P&P 10
Printer set-up:
8. Set film size tabs INS P&P 11
9. China only: Stick Chinese warning INS P&P 12
label above the existing one
10. Load films INS P&P 13, 14
11. Startup the printer INS P&P 15
Printer Installation Wizard:

12. Go through printer installation wizard INS section 2 X2 X


# Step Task refer to ..... Okay

Code
Printer settings:
13. Adjust Film calibration (optional) APPL section 3.1 X3.1 X
14. Select Default densitometer (optional) APPL section 3.2 X3.2
15. Set Film view (optional) APPL section 3.3

16. Adjust Beeps on empty tray (optional) APPL section 3.4
17. Adjust behavior for unreadable RF APPL section 3.5
Tag (optional)
18. Enter Mammo license key (optional) APPL section 3.6
19. Enter site data (if not yet done with APPL section 3.7
Printer Installation Wizzard)
Film calibration
20. Perform a film calibration for both film INS section 4
trays
Printer - Modality connection

21. Let the modality be set-up SIC section 5.1
22. Set-up logical printers (optional) SIC section 5.2
23. Print diagnostic and/or test images SIC section 5.3
24. Adjust image settings (optional) APPL section 5.4
Acceptance Test
25. Perform acceptance test APPL section 6
Completion of installation
26. Instruct the Customer in operation of APPL section 7.1
the printer
27. Save settings on backup CF card INS section 7.2


2 Executing the Printer Installation Wizard
The purpose of this section is to show the most important settings of the printer during
installation via Installation Wizard.
Before the printer installation wizard can be started, the steps 1 to 11 of the Installation
Checklist (refer to section 1) have to be completed.
The Printer Installation Wizard guides step Printer Installation Wizard

by step through different parameters. Key-operator
menu
9 Installation
Figure 1 beneath
X
2 Printer Installation
• shows how to enter the Installation
Language
Wizard. Date and Time
• lists the parameters which have to PRINTER IP-ADDRESS
NETMASK
be entered. ROUTER IP-ADDRESS
A more detailed description of the printer CALLED (Printer) AE_TITLE
Installation Wizard is available in the Daily used modality name
Modality Brand
DRYSTAR AXYS Reference Manual in Modality Type*
section 'Using the installation wizard'. CALLING (Modality) AE_TITLE
The Reference Manual (Intranet Link / Preferred film type
Extranet Link) is part of delivery and Install Site Data**
available on MEDNET, HealthCare Save configuration
Reset
Library. It is available in English Language 5367_Reg01_001_e.cdr
only.
Figure 1
* Modality Type is not shown when selecting "default profile" in the "Modality Brand" screen.
**See NOTE next page concerning "site data tool".


NOTE:
It is possible to enter the site data "offline" via the site data tool and to enter the site
data via CF card during execution of the printer installation wizard.
Proceeding for preparation of CF card with site data:

(1) Download the Site Data Tool from
MEDNET, GSO Library:
Hardcopy => Dry Imagers =>
DRYSTAR AXYS => Freeware.
(2) Install it on the service PC.
(3) Start the Site Data Tool.
(4) Enter the Site Data.
(5) Select "Save":
A zip file is created with the site
data.
(6) Copy the ZIP file to CF card. Figure 2
(7) Enter the CF card when prompted
during execution of the printer
installation wizard. See Figure 1.
NOTE:
As an alternative the site data can also be entered via the printer browser pages in
the key-operator or service menu. Refer to section 3.7.


3 Adapting the Printer Settings
The purpose of this section is to list the additional, optional settings of the printer that
are not covered by the Printer Installation Wizard.
The following table lists these settings.
Printer Setting Importance Accessible via ... Details see...

Default film calibration optional Key-operator and Service menu 3.1
Default densitometer optional Key-operator and Service menu 3.2
Film view optional Key-operator and Service menu 3.3
Beep on empty tray optional Key-operator and Service menu 3.4
RF Tag optional Service menu 3.5
(Browser only)
Mammo license optional Service menu 3.6
(Browser only)
Site data* mandatory** Service menu 3.7
X3.7
* if created offline via the "Site Data Tool", it is possible to enter the site data via the printer
installation wizard.
** only mandatory if not yet done during the printer installation wizard. As long as the site specific data
are not entered the user will be remineded after each boot-up of the printer.
The example screens for configuration user interfaces are further on browser user
interface related. The path to access the screens is the same for local keypad and
browser.


3.1 Setting Film Calibration Parameters
Accessible via … Local keypad and browser
Accessible via menu: Key-operator menu - 2 Change settings - 4 Image Quality -

1 General
Purpose of the setting: A) Define whether automatic calibration shall be executed

at insertion of a new film pack.
B) If set on ON, define the number of filmpacks, after
which the film calibration shall be executed.
Default value: ON - every 5 filmpacks
Example browser
screen: Welcome to this
DryStar Axys printer
Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings
Default film calibration off

on
Default Densitometer Macbeth TR924

Gretag
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values
Welcome to this

Select frequency
Every 5 packs
536701fa.cdr
Figure 3


3.2 Setting the Default Densitometer
Accessible via menu: Key-operator menu - 2 Change settings - 4 Image Quality

- 1 General
Purpose of the setting: Define a default densitometer. Density values displayed

during calibration or the QC procedure will be displayed
re-calculated for this default densitometer.
Default value: X-Rite 310
Example browser
Default film calibration off

on

Gretag
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310

536701fb.cdr
Figure 4


3.3 Setting the Film View
Accessible via menu: 2 Change settings - 2 Input tray
Purpose of the setting: Change the film view in case the film curl is desired to be
towards the light box
Default value: Normal
Example browser screen:

Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Change input tray settings
Upper input tray
Film view Normal

Back
Tag film format 14x17"
Tag film type DT2B
Lower input tray
Film view Normal

Back
Tag film type DT2B

536701fp.cdr
Figure 5


3.4 Setting Beeps on empty Tray
Accessible via menu: Key-operator menu - 2 Change settings - 1 General
Purpose of the setting: Adjust whether or not the customer shall be informed via
audible beeps about an empty tray.
Default value: Audible alarm on - beep 5 times
NOTE:
The 'beep on empty tray' menu is accessible via key-operator menu on the keypad
and key-operator menu via browser.
Example browser
Welcome to this
screen: DryStar Axys printer
Key-Operator - Change general settings

Date: 19 Oct. 2004
Time: 08 30 00
Language English
Chinese Simpl.
Japanese
Beep on empty tray 5 beeps

Keypad contrast (60 ... 80) 68 Typical 68
Keypad backlight (0 ... 100) 50
* Site name
* Site address
* City
* Country
* Country code (tel)
* Telephone
Remote Connection
* Department
* Contact person
E-mail address
Comments
536701fq.cdr
Figure 6


3.5 Setting Behavior for unreadable RF Tags
Accessible via … Browser only
Accessible via menu: Service menu - 2 Change settings - 2 Input Tray
Purpose of the setting: Define the behavior of the printer in case the RF tag is not
readable or available.
Default value: Printing not possible
Example browser
Service - Change input tray settings
If RF-tag is missing or malfunctioning

printing with Dmax = 2.00
printing not possible
Upper input tray
Film view Normal

Back
Tag film type DT2B
Lower input tray
Film view Normal

Back
Tag film type DT2B

536701fr.cdr
Figure 7


3.6 Activating the Mammo License
NOTE:
The Mammo License is optional. In case the customer did not buy the Mammo license,
skip this step.
Accessible via menu: Browser Pages: Service Engineer Tools - Licenses
Purpose of the setting: Activation of the Mammo License
Default value: Mammo not activated
Example browser
HOME HELP Licenses
screen:
Product options:
MAMMO NOT ACTIVATED Activate
Changes require reboot!
HOME HELP Licenses
Please enter the product

key to activate MAMMO:
OK Cancel
5364enc10.cdr
Figure 8
NOTE:
When the Mammo license is activated, the printer changes following characteristics:
• It is possible to define DICOM host profile parameter "Mammo Modality = yes".
• It is possible to use and calibrate DRYSTAR DT2 Mammo films
(Dmax up to 3.8 O.D).


3.7 Entering Site data
Accessible via … Browser only. See also NOTE next page.
Accessible via menu: Browser pages - Service Engineer tools - Enter key-
operator command session - 2 Change settings - 1
General
Purpose: Fill in site data to have an entry in the infocounter about

the installation site.
It is mandatory to fill in site data. As long as the site data
are not yet filled in, after each switch on / reboot of the
printer a hint is displayed to enter the site data.
Default value: None
Example browser
Welcome to this
screen: DryStar Axys printer
Service - Change general settings

Date: 19 Oct. 2004
Time: 08 30 00
Language English
Chinese Simpl.
Japanese

Keypad backlight (0 ... 100) 50
* Site name
* Site address
* City
* Country
* Telephone
Remote Connection
* Department
* Contact person
E-mail address
Comments
536701fz.cdr
Figure 9


NOTE:
It is also possible to enter the site data in
the "site data tool" on the service PC (see
MEDNET, GSO Library:
Hardcopy => Dry Imagers => DRYSTAR
AXYS => Freeware) and upload the so
created ZIP file via key-operator or service
menu "9 Installation - 3 Install site data".
Figure 10
4 Film Calibration
The purpose of this section is to show the tasks that are required for film calibration.
(1) Load the films the customer will CDM measurement area
use in the upper and lower film
tray. Refer to note below.
(2) Select in key-operator menu
In order to be useable this film should be absolutely dust free within the marked region!
'6 Calibration - 1 Film Calibration'.

(3) Select 'Start Calibration':
The calibration film as shown in
Figure 9 is printed and the
X X
measured Dmax is shown.

See also note next page.
INPUT TRAY:
FILM CALIBRATION OK
Dmax = 3.20 (XR310)

536701aa.cdr
Default densitomete
Measured Dmax 536536ga.cdr
(4) Repeat film calibration for second In order to be useable this film should be
input tray. absolutely dust free within the marked region!
Figure 11
NOTE:
The films delivered with the printer may only be used for test purposes.


IMPORTANT:
After a film calibration check the CDM measurement area (see Figure 11 ) at the X X
lightbox: It may not show any dust stripes.

In case dust stripes are visible repeat the film calibration.
NOTE:
The film calibration is successful, if the measured Dmax is < 2% different from the
target Dmax.
The target Dmax depends on the default densitometer which is configured in Key-
operator menu "2 Change Settings - 4 Image Quality - 1 General".
Refer to table below:

Default Target Dmax DT2B Target Dmax DT2C Target Dmax DT2
Densitometer Mammo
X-Rite 310 3.20 O.D. 3.05 O.D. 3.80 O.D.
X-Rite 331 3.09 O.D. 2.93 O.D. 3.68 O.D.
X-Rite 341 3.05 O.D. 2.89 O.D. 3.65 O.D.
X-Rite 301 3.10 O.D. 2.88 O.D. 3.63 O.D.
MacBeth 3.10 O.D. 2.91 O.D. 3.68 O.D.
Gretag D200 3.05 O.D. 2.88 O.D. 3.63 O.D.
• When the Dmax isn't reached, the user is informed via local display to retry the
film calibration. The TH power will be increased so that the Dmax will be
reached.
• If Dmax is still more than ± 2% different from the target Dmax the display will
show "calibration failed". In this case check the CDM measurement area at the
lightbox for dust stripes. Refer to Figure 11 . X X


5 Printer - Modality connection
The purpose of this section is to show the tasks that are required for connection of the
printer to the modality.
The following table lists these tasks.
Task Importance Accessible via * ... Details see...

Let the modality be mandatory -- X5.1 5.1
set-up
Set-up logical printers optional Browser pages X5.2 5.2
Print diagnostic and/or mandatory -- 5.3
X5.3 X
test images
Adjust image settings optional Key-operator menu and X5.4 5.4
Browser pages
5.1 Modality set-up
(1) Let the modality be set-up at the modality.

(2) Tell the modality service engineer following printer parameters:
• Printer Type (Agfa DRYSTAR AXYS)

• IP address
• AE-title
• Available film formats.


5.2 Logical printers Set-up
(1) Check, whether the printer requires the "logical printer setup", i.e. to setup more
than one AE title for the printer. See flowchart below:
Logical Printer
Setup Decision
Flowchart
Check whether modality supports

more than one application (e.g. Mammo + CR).
No Okay. Logical
Modality supports
Printer Setup not
> 1 application ?
required.
Yes
Check whether images of

different applications can
be adapted to required settings.
Example. DR: Dmax 3.2; LUT: Kanamori
Mammo: Dmax: 3.8, LUT: linear
Adjustment Okay. Logical Printer

Yes Setup not required.
at modality
possible? Perform adjustments
at modality.
No
Create two logical printers.
Proceeding see this section.
536401mm.cdr
Figure 12


Accessible via … Browser only.

Accessible via menu: Browser pages - Service Engineer Tools - DICOM profile
editor - Setup DICOM print SCP Servers
Purpose: Define more than one logical printer. This may be required in
case a modality sends images from different applications to
the printer. See also Info next page.
Default value: Only one logical printer.

Internal name: DEFAULT_SCP
Called AE title: DSAXYS
Example browser HOME HELP DICOM Print SCP Setup

screen: Setup one or more Dicom SCP servers on this device:
One 'Dicom Print SCP server' is capable of handling multiple Dicom
print associations
Dicom Print SCP
Internal Name: DEFAULT_SCP

Listen at Port: 104
Max. allowed associations: 10
Secure channel (SSL):
Comments:
OK Create new Dicom Print SCP Cancel Changes require reboot
5367_Reg01_003_e.cdr
Figure 13
NOTE:
• The Called AE title is defined during the execution of the printer installation wizard.
It can also be adapted in the "DICOM Print SCP Setup" screen.
• The number of logical SCP printers is limited. As each configured SCP server
consumes resources of the printer, use as little SCP servers as possible. Rule of
thumb: Define max. 4 logical printers.


Enclosed an example where it is required to configure two logical SCP printers:

• Printing is initiated at a PACS workstation.
• Two types of modalities as input.
o Mammography images: Interpolation cubic bell with
smoothfactor 1.1
o CT images: Interpolation highres cubic with
smoothfactor -0.9.
Problem:
The PACS workstation has one AE title only. The DRYSTAR AXYS does not
recognize, for which type of modality (CT or Mammo) the user wants to print.
Solution (see " Figure 14: Example for logical printer setup " next page):
X X
• Create one logical printer 'DSAXYSMammo' and one 'DSAXYSCT.

• Create two different host profiles for the two logical printers with the required
settings.
• In the PACS workstation setup both printers: The user has to select the proper
logical printer.
NOTE:
In the example of Figure 14 the checkboxes before the "Kernel" parameters are set.
X
This setting prevents, that the modality can overrule the adjusted parameter.
It always depends on the application, whether this is desired or not.
This has to be discussed with the modality service engineer and/or the customer.


Required setting:
Print Cubic Bell 0.9
DSAXYSCT CT
DSAXYSCT
DSAXYSMAMMO
PACS Console
Required setting:
Cubic Bell 1.1
AE Title: PACS Mammo Mammo Modality = yes
Drystar Axys
with Mammo License
AE Title 1: DSAXYSCT
AE Title 2: DSAXYSMAMMO
Logical Printer Setup (Dicom Print SCP Setup) in Drystar Axys
HOME HELP DICOM Print SCP Setup HOME HELP DICOM Print SCP Setup
Dicom Print SCP Dicom Print SCP
Internal Name: DEFAULT_SCP Internal Name: Mammo Printer

Called AE title: DSAXYSCT Called AE title: DSAXYSMAMMO
Listen at Port: 104 Listen at Port: 105
Max. allowed associations: 10 Max. allowed associations: 10
Secure channel (SSL): Secure channel (SSL):
Comments: Comments:
OK Create new Dicom Print SCP Cancel OK Create new Dicom Print SCP Cancel
DICOM Host Profile Setup in Drystar Axys

HELP Host Profile: CR QS HELP Host Profile: CR QS Mammo
Nick Name: CT PACS Nick Name: Mammo PACS

Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': PACS Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': PACS
Use this profile only for local SCP server: DEFAULT SCP Use this profile only for local SCP server: MAMMO Printer
........................................................... ...........................................................
........................................................... ...........................................................
Kernel: custom Edit Custom cubicBell 0.9 Kernel: custom Edit Custom cubicBell 1.1
........................................................... ...........................................................
........................................................... ...........................................................
........................................................... ...........................................................
........................................................... ...........................................................
Mammo modality: No Mammo modality: Yes
OK Cancel Show Defaults Show last Input OK Cancel Show Defaults Show last Input
536701mr.cdr
Figure 14: Example for logical printer setup


5.3 Printing of diagnostic and / or test images
(1) Print a few diagnostic images from the connected modalities.

(2) Compare them at the lightbox with the image on the monitor.
5.4 Image adjustments

For systematic image adjustment follow the flowchart below:
Image Adjustment
Flowchart
Modality is a Yes Make Mammo specific adjustments

Mammo modality ? as described in 5.4.1.
When finished, continue with next step.
No
Check whether on MEDNET HealthCare Library

a Connectivity Release Document for the
Printer - Modality combination is available.
Make adjustments as described in

Connectivity Yes Connectivity Release Document.
Release Document
Refer to 5.4.2
available?
When finished, continue with next step.
No
Customer is Yes
Okay. No further image
satisfied with image adjustments required.
quality?
No
Required image Yes

Make adjustments at the modality.
adjustments can be Refer to 5.4.3
made at modality?
No No Customer is
satisfied with image
adjustments?
Perform image Yes

adjustments at the printer.
Refer to 5.4.4
536701mp.cdr Okay. No further image
adjustments required.
Figure 15: Adjusting image quality


5.4.1 Mammography specific Image Adjustments
NOTE:
By default the Mammography printing functionality of the printer is switched off.
Two conditions have to be fulfilled to allow printing of Mammography images:
• Mammo license is activated. See section 3.6.
• A DICOM host profile for the Mammo modality with setting "Mammo modality
= yes" has to be created. This 2nd step is described here.
In case the printer has no Mammo modality as input, skip this step.
(1) In the browser pages select "Service Engineer Tools - DICOM profile editor -
New".
(2) Enter Nickname (A).
(3) Enter modality AE title (B).
(4) Select "Mammo Modality = yes" (D).
(5) If a small clear border is required (See Figure 17 next page)
- adjust “image orientation” to “r 180” (C)
- switch on Mammo CWR Rotation* (E).
(6) In case the modality and printer is part of an Agfa Solution, make adjustments as
defined in the solution requirements.
HELP Host Profile: CR QS Mammo
A Nick Name: CR QS Mammo

B Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': QS
...........................................................
...........................................................
C Image orientation: r180
...........................................................
...........................................................
D Mammo modality: Yes
E Mammo CWR Rotation: No
OK Cancel Show Defaults Show last Input

536701gk.cdr
Figure 16
*CWR = Chest Wall Rotation


Host Profile Adjustments for “small clear border” at Mammo printing:
Without Chest Wall Rotation
DICOM Host Profile Parameter DICOM Host Profile Parameter

"Mammo CWR Rotation" = no (default) "Mammo CWR Rotation" = yes
"Image Orientation" = r0 (default) "Image Orientation" = r180
Print Print
Direction Direction
Film 1 Film 2
R L
Film 1 L Film 2
Rotate 180° before

hanging at the lightbox
Lightbox Lightbox
L R L R
+ Same film tint for both films

536401gq.cdr
+ Film overlap approx. 2 to 4 mm only
- Film overlap approx. 4 mm:

Fog of blank frame of film 1 adds in film 2
- Film tint depends on print direction:
Film 1 has slightly different color tint
if viewed from the side
536701gq.cdr
Figure 17


5.4.2 Image Adjustments as described in the Connectivity Release Document
(1) If a Connectivity Release Document for the Printer - Modality Combination exists,
perform the image adjustments as described there.
(2) When finished, print test images from the modality.
(3) Check the image quality together with the customer.
(4) In case the image quality is not satisfying continue as described in the flowchart
(see Figure 15 ). X
NOTE:
Connectivity Release Documents describe all parameters and required adjustments to
guarantee:
• Communication between modality and the printer
• Image adjustment at the modality and / or the printer.
MEDNET Connectivity Release Documents are available in MEDNET, HealthCare Library -

Path
General Info - Connectivity & Application.
5.4.3 Image Adjustments at the Modality
The Image adjustments at the modality are split up in contrast (see 5.4.3.1 ) and X
sharpness adjustments (see 5.4.3.2 ): X
5.4.3.1 Contrast Adjustment
(1) Select the required taste LUT (Look Up Table) at the modality. If possible use the
"Kanamori Taste LUT".
NOTE:
The Look-Up-Table is responsible for the contrast of the image (in
combination with Dmin and Dmax) and may be named at the modality as
follows:
• Taste LUT
• Perception LUT
• Correction LUT
• Presentation LUT.


5.4.3.2 Sharpness Adjustment
(1) Check the DICOM conformance statement whether the modality sends the images
in page mode or image mode.
(2) Select the required smooth factor at the modality to define the sharpness of the
image. See Figure 18 .
X X
(3) When finished, print test images from the modality.

(4) Check the image quality together with the customer
(5) In case the image quality is not satisfying continue as described in the flowchart.
See Figure 15.
Interpolation Smooth Factors (DICOM values)
299 251 245 235

200
Cubic Bell
199 148 143 138 101

Cubic High Res
less sharp sharp too sharp
536401XK.CDR
Legend
Limits
Default
299 251 245 235 200
Useable values
Figure 18
NOTE:
Use Cubic Bell interpolation, when the modality sends the images in Page
Mode (images already composed for the film).
Use Cubic High Res interpolation, when the modality sends the images in
Image Mode (printer composes the different images for the film).


5.4.4 Basic Image Adjustment at the Printer via Key-Operator Menu
NOTE:
• Via key-operator menu only the parameters Look-up table, Interpolation and
Dmax can be adjusted.
• Before these parameters can be changed, the modality has to be configured at
the printer. This is done either via Printer Installation Wizard or via key-operator
function "3 Change Settings - 5 Image Quality - 3 Add modality".
• This creates a DICOM Host Profile with the settings as defined in the printer
modality database (Corresponding printer parameter of the Installation wizard or
"Add modality" function: "Brand").
Important remark: Changing parameter via key-operator menu does not
U U
automatically ensure that the value is applied.

Two situations can be distinguished:
o In case the modality does not send a parameter (e.g. no Dmax value sent),
U U
the value set in the printer is applied to the modality print job.
o In case the modality sends a parameter value, (e.g. Dmax = 2.8 O.D.) this
value still has priority above the value set in the printer. Even when an empty
value (" ") is sent.
This means, the value sent by the modality has higher priority than the value set in
the printer, and therefore it is always preferred to set the required parameter value at
the side of the modality.
If this cannot be done contact your local Application Specialist.


Accessible via menu: Key-operator menu - 2 Change settings - 4 Image Quality -

<Modality XYZ>
Purpose: Adjust Image Quality in case it cannot be adapted at the

modality.
Default value: • Look-up table: Kanamori. Refer to Figure 18. X
• Interpolation: Cubic HiRes -0.7. Refer to Figure 19.

• Dmax 3.20.
Example browser
screen:
Welcome to this Welcome to this

DryStar Axys printer DryStar Axys printer
Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings
Daily used name CT2 Select kanamori like value:

Modality AE-title CT2_ARC 100
Linear Select abosulte smoothing factor: (advised = -0.7)
Look Up Table:
Kanamori
Kanamorilike -0.7
Interpolation:
Replication
Linear Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values
CubicHi-res
CubicBell 536701fs.cdr
Maximum density: 280

285
290
295
Figure 19
NOTE:
Interpolation setting "Linear" usually gives too smooth image impression.
Interpolation settings "Replication" usually gives too "pixely" image impression.
Both settings are used in exceptional cases only.


Possible Look up table settings
Dmax
Kanamori curve and
Kanamori like value
220 Kanamori_like 100 = Kanamori
200 Kanamori_like 200 = linear
100
Kanamori_like 220 = logarithmic
mori 75
Kana
Dmin Input
0 255
536401GM.CDR
Figure 18
Legend
Interpolation Smooth Factors (Kernel values) Limits
Default
5.9 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.1 5.9 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.1
Cubic Bell
Reasonable values
-0.2 -0.7 -1.2 536601GL.CDR
4.9 -4.9
Cubic High Res
less sharp sharp too sharp
Figure 21
NOTE:
For details regarding image adjustments refer to the Hardcopy Application Manual
DD+DIS269.06E.


Alternative: Image settings via DICOM host profile:
Accessible via menu: Browser pages - Service Engineer Tools - DICOM profile
editor – New or View/Edit
Purpose: Adjust Image Quality in case it cannot be adapted at the
modality
Default value: Refer to Figure 22.
Example browser HELP Host Profile: Name XYZ

screen: These are the default settings for all print jobs coming from the host
(modality) specified under 'Calling AE title'.
The values may be overloaded at run-time by the Dicom input.
You can prevent this by checking the checkboxes at the left side.
Nick Name: Name XYZ
Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': Host AE
Use this profile only for local SCP server: all
Host Profile type: GENERIC-GENERIC Change
Number of Copies:
Print Priority: low
Polarity: normal
Film Orientation: portrait
Trim: no
Film Size ID:
Medium Type:
Print even if Film Size ID/Medium type not supported: yes
Print even if Application type not supported: no
Initial allocated memory size per printjob (MBytes): 100
Kernel: site Edit Custom Interpolation Type cubicHighRes,
Magnification: Edit Magn: max smoothFactor: -0.7
Decimate/Crop behaviour : disabled
Pixel Size: Edit ratio: 1.0 / 1.0
Perception LUT: kanamori
Kanamori Like value:
Custom value:
Illumination (cd/m2):
Reflected Ambient Light (cd/m2):
Border Density (OD x100):
Empty Image Density (OD x100):
Minimum Density (OD x100):
Maximum Density (OD x100): site 300
Header Annotation:
Contents: none Edit Custom
Font: site Edit Custom
Footer Annotation:
Window (%):
Level (%):
Image Orientation: r0
Conformance/Status Level: 0
Nevent enabled: off
Mammo modality: site
Mammo CWR Rotation: NO site
Association Timeout (s):
Image Timeout (s):
Allow IMPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN:
Allow EXPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN:
Allow EXPLICIT VR BIG ENDIAN:
Resolution: 508
Supported SOP classes: Edit
LR like: off
Manually customized items are show in red
The last received input values are show in blue (click 'Show Last Input' button)
5367_Reg01_009_e.cdr
Figure 22
NOTE:
For details regarding image adjustments refer to the Hardcopy Application Manual
DD+DIS269.06E.


6 Acceptance Test
Purpose of the acceptance test:

Proof of printer reproduction capability of image on the monitor.
Check according to criteria defined by

National Acceptance Test Procedure
Console
Drystar Axys
5367_Reg01_002_e.cdr
Figure 23
(1) Perform the acceptance test according to national regulations:

• Example for DRYSTAR AXYS Mammo in France:
Acceptance test as defined by Afssaps / EUREF. For preparations refer to
DRYSTAR AXYS Technical Documentation DD+DIS033.07E, Chapter 3.6,
Adjustments and Calibrations.
• Example for Germany: DIN6868 Part 56.
NOTE:
The German DIN6868 Part 56 is similar to the Image Quality Control procedure
based on IEC1223-2-4.
The Image Quality Control procedure based on IEC 1223-2-4 is described in the
Hardcopy Application Manual DD+DIS269.06E.


7 Completion of installation
The purpose of this section is to show the tasks that are required for customer
instruction and backup of printer settings.
The following table lists these tasks.
Task Importance Accessible via ... Details see...

Instruct the Customer in mandatory -- X7.17.1
operation of the printer
Save settings on backup mandatory Key-operator X7.27.2
CF card menu
7.1 Customer Instruction
(1) Instruct the customer in following activities:
Activity Refer to User or Reference Manual ....

Switching on the printer: Warm up User manual: "Switching on the DRYSTAR
time 7 min. AXYS"
Switching off the printer. It can take User Manual: "Switching off the DRYSTAR
up to 20 secs. until the printer AXYS".
switches off.
Loading films: RF tag and its User Manual: "Loading films".
function.
Removing film jams. Reference manual "Troubleshooting: Clearing
of film jams".
Show dust stripes on a previous test Reference manual "Troubleshooting Checklist".
film and how to prevent:
• Keep printer always closed.
• Clean TH resistor line with
alcohol and lint free cloth when
dust stripes appear or when
printer displays "Printhead
cleaning required".
(2) Hand over the user and reference manual to the customer.


7.2 Backup of Printer Settings
(1) Open the upper film tray to take out

the CF card for storage of the
machine specific data.
(2) Select Key-operator menu "4 Save
Configuration".
(3) Follow the further instructions on
초
the LCD display. 2
5366_Reg01_017_e.cdr
Figure 24


Imaging Services Functional Description
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367/100
This document explains the functional principle including the functions of the individual
assemblies.

Revision Date compared to previous Version 1.0
1.1 06-2009 • Updated technical data in table, where different Drystar
printers are compared. See section 2.1.
• Updated table with detailed comparison of Drystar 5302
with Drystar Axys: Added new functions of software
2.0.0_C2. See section 2.2.
• Updated table with overview of calibrations.
See section 4.
Document Title
DD+DIS142.09E Service Bulletin 05: Software 2.0.0_C2 available

eq_02_functional_e_template_v07
DD+DIS033.07E Functional Description
► Manufacturer
Publisher
D - 81539 München
Germany
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
the equipment.
the product.
NOTE:


06-2009 Type 5367/100 Agfa Company Confidentia
LIST OF CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................4
2 COMPARISON TO OTHER AGFA B&W PRINTERS ..............................................................5
2.1 Technical Data compared to Drystar 5300 and Drystar 5503 ..................................................5
2.2 Detailed Comparison Drystar 5302 – Drystar Axys ..................................................................6
3 FILM RUN.................................................................................................................................7
3.1 Backside Printing Recognition ................................................................................................13
3.2 Left / Right Shift Print Algorithm..............................................................................................14
3.3 Mammo Printing Functionality.................................................................................................16
4 CALIBRATIONS .....................................................................................................................18
5 MODULES ..............................................................................................................................19
5.1 Printer Modules .......................................................................................................................19
5.2 Hardware.................................................................................................................................21
5.3 Modules and E-Labels ............................................................................................................23
6 DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE ....................................................................................................25

7 THERMAL MODEL.................................................................................................................27


1 Introduction
Purpose of the printer

• High resolution (508 dpi) DICOM network dry printer for:
o 14x17", 14x14", 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2 blue base or clear base films
o 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2 Mammo blue base films
Printing principle
• Direct thermal on thermo-sensitive, dry films
• 2 input trays and 1 output tray
Main application
• Well suited to all medical applications, especially Mammo and CR applications
Connections
• 1 Gb/s Network connection (Default: Automatic detection of 10Mb/s and 100Mb/s
network is enabled, automatic detection of 1Gb/s network is disabled)
Service Concept
• Customer installable
• No service PC needed for basic installation, maintenance and service, but is
convenient for entering detailed host profile settings
• Strict modular design: Production assemblies = service assemblies
• All switches, sensors and motors are monitored via current measurement on
main engine board (Devil CPU)
• If online diagnosis does not detect the exact reason for the error, an offline check
of the modules can be performed via browser pages
DX-S CR QS
53
66
02 Printer
Ultrasound ad
.cd
r
Service
Host
Figure 1: Typical network installation of a Drystar AXYS


2 Comparison to other AGFA B&W Printers
2.1 Technical Data compared to Drystar 5300 and Drystar 5503
POWER
Technical Drystar Axys Drystar 5300 Drystar 5503

Specification (SW Rel. 2.0) (SW Rel. 2.1) (SW Rel. 6.0)
Weight 90 kg 55 kg 193 kg
Throughput 75/h (14x17") 70/h (14x17") 100/h (14x17") up to
140/h (8x10") 100/h (11x14“) 160/h (8x10“)
Dmax 3.8 O.D.* 3.1 O.D. 3.2 O.D.
Resolution 508 dpi 320 dpi 508 dpi
Warm-up time 4 minutes → queuing 4 minutes → queuing 4 minutes → queuing
7 minutes → printing 9 minutes → printing 9 minutes → printing
Access time 65 s for 1st film 14x17” 77 s for 1st film 14x17” 76 s for 1st film 14x17”
Film formats (inch) 8x10, 10x12, 11x14, 11x14, 14x17 8x10, 10x12, 11x14,
14x14, 14x17 14x14, 14x17
Number trays 2 1 3
Applications All medical All medical All medical applications
applications applications, especially
CT/MR, except
mammography
* Dmax depends on densitometer which is used for measurement:

Target Dmax DT2
Densitometer Target Dmax DT2B Target Dmax DT2C
Mammo
X-Rite 310 3.20 O.D. 3.05 O.D. 3.80 O.D.
X-Rite 331 3.08 O.D. 2.97 O.D. 3.68 O.D.
X-Rite 341 3.05 O.D. 2.93 O.D. 3.65 O.D.
X-Rite 301 3.04 O.D. 2.93 O.D. 3.62 O.D.
MacBeth 3.09 O.D. 2.96 O.D. 3.67 O.D.
Gretag D200 3.04 O.D. 2.92 O.D. 3.63 O.D.


2.2 Detailed Comparison Drystar 5302 – Drystar Axys
The design of the Drystar Axys is based on the Drystar 5302 printer.
This section shows the differences in detail.
Main hardware differences:
Hardware Drystar 5302 Drystar Axys Reason for Difference

Thermal Head 320 dpi resolution 508 dpi resolution 508 dpi resolution required
for mammo printing
Main engine Themis CPU Thanos CPU Thanos is faster than Themis
controller CPU to support higher data
throughput due to higher
resolution
Main functional differences:
Drystar Drystar
5302 SW < 5302 SW ≥ Drystar
# Function: 2.0.0_C2 2.0.0_C2 Axys Details see:
1. Support of Mammo printing Section 3.6 of the
Drystar Axys
service manual.
2. Entering Site Data via data Chapter 1,
from "Site Data Tool" Controls,
Connections and
Setup Procedure
3. Import / Export of DICOM Online HELP of
host profile the printer
4. "True size deviation" host Online HELP of
profile parameter the printer
5. "Cropping" host profile Online HELP of
parameter the printer
6. Printing of the infocounter Chapter 3.2,
on film Machine specific
Tools
7. Resistor measurement to Chapter 3.6,
troubleshoot print stripes Adjustments and
Calibrations
8. Horizontal film alignment Chapter 3.6,
available in the key- Adjustments and
operator menu (to be Calibrations
executed by the customer)
9. Smart Profile Calibration Section 4 of this
chapter


3 Film Run
This section describes the film run through the printer.
Cam drive Output Rollers

Motor
TH Suspension drive
Drum
CDM
Rollers driven by Filmrun
1 4
gearbox module 2
upper tray
3
(1 to 5)
Pickup Unit 5
Vacuum Pump
Filmrun
lower tray
536602ag.cdr
Figure 2: Filmrun through the printer
Description of one film cycle:
1. The vacuum pump starts.
Figure 3: Pump & Valves Module


2. The suction cups of the pickup

unit move down to the film.
Figure 4: Film Pickup
3. The gear box module starts

driving the rollers. In addition it
opens the feeding rollers at the
pickup unit.
4. The pickup unit transports the
film between the feeding
rollers.
5. The gearbox module transports
the film further towards TH.
Figure 5: Gear Box Module


6. In case the film is transported

upwards from the lower tray,
the input sensors monitor the
film run.
Figure 6: Input Sensors Module
7. The cam drive moves the TH

up, to let the film edge be
transported between TH and
drum.
Figure 7: Cam drive


8. Depending on the previous film

width (14" or 10"), the
suspension drive changes
position or stays in the current
position (TH pressure
adjustment).
9. The cam drive closes the gap
between TH and drum.
Figure 8: Suspension drive
10. The drum motor moves the film

forward.
Figure 9: Drum Drive


11. The heat transfer from TH to

film takes place.
Figure 10: Thermal Head
12. The print drum, driven by the

drum motor, moves the film
forward.
Figure 11: Print Drum


13. When the film edge reaches

the output module, the CDM
checks "backside printing".
For details refer to section 3.1.
Figure 12: CDM
14. When printing is finished, the

cam drive opens the gap
between TH and drum.
15. The output rollers transport the
film out of the printer.
Figure 13: Output Module


3.1 Backside Printing Recognition
Films are inserted in the printer with the backing layer on top.
If a film is inserted with the backing layer upside down, the backing layer can
contaminate the thermal head, as it begins melting when the thermal head heats
it up.
Normally it is not possible to insert a film wrong. If a customer however re-inserts
a jammed film, the chance is 50% that he inserts it the right way. See NOTE next
page.
To prevent that a wrong inserted film contaminates the thermal head, the printer
prints a small rectangle on top of the film and checks when the film arrives at the
CDM, whether this small rectangle has Dmax.
In case the density is below a certain threshold, the film must have been inserted
wrong. The printer stops printing, informs the user of back-side printing, to check
the correct positioning of the film and to remove the film jam. Thus the thermal
head is only contaminated slightly, as the film is only printed a few cm on the
wrong side.
Black Rectangle for

Backside Printing Recognition
Distance
TH - CDM
Film printed on the

Diagnostic Area Non-Emulsion side
("Backside").
Border
(O.D. between Dmin and Dmax; Backside printing
Refer to Host Profile parameter "Border Density")
Remove film jam
536602dc.cdr
Figure 14: Backside printing recognition


NOTE:
The emulsion side in general is slightly Noise
smoother than the backing layer. This can be (dB)
Backing layer
heard by wiping over it → The backing layer
makes much more noise. Emulsion layer
The backing layer has to be on top when the

film is laying in the tray.
Figure 15
3.2 Left / Right Shift Print Algorithm
At this position, where the TH has to print always Dmax, i.e. at the left and right image
border, the TH looses its characteristic relatively fast, which is determined by the Micro
profile calibration in production.
As a consequence, the TH produces after many prints small print stripes at this position
in 14" films, where the black border of the 10" films is located.
To prevent, that the TH has to print the black border always at the same position, a
left/right shift algorithm is built in.
For each film pack the complete image information is shifted slightly:
• Pack 1 has 0 mm shift
• Pack 2 has +0.3 mm shift
• Pack 4 has -0.3 mm shift
• And so on
The clear left and right borders are influenced by this shift mechanism but they are
within specification.


Exaggerated print stripes

without left / right shift algorithm
Image Info Image Info
Left / right shift algorithm

+0,3 mm +0,3 mm
Image Info Image Info Image Info

14x17"
Shift of complete
8x10" Image Info
+- 0.3 mm
Image Info Image Info Image Info for each film pack
536602dd.cdr
Figure 16: Left / right shift print algorithm


3.3 Mammo Printing Functionality
What does it mean "Mammo Printing"?
• Mammograms are X-ray Lightbox

examinations of the female breast.
R
• Due to the small objects the L
radiographers want to recognize,
images have to have a high
dynamic range (D max > 3.6 O.D.).
• Usually 2 examinations are made:
One for the left, one for the right
breast. For diagnosis they are
hanging symmetrically at the
lightbox. Figure 17
Special Mammo Adjustments:
• No DICOM host profile required to print via DICOM at the printer from non-
Mammo modality.
• A dedicated host profile is required for each Mammo modality. A host profile for
Mammo is defined via following DICOM host profile parameters:
o Mandatory Parameter
- Mammo Modality Æ yes
o Optional Parameter
- Maximum Density Æ 380
- Mammo CWR Rotation (see Figure 18) Æ yes/no (default) /site (= as
defined in „site profile“. Default in site profile: NO)


Without Chest Wall Rotation
DICOM Host Profile Parameter DICOM Host Profile Parameter

"Mammo CWR Rotation" = no (default) "Mammo CWR Rotation" = yes
Print Print
Direction Direction
Image on film 1 is
printed 180° rotated
R Film 1 R Film 2
Film 1 L Film 2
Rotate 180° before

hanging at the lightbox
Lightbox Lightbox
L R L R
+ Same film tint for both films

536401gq.cdr
+ Film overlap approx. 1 mm only
- Film overlap approx. 4 mm:

Fog of blank frame of film 1 adds in film 2
- Film tint depends on print direction:
Film 1 has slightly different color tint
if viewed from the side (only 8x10" and 11x14")!
536401gq.cdr
Figure 18: Chest wall rotation on/off


4 Calibrations
The following table lists the different Drystar Axys calibrations:
Characteristic CDM TH profile Film Smart Profile Compliance Film
Film printed
Purpose of the To determine new To reduce vertical To measure the film Equalization of TH Make film calibration
calibration reference values for macro banding sensitometry and to resistor drift in the this accurate, that it
the CDM. This is (vertical density use these values for area of 10" film black passes the
done via an external irregularities). Only internal reference, so borders when acceptance criteria
densitometer. macro density that the printer printing in mixed as defined by
compensation is behaves linear format conditions Afssaps / EUREF:
possible (in opposite regarding density (mix of 10" and 14" The default film
to micro reproduction. In print width). calibration procedure
compensation in addition, the is not necessarily
production). maximum density is accurate enough.
adapted.
To be done in • Whenever the Unacceptable line • At maintenance • During the • Before the
following internal artifacts visible in troubleshooting Afssaps / EUREF
cases densitometer has medical service test • To compensate procedure. Refer acceptance test
to be adapted to image small density to chapter 3.3,
an external variations of the Troubleshooting • Each 6 months, if
densitometer (for new film, when a the printer is
image quality new film package • In certain cases under control of
control) is used during Afssaps / EUREF,
maintenance. and it did not pass
• If density Refer to section 9, the Afssaps /
reproduction Maintenance EUREF calibration
check is not ok check
Automatic No No Yes, but only if No No

yes/no switched on*
* Automatic film calibration to be switched on via menu:

'2 Change settings - 5 Image Quality - 1 General - Select Default for Film Calibration


5 Modules
This section is divided in following sub-sections:
Item Section
Printer modules 5.1
Hardware 5.2
Modules and E-Lables 5.3
5.1 Printer Modules
This section lists the different printer modules (= spare parts).
13 11 10
15
16
17 14 12
9
18
22 8
19 7
20
6
3
1 4
21 5
2
Figure 19: Printer Modules


# Name E-Label* Purpose Also used in MOD #**

1 KEYPAD/DISPLAY Yes User Interface Drystar 5300 10
MODULE Drystar 5302
2 GEAR BOX & BELT - Film drive towards TH Drystar 5302 14
3 SUSPENSION DRIVE - TH pressure adjustment (10" / 14" Drystar 5302 15
MODULE film width)
4 Thanos PCB W/O RAM - CPU (Operation; image - 12
processing)
5 512Mb RAM MODULE - RAM for operating system Drystar 5300 18
Drystar 5302
6 DEVIL PCB Yes CPU (film run) Drystar 5302 08
7 VILIS COOLING FAN - Cools down Devil/Themis/RAM Drystar 5300 20
8 TPH COOLING FAN - Cools down TH Drystar 5302 16
9 POWER SUPPLY Yes Main power supply for all Drystar 5302 09
consumers
10 HARD DISC 73 GB - Data storage Drystar 4500 --
Drystar 5302
11 OUTPUT MODULE Yes Film transport out of printer. Drystar 5302 06
Density measurement with
integrated CDM
12 TPH FILTER MODULE - TPH dust filter Drystar 5300 --
Drystar 5302
13 PUMP & VALVES ASSY - Vacuum for suction cups of pickup Drystar 5500 17
module Drystar 5503
Drystar 5302
14 Input Sensors Module - Filmrun check before print drum Drystar 5302 11
15 DRUM DRIVE MODULE - Drum drive Drystar 5302 07
16 OSB SWITCH BOARD - TH power Drystar 5300 --
Drystar 5302
17 PRINT DRUM MODULE - Print drum; Transport during Drystar 5302 --
printing
18 THERMAL HEAD Yes Image transfer to film - 05
19 TAG READER ASSY - Film tag reader Drystar 5500 --
Drystar 5503
Drystar 5302
20 UPPER / LOWER PICK Yes Film pickup via 2 suction cups Drystar 5302 03/04
UP MODULE
21 UPPER / LOWER TRAY - Film supply Drystar 5302 01/02
without Tag Reader
22 CAM DRIVE MODULE - TH position adjustment (printing / Drystar 5302 13
film transport in and out of TH
section)
*For description of E-Label refer to section 5.3.
** The Module number is shown in error messages. Example: "MOD13: Please replace module"
NOTE:
This list does not show all spare parts. Parts that have no real function during
printing, like the covers or hand grips are not listed. Refer to chapter 5 for a
complete spare parts list.


5.2 Hardware
This section shows an overview of all hardware components and lists their purpose.
Key 6 board
Devil CPU SCSI Hard disk drive
Display > 73 GB
RS232
ETH IDE
Sensors CF drive
Motors Data
Pumps
PCI
Power Supply
RS232
Thermal Head Thanos board
Power 512 MB RAM
OSB Board
536702da.cdr
Figure 20: Hardware Components Overview
Hardware Component Description

Thanos Board • CPU: Keeps the operating system and
application software in RAM
(512 MB) during operation
• Keeps a flash EPROM for Bootup
• Performs image processing
Devil CPU • Controls all sensors, motors, valves and
pump
• Controls the power supply
• Sends the image data to the Thermal Head
• Provides for following connections:
- SCSI interface to hard disk
- CF card reader
- Ethernet 1 Gb/sec. twisted pair
interface
- RS232 service port


Hardware Component Description

Key 6 Board • Controls the display with 122 (width) x 32
(height) pixels
• Controls all buttons and LEDs required for
operation
Hard disk • Keeps the operating system, all application
software and diagnostic data
CF drive • To save or install data via CF card type II
Thermal head • Transfers the diagnostic data (pixels) via
heating elements to the heat sensitive film
OSB board • Switch board for the different TH heating
elements
• Provides the power for heating up the resistor
elements
Power supply • Supplies all voltages for the printer (+3,3 V,
+ 5 V, +12 V, -12 V, +20 V, +24 V, + 55V)
• Connected via RS232 interface to the Devil
board, to allow saving temporary data before
switch off


5.3 Modules and E-Labels
The E-Label is a small EPROM attached to the module, which keeps information about
the module, like e.g.:
• Name
• Hardware Version
• Nr. of print cycles
• Last error code
An example for the readout of an E-Label is given in Figure 22
In case the E-label is defective or not connected the printer issues a warning message.
Printing is possible however also without E-label.
The decision, whether a module has an E-label or not depends on whether the
corresponding module:
• Can be repaired in the repair center or
• Requires module specific data
The table in section 5.1 lists, which module has an E-Label.
Figure 21: Example for E-Label at Power Supply


_____________________________
Name....................................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/name
Name....................................Value OUTPUT ASSY
HardwareVersion.................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/hardwareVersion
HardwareVersion.................Value 3
OrderNumber.......................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/orderNumber
OrderNumber.......................Value
PartNumber..........................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/partNumber
PartNumber..........................Value
RdeNumber..........................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rdeNumber
RdeNumber..........................Value A333462.3
SerialNumber.......................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/serialNumber
SerialNumber.......................Value 40
FirstUseDate........................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/firstUseDate
FirstUseDate........................Value
LastUseDate........................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastUseDate
LastUseDate........................Value
HoursOfOperation...............Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/hoursOfOperation
HoursOfOperation...............Value 1876
NrOfCycles...........................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/nrOfCycles
NrOfCycles...........................Value 21166
LastRepairDate....................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastRepairDate
LastRepairDate....................Value
RepairSiteName...................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/repairSiteName
RepairSiteName...................Value
NrOfRepairs.........................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/nrOfRepairs
NrOfRepairs.........................Value 0
LastRepairCode...................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastRepairCode
LastRepairCode...................Value
LastModuleSpecificErrors...Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastModuleSpecificErrors
LastModuleSpecificErrors...Value HC205007
NominalCalIntensity............Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rde/nominalCalIntensity
NominalCalIntensity............Value 9500
MinCalIntensity...................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rde/minCalIntensity
MinCalIntensity...................Value 8500
MaxCalIntensity...................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rde/maxCalIntensity
MaxCalIntensity...................Value 10500
_____________________________
RandomUri
RandomValue
backToMain produce request randomRequest reconfigureThisELabel
Figure 22: Example for E-Label content


6 Diagnostic Software
An online diagnosis software is permanently monitoring the correct feedback signal and
timing of the valves and the pump, motors and sensors which are connected to the
Devil module.
In case of a mismatch an error is issued.
Example message:
MOD04
Please replace module
Application Online Devil CPU

Printer Software Diagnosis
Software
Operating System
536602aa.cdr
Figure 23


Errors are internally divided into:

• Events
• Warnings
• Defects
In general events are user clearable, warnings are "key-operator"

(= experienced user or hospital technician) clearable, whereas defects have to be
repaired by service personnel.
Warnings and error messages are written into the infocounter.
Errors: Classification and treatment

Filmrun
Step 1
user
clearable
Message in plain text.

Online E.g. 'close upper cover'
Diagnosis
key-operator
clearable
event
everything no warning Message in plain text:
okay? E.g. CDM not calibrated
defect
yes
Infocounter
service
B clearable
Filmrun
Step n Error message:
HC10907:
Suspension motor M3 not
connected or malfunctioning
536602af.cdr
Figure 24


7 Thermal Model
The thermal model can be characterized as follows:
• It is a mathematical description of the interaction Film – TH.

• It uses parameters like film thickness, thermal conductivity of the film, TH
temperature, environmental temperature, print speed and resolution of the print
head.
• The thermal model TMML (Thermal Model Multi Layer; R&D name of the product
Æ official name 'A # Sharp') describes this interaction very accurate, leading to a
very precise reproduction of the image.
• With the thermal model "TMML" the image looks very sharp and has the image
quality of a Laser Imager.
Heat of following
pixel
Heat of previous Drum
pixel temperature
Heat of neighbor
pixel TH temperature
Thermal Model
Mathematical
Pixel Stream Thermal Model
Description of Pixel Stream
Interaction Film - TH
Parameter Z Thermal conductivity

film
Parameter Y
Thermal sensitivity
film
Parameter X
Figure 25


Chapter 3.1
HEALTHCARE Repair and Service
Imaging Services
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367

This document lists the printer specific safety notes, in addition to the
"generic safety notes" (refer to chapter 0)

Revision Date
1.0 09-2007 • Initial Version
Document Title
n.a. n.a.


eq_03-1_safety-repair_e_template_v02
Repair and Service
DD+DIS033.07E Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and
on the product.

Edition 1, Revision 0 DRYSTAR AXYS Chapter 3.1 / 2

09-2007 Type 5367 Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
LIST OF CONTENTS
1 SAFETY NOTES FOR SERVICE ACTVITIES .........................................................................4

1.1 Safety Notes for Installation Planning and Installation .............................................................4
1.2 Safety Notes for preventive and corrective Maintenance Work................................................4
1.3 General Safety Note for all Service Actvities ............................................................................5
1.3.1 Safety switch .............................................................................................................................5
1.3.2 Electrical Check after Power Supply Replacements.................................................................6


Repair and Service
1 Safety Notes for Service Actvities
1.1 Safety Notes for Installation Planning and Installation

CAUTION:
The device is heavy (90 kg / 198 lb). Risk of injuries.
At least three people have to lift the device from one position to the other.
Use proper foot and hand protection when lifting the device.
The table might break and cause injuries or damage to the device. The device weight
may be too heavy for the table.
Communicate to the customer, that the table must be able to carry more than 90 kg
(198 lb).
1.2 Safety Notes for preventive and corrective Maintenance Work
WARNING:
Thermal Print Head is hot - up to 70 °C: Risk of burns.
Avoid contact with the Thermal Print Head.
Observe the relevant sticker on the Thermal Print Head.
CAUTION:
Thermal Print Head is fragile: Risk of damage.
When replacing or cleaning the Thermal Print Head great care must be taken.
CAUTION:
When mounting the main drive belt in the wrong direction, the image will be
corrupted:
To ensure correct reassembly mark the outside with a waterproof pen before removing
the belt .


Repair and Service
1.3 General Safety Note for all Service Actvities
1.3.1 Safety switch
• The machine has one safety

switch, located below the top
cover.
• It serves as a safety feature if
someone opens the machine
S8
e.g. to remove a film jam.
When the top cover is opened, the
safety switch is activated.
536631aa.cdr
It cuts off the voltage to all motors

and the print head.
Figure 1
WARNING:
If the safety switch is overridden with a service key there are risks of
injuries.
Keep your hands and garments away from the device.
Remove service key before the device is handed over to the customer.
Before the printer is closed the service key must be removed again,
otherwise the mechanism of the safety switch may get damaged.
CAUTION:
Hardcopy loss if printer is removed from the mains:
Before removing the mains cable make sure that there are no films being
printed at this time.
CAUTION:
Sharp edges inside the device: Injury is possible.
Take care during maintenance and replacement of parts.


Repair and Service
1.3.2 Electrical Check after Power Supply Replacements
In case of power supply replacements or maintenance check the protective earth

resistance according to the national regulations.
The electrical check is split up in two steps:
Step Task Details see..

1 Perform the basic protective earth test 1.3.2.1
2 Perform the electrical check according to 1.3.2.2
National Regulations.
1.3.2.1 Basic Protective Earth Test
(1) Use a multimeter that is capable to

measure a resistance < 1 Ohm
(2) Put one probe at the ground
connector of the mains input
(3) Put the other probe at a few metallic
parts, the customer could touch.
The electrical resistance has to be ≤ 536631JN.cdr
0.2 Ohm.
Refer to Figure 2.
2
Figure 2


Repair and Service
(4) Insert the power cord at the printer

side; leave it disconnected at the
wall side.
connector of the mains connector.
536631JK.cdr
The electrical resistance in this case

has to be ≤ 0.3 Ohm.
Refer to Figure 3.
(7) check the printer for loose grounding
connections, if the electrical
resistance of one measurement
exceeds the limits (0.2 Ohm without
mains cable; 0.3 Ohm with mains
cable)
Figure 3
1.3.2.2 Electrical Check according to National Regulations
(1) Perform the electrical check according to National Regulations.
NOTE:
The electrical checks that have to be performed in certain intervals (e.g. each 12
months) or after certain service actions (repair and/or maintenance) depend on
Example for Germany: BGV A3 and DIN VDE 0751 or subsequent regulations.


Chapter 3.2
Imaging Services
Tools and Auxiliary Means
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367/100

This document describes all tools (software, hardware), which are required for
servicing of the printer, incl. general instructions for software installation.

Revision Date
Document Title
n.a. n.a.


eq_03-2_tools-aux_e_template_v02
Repair and Service
DD+DIS033.07E Tools and Auxiliary Means
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
the equipment.
on the product.


Repair and Service
LIST OF CONTENTS
1 MACHINE SPECIFIC TOOLS ..................................................................................................5

1.1 Mandatory tools ........................................................................................................................5
1.2 Optional tools ............................................................................................................................6
1.2.1 Basic Requirements for a Service PC ......................................................................................7
1.2.2 Recommended configuration of the Service PC.......................................................................7
2 CONNECTION OF THE SERVICE PC TO THE PRINTER......................................................8

3 SOFTWARE TOOLS ................................................................................................................9
3.1 Key-Operator Menu on the local Keypad................................................................................10
3.2 Infocounter ..............................................................................................................................10
3.2.1 Infocounter Analysis via printed infocounter on Film ..............................................................11
3.2.2 Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report............................................................12
3.2.3 Infocounter Analysis via Service Command Session .............................................................12
3.2.4 How to evaluate the Infocounter .............................................................................................14
3.3 Test images.............................................................................................................................15
3.3.1 Testimage STI1.......................................................................................................................16
3.3.2 Testimage STI2.......................................................................................................................18
3.3.3 Testimage SMPTE..................................................................................................................19
3.3.4 Testimage Medical_Image......................................................................................................21
3.3.5 Testimage LinCheck ...............................................................................................................22
3.3.6 Testimage medicalimage ‘Mammo’ ........................................................................................23
3.4 Show Error Codes...................................................................................................................23
3.5 Printer Browser Pages ............................................................................................................24
3.5.1 Operator Tools ........................................................................................................................25
3.5.2 Key-Operator Tools.................................................................................................................26
3.5.3 Service Engineer Tools...........................................................................................................27
3.5.4 Connection to the Printer Browser Pages...............................................................................31
3.5.5 Usage of the Printer Browser Pages ......................................................................................35
3.6 Printer Logging........................................................................................................................43
3.6.1 Required information for the support center ...........................................................................43


Repair and Service
3.6.2 Printer Bootup-Message .........................................................................................................45
3.7 ADVP ......................................................................................................................................49
3.7.1 ADVP as DICOM print SCU....................................................................................................50
3.7.2 ADVP as DICOM print SCP (Print Emulator)..........................................................................50
3.7.3 ADVP as Communication Recorder .......................................................................................52
4 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION.................................................................................................55
4.1 SW Update: Loading a SW Patch...........................................................................................55
4.1.1 Software Update via CF card..................................................................................................56
4.1.2 Software Update via a remote computer ................................................................................56
4.2 Emergency SW Installation on a new, empty Hard Drive .......................................................57
4.3 Emergency SW Installation on a printer in "Error - System Failure" state..............................59


Repair and Service
1 Machine specific Tools

In addition to the conventional service tools which every service engineer has in his
toolbox, the following tools are required for service on the printer:
1.1 Mandatory tools

The mandatory tools are required for repair, troubleshooting or maintenance of the
printer.
Tool Part Number Purpose
Anti-static wrist strap CM+9.9999.0830.0 To avoid static discharges on
electronic components
Cleaning tissue (box CM+309931.0 For cleaning of the printer
of 50 pieces)
Densitometer* To be bought locally To perform CDM calibration
Ink Eraser 'Pelikan' 10+999991176.0 For the 'dry TH cleaning'
procedure
Isopropyl Alcohol and Commercially available To clean the TH
lint free cloth
Magnifying glass 8x CM+9.9579.9904.0 To check image quality of films at
the lightbox
Service key CM+9.0426.6309.0 To override the safety switch

Standard ruler (1mm) Commercially available For horizontal image adjustment
Density Reproduction Density reproduction To check calibration of CDM
Check files check files are available (internal printer densitometer)
via MEDNET, GSO Library
Waterproof pen commercially available To write on printed testfilms
CF card reader/writer EB+72010600 (USB) To read/write CF-cards on a
Service PC via USB interface
EB+72010160 (PCMCIA) To read/write CF-cards on a
Service PC via PCMCIA interface
External CF-card CM+343356.0 To install and save software &
128 MB data.
Service PC Commercially available. To perform different service
actions (access to the printer
See also 1.2.1 and 1.2.2
homepage; evaluate infocounter
on page 5.
etc.).


Repair and Service
NOTE:
*As DT film used in the Drystar printers has a slightly different color compared to
conventional films, different densitometers give different density readings, depending
on the light source.
To make a correct density measurement use only a calibrated densitometer MacBeth
TR-924, X-Rite 331, X-Rite 341, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310 or Gretag D200-2. Other
densitometers are not supported.
1.2 Optional tools

The optional tools are required in exceptional cases only.
Tool Part Number Purpose

Crossed network EB+72010270 or To get access to the printer homepage, in
cable commercially case access via the hospital network is not
available possible.
Note: Many service PCs as of approx. year
2006 do not require a crossed network cable:
They autodetect the type of connection (via
hub or point-to-point connection).
RS232 null- EB+44160021 To get access to the printers terminal level.
modem cable for Only required in exceptional cases for
the Service PC troubleshooting (e.g. boot-up problems).
(SUB D 9F/9F)


Repair and Service
1.2.1 Basic Requirements for a Service PC

The following specification is the basic requirement for the Service PC:
Hardware:
• USB port or integrated CF-Card reader
• Serial port
• Network connection RJ45

Software:
• Browser Internet Explorer ≥ 5.0
1.2.2 Recommended configuration of the Service PC

The national Agfa GICS department (Global Information and Communication Services)
is responsible for selection and configuration of the Service PC.
The actual specification is available via Agfa Intranet: Follow the link:
Agfa Intranet – IT servicedesk - GICS Intranet - Infrastructure Standards - Standards
for PCs and Peripherals


Repair and Service
2 Connection of the Service PC to the Printer
NOTE:
Necessity of PC connection:
In following cases a PC network connection is mandatory, as these settings only can
be made via browser pages.
• To enter the Mammo license
• To create a Mammo host profile (required for mammo printing)
• To configure Logical printers
• To define a host profile for special Image or Connectivity settings (Annotations,
OEM Lut etc.)
Proceeding for PC Connection to the Printer at first switch-on:

(1) Set-up your service PC for obtaining an IP address automatically:
Setting for Windows 98 / Windows ME / Windows 2000:
Select “Control Panel – Network – Properties – Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) –
Properties – Obtain an IP address automatically". Refer to Figure 1
Note: The path may differ for different operating systems.
Setting for Windows XP:
Select “Control Panel – Network Connections – Local Area Connection –
Properties – Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) – Properties – Tab: Alternative
Configuration – Automatic Private IP address". Refer to Figure 2
(2) Switch on the printer
(3) Start the Internet Explorer
(4) Enter the printer default IP address "169.254.10.10" in the printer address
window.
NOTE:
As the IP address of the printer after installation is usually different from
169.254.XXX.XXX, APIPA connection can only be used during installation. After
change of the IP address to one different from 169.254.XXX.XXX and reboot the
APIPA connection is not possible anymore.
Recommendation: Make a bookmark in your browser for IP address 169.254.10.10


Repair and Service
Figure 1: Windows 98, ME, 2000 Figure 2: Windows XP network setting

network setting
3 Software Tools
Following software tools are available
Software Tool Purpose Details see..
Key-operator menu on the Perform most of the required service 3.1
local keypad actions
Infocounter Troubleshooting 3.2
Test images Troubleshooting image faults; 3.3
Confirmation of perfect image quality
Show error codes View reason, meaning and cure of 3.4
error codes
Printer Browser Pages Perform DICOM attribute adjustments, 3.6
e.g. image adjustments
Logging View the online logging for 3.6
troubleshooting purposes
ADVP Test the DICOM communication 3.7
between modality and printer
NOTE:
Besides the functions offered in the Service menu on the printer and the printer
browser pages no other service software is available nor required.


Repair and Service
3.1 Key-Operator Menu on the local Keypad
Purpose The key-operator menu allows most of the actions that are required for installation,
repair and maintenance of the printer.
Use (1) Press the Key-operator menu key
to select the Key-operator
menu.
(2) With the and keys select

the desired menu, (or the desired
character when entering text).
(3) Use the and keys to select

the desired digit.
(4) Press to confirm a selection or 536601ga.cdr
to cancel.
Figure 3
Notes (1) The Key-operator menu is also available via the Printer Browser Pages
(username: drystar, password: axys).
(2) For a complete description of the Key-operator functions, please refer to the
DRYSTAR AXYS Reference manual.
An overview of all key-operator menus is available in section 3.7, ‘Software
menus, Settings’.
3.2 Infocounter
Purpose The infocounter is used for troubleshooting purposes and for investigation of the
printer history before maintenance.
It contains following information:
• General information about the printer
• Information about the installation site of the printer
• Information about the configuration and hardware components of the printer
• Statistics about service interventions
• Statistics about machine reliability
• Error history
This information about the printer is located in a persistent database.
Every 10 minutes there is an automatic update of the database on the hard disk.


Repair and Service
NOTE:
A copy of the infocounter data is always stored in the battery RAM of the printer. At
software installation the contents of the battery RAM are written to the hard disk drive.
This guarantees, that the infocounter data are not lost after exchange of the hard disk
drive
Three possibilities exist to get access to the infocounter (see also Figure 6):
# Acces to the infocoeunter ... Refer to ...

A Via printed infocounter on film 3.2.1
B Via Printers Infocounters Report 3.2.2
C Via Service Command session 3.2.3
NOTE:
We recommend to use for Infocounter Analysis method A, 'Via printed infocounter on
film', as this is the fastest way to access the infocounter.
3.2.1 Infocounter Analysis via printed infocounter on Film

Required Tools
• none
On the local keypad select key-operator menu "Service Actions - Print Infocounters": A
film will be printed with the infocounter data
Analyze the infocounter as described in section 3.2.4
NOTE:
The infocounter is best readable if printed on a 14x17" film.


Repair and Service
3.2.2 Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report

Required Tools
• Service PC, required to connect to the printer and analyze the infocounter.
(1) Connect the Service PC to the Service PC

network. For details see
chapter 3.2, Machine specific Printer
tools
(2) Start the browser (Internet
Explorer ≥ 5) 536632el.cdr
(3) Enter the IP address of the

printer in the address window.
(4) Select menu "Service Engineer Figure 4
Tools - Printer Infocounters
Report"
(5) Analyze the infocounter file as
described in section 3.2.4,
How to evaluate the Infocounter
3.2.3 Infocounter Analysis via Service Command Session
Required Tools
• Service PC, required to connect to the printer and analyze the infocounter

network
(2) Start the browser (Internet Printer
Explorer ≥ 5)
536632el.cdr
(4) Select menu "Service Engineer
Tools - Enter Service
Command Session - 7 Service
Actions - 5 Logging - 2 Figure 5
Infocounters"
(5) Save the infocounter file to the service PC or the CF card.
(6) Unzip the infocounters ZIP file
(7) Analyze the infocounter.txt file as described in section 3.2.4,


Repair and Service
Three ways to get Access to the Infocounter
1 7 Service Actions Print Infocounters
Welcome to this
SERVICE TOOLS
HOME General information
List of errors
2 Printer Infocounters report
DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Enter key-operator command session
Enter service command session 3
Release remote command session
Scalingtools
Connectivity Setup
DICOM profile editor
Welcome to this
7 Service Actions LPD Profile Editor
Network configuration
5 Logging Printqueue editor
Service - Loggings
Controller logging
2. Infocounters
1. To printer flash card
Modules
2. To this computer
Module repair
Go back
536709cf.cdr
Figure 6


Repair and Service
3.2.4 How to evaluate the Infocounter
Infocounters.txt evaluation
What to check in the Comment
infocounter
1.1 Serial number and Compare device serial number with chapter 8
Installation date ‘Manufacturing Standard Modification’ to determine
whether the device possibly requires a modification.
Refer to 3.3 (infocounter.txt), ‘HW Modification History’, to
check already made modifications.
1.4 Software Info Compare the currently installed SW version with the latest
SW version described in chapter 3.8, SW releases,
patches. In case a recommended SW patch is available,
install this SW patch.
Refer to section 4.1
infocounter
2.3 Reliability Should normally be not higher than 0.05. Higher fault
rates need a thorough investigation.
3.3 Hardware Modification By comparing the status of the device with the available
History modifications (refer to Technical Documentation chapter
8) the exact hardware status can be determined.
3.4 Software modification By checking the software modification history it can be
history determined, whether a recent software upgrade solved a
problem, that occurred quite often in the error list in the
past
5.3 Retries Many retries (> 1%, based on relative prints) have to be
investigated: They may reduce the throughput of the
device.
5.7 Error History Check which errors occurred in the last days, how often
they appeared as well as the CBF (cycles between
failures) of these errors. This gives an overview of the
current status of the machine.
5.8 Error list (sorted by Troubleshoot these errors with the help of the technical
relative) and documentation, chapter 3.3, ‘Troubleshooting’.
5.9 Error list (sorted by
total):


Repair and Service
3.3 Test images

Purpose The test images are used to check the complete printer function as well as checking
the image quality and certain adjustments
The list enclosed gives an overview of the different test images. This list is based on
software release 1.8.
Name / Purpose Thumbnail picture Details see..

'STI1' 3.3.1
Composed of many different test
images to check all aspects of
image quality.
'STI2' 3.3.2
Composed of many different test
images to check all aspects of
image quality.
‘SMPTE’ 3.3.3
Standard test image for evaluation
of image quality.
‘Medical_image’ 3.3.4
Test image to check, whether
stripes or dots, which are slightly
visible in one of the technical
images, are also visible in a
medical test image.
‘LinCheck’ 3.3.5
Test image with 11 increasing grey
values. Used for density
reproduction check.
‘medicalImage’ (Mammo) 3.3.6

Test image to check the effect of
possible stripes or dots in mammo
images.


Repair and Service
3.3.1 Testimage STI1

Purpose Composed of many different test images to check all aspects of image quality.
Usage (1) In the browser pages select menu

'Service Engineer Tools - Enter
Service Command Session - 3
Print Testimage – 1 Test image -
STI1.ZIP'.
(2) The test image as displayed in
Figure 7 will be printed.
Figure 7
Evaluation Evaluate the test image at the lightbox as

follows:
(1) Field 1 contains a continuous grey
wedge from grey value 0 to 255.
Check: no single grey steps may

be visible (in case single grey steps
are visible, this is called
'contouring'. The naming for this
effect is derived from the contour
lines in a hiking map).
Figure 8


Repair and Service
(2) Field 2 consists of 256 small squares, with grey values from 0 to 255.
Each square has inside another smaller square, with a grey level which is 2
grey steps darker than the surrounding square.
Check: all 256 squares must be visible. In addition, a contrast difference must
be visible between the individual square and the small square inside.
(3) Field 3 contains a flat field with density value 2.0.
Check: no stripes in any direction may be visible.
NOTE:
In case stripes, dots or insufficient density reproduction in the image can be observed,
refer to the troubleshooting guide (see MEDNET: GSO Library > Hardcopy > Dry
Printers > Drystar Axys > Troubleshooting Guide) for symptom, reason and cure.


Repair and Service
3.3.2 Testimage STI2

Purpose Composed of several different test images to check most aspects of image quality.

Print Testimage – 1 Test image -
STI2.ZIP'.
Figure 9
follows:
(1) Field 1 contains white and black
lines / dots of 1, 2 and 3 pixel width
Check: all lines / dots must be

visible
(2) Field 2 consists of a SMPTE
testimage. Refer to 3.3.3
(3) Field 3 consists of a flatfield with
Dmax 1.0
(4) Check: No stripes in horizontal or
vertical direction may be visible.
Figure 10


Repair and Service
3.3.3 Testimage SMPTE

Purpose Standard test image for evaluation of image quality and for trouble shooting (see
chapter 3.3.).
Usage (1) In the key-operator menu select '3

Print Image - 1 Testimage -
SMPTE_xxx.tif'.
• SMPTE_lin.TIF: Taste LUT linear.

Dmax = Dmax Printer
• SMPTE_l300.TIF: Taste LUT
linear. Dmax = 3.0
• SMPTE_kan.TIF: Taste LUT
Kanamori. Dmax = Dmax Printer
Figure 11


Repair and Service

follows:
(1) Fields 1 (4x) consist of 6 squares
with horizontal and vertical black
and white stripes (1, 2 and 3 pixels
wide).
Check: Each of the 6 squares must

show constant distance between
the black and white lines (no
interferences may be visible,
leading to unequal distances).
(2) Fields 2 (4x) have the same pattern
as fields 1, but less contrast
Figure 12
Check: All 6 squares must be visible.
(3) Fields 3 (3x) consist of several squares with the same density.
Check: The individual squares must show constant density. No stripes or dots.
(4) Field 4 consists of a black square (100% black) with a smaller grey square
inside (95% black)
The square must show 2 different densities, i.e. inside there must be a smaller
square with slightly lower density.
(5) Field 5 consists of a white square (0% black) with a smaller grey square inside
(5% black)
Check: The square must show 2 different densities, i.e. inside there must be a
smaller square with slightly higher density.
(6) Field 6 consists of a black square (100% black).
Check: The square must show Dmax (default: 3.2 O.D.)

(7) Fields 7 consists of a white square (0% black).
Check: The square must show fog level (for clear based film approx. 0.1 O.D.,
for blue based film approx. 0.2 O.D.)
NOTE:
To check density reproduction, especially for Dmax, use the LinCheck.ZIP test image
and measure in the "Density measurement area", as there also the CDM is measuring.
Only in this case the measured densities are comparable.


Repair and Service
3.3.4 Testimage Medical_Image

Purpose Test image to check, whether print stripes or dots, which are slightly visible in one of
the technical images, are also visible in a medical test image.

Print Testimage – 1 Test Image -
Medical_image.ZIP'.
Figure 13
Evaluation Evaluate the test image at the lightbox as follows:
(1) This medical test image of a chest is the most critical medical test image
regarding visibility of print stripes or dots, due to its huge bright areas. In bright
areas the eye is most sensitive.
Check: Stripes in horizontal or vertical direction, which are slightly visible in a

technical image (e.g. STI test image), may not be visible in the medical test
image.


Repair and Service
3.3.5 Testimage LinCheck

Purpose Test image to check density reproduction.

Print Testimage – 1 Test Image -
LinCheck.ZIP'.
536632ga.cdr
Figure 14
Evaluation (4) The test image contains a grey Density measurement area
wedge. This grey wedge is
measured during the density
reproduction check.
Refer to chapter 3.6, Adjustments.
536632gb.cdr
Figure 15
NOTE:
For check of density reproduction only measure in the density measurement area, as
there also the CDM is measuring.


Repair and Service
3.3.6 Testimage medicalimage ‘Mammo’

Purpose Test image to check, whether print stripes or dots, which are slightly visible in one of
the technical images, are also visible in a medical Mammo test image.

Print Testimage - 4 medicalimage'.
(2) Select the tray with Mammo DT2
films.
Figure 16
Evaluation (1) Check whether stripes or dots, that are visible in the STI1 or STI2 image, are
also visible in the testimage 'medicalimage'.
IMPORTANT:
To make this test film available at a printer with software 1.6.0_C1 proceed as
follows:
Connect via telnet to the printer
(1) At the C:\> prompt enter:
copy C:\images\service\*m.zip D:\images\service
(2) Print the image from Service Command Session menu - "3 Print Testimage -
4 medicalimage.zip"
3.4 Show Error Codes
Purpose View ‘Reason - Meaning - Cure’ at the local display for an error that appeared at
the printer.
Usage Possibility 1: View the last error code:
(1) In the key-operator menu select ‘7 Service Actions - 1 Error messages’
Possibility 2: View all error codes:

(1) In the browser pages select menu 'Service Engineer Tools - List of errors’


Repair and Service
3.5 Printer Browser Pages

The Printer Browser Pages provide for following menus:
Welcome to this
Operator tools
Key-operator tools
Service engineer tools
Specialist tools
Security Tools
HELP
Figure 17
Menu Content (Short description) Refer to .....

Operator Tools Printer queue management for the 3.5.1
operator
Key-Operator Tools Same like Key-Operator menu on local 3.5.2
display
Service Engineer Functions for configuration and 3.5.3
Tools troubleshooting of the Controller part of
the printer
Specialist Tools Software tools reserved for R&D to Not further described
perform special actions during test
phase of the printer.
Security Tools Software Tools to configure user Not further described
access control and secure
communication as defined by HIPAA.
This menu is reserved for the Hospital
Security Manager
Help Describes purpose and content of the Not further described
Printer Browser Pages menus.
NOTE:
A detailed structure of the Printer Browser Pages can be found in chapter 3.7,
Software menus, settings.


Repair and Service
For more information to the printer browser pages refer to .....

• section 3.5.4 for Connection to the Printer Browser Pages
• section 3.5.5 for two examples about the usage of the printer
browser pages
3.5.1 Operator Tools
Welcome to this
Operator - Printer Status

HOME
Id Patient Name Host Created On Sent Status Priority
875 XYZ CT_A 16-02-2005 0/1 Printing Normal
878 XYZ CT_A 16-02-2005 0/1 Calculating Normal
879 XYZ CT_A 16-02-2005 0/1 Waiting Normal
Delete Set Emergency View Status
Figure 18
Main Purpose Printer queue management for the operator

Username / Password operator / operator
Sub menus None
Comment --


Repair and Service
3.5.2 Key-Operator Tools
Welcome to this
KEY OPERATOR TOOLS

HOME Remote sessions
Figure 19
Main Purpose Provides same functions like Key-Operator menu on local

display
Username / Password drystar / axys
Sub menus 1. Enter key-operator command session: Shows list of
menus like Key-Operator menu on local keypad.
2. Release remote command session: Makes a reset on
the key-operator command session, to release the
connection, in case the key-operator command session
hangs.
NOTE:
As long as a key-operator or service command session via Printer Browser Pages is
active, access to the printer via local keypad is not possible.
The printer will show the message: 'Remote Access active - Local keypad is disabled
during this session'.
Do not work with the key-operator or service command session Printer Browser Pages
at the printer as long as the customer is using the printer.


Repair and Service
3.5.3 Service Engineer Tools
Welcome to this
SERVICE TOOLS
List of errors
Printer Infocounters report
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Enter service command session
Reboot Drystar
Reset Calibration Data
Connectivity tools
Scaling Setup
LPD Profile Editor
Printqueue editor
Licenses
Controller logging
Module repair
Modules
Figure 20
Main Purpose Provides functions for configuration and troubleshooting of

the Controller part of the printer
Username / Password mega / ******
Sub menus 1. List of errors: Shows list of all HC.... error codes.
Same content like chapter 3.3, appendix, error codes..
2. Infocounters Report: Shows printer infocounter.
3. DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report*: Shows infocounter
of the Controller part of the printer.
4. Software versions*: Shows SW versions of printer and
controller part of the printer.
5. Show printer status: Shows possible warnings or
defects or user messages which are currently
displayed at the local display.


Repair and Service
6. Enter key-operator command session: Same function

like Key-operator Menu on local keypad.
7. Enter service command session: Same function like
Service Menu on local keypad.
8. Release remote command session: Makes a reset on
the Key-operator / Service command session, to
release the connection, in case the session hangs.
9. Reboot Drystar: Reboots the printer.
10. Reset Calibration data: This menu allows toggling
between default calibration data and the latest
calibration data of Film calibration for upper/lower tray,
Print head profile and CDM calibration
11. Scaling Setup: Menu to define general image
interpolation related settings
12. DICOM profile editor: Different menus to define printer
behavior regarding DICOM communication.
13. LPD profile editor: Different menus to define printer
behavior regarding Postscript communication
14. Network Configuration: Allows special network
settings to adapt to other network devices.
15. Printqueue editor: Provides functions for extended
queue management.
16. Controller logging: Provides functions to view, filter,
adapt and save log files.
17. Licenses: Provides window to enter mammo license
18. Modules: Provides functions to check sensors and
motors of single modules.
Refer to Figure 20
As long as a key-operator or service command session via Printer Browser Pages is

active, access to the printer via local keypad is not possible.
The printer will show the message: 'Remote Access active - Local keypad is disabled
during this session'.
Do not work with the key-operator or service command session Printer Browser Pages
at the printer as long as the customer is using the printer.


Repair and Service
3.5.3.1 Modules Pages
Figure 21: Service Engineer - Modules Pages
Main Purpose Allows checking of individual motors and light sensors of

the printer.
Note: This function is only for special cases. Normally the
device detects each defective motor and sensor and
issues a corresponding error code.
Sub menus By clicking on the assembly, the corresponding assembly
page is displayed. See Figure 22
Comments:
1. By pressing activate/deactivate the motor can be started
2. To check a sensor, activate the sensor manually and press "REFRESH". Now the
changed state of the sensor has to be displayed, if the sensor is still okay
3. It is possible to view the E-label content of the corresponding module.
Refer to Figure 23.


Repair and Service
Figure 22: Service Engineer - Example for a Module Page

For comments see previous page.
Figure 23: Service Engineer - Example for a Module Page - E-Label content


Repair and Service
3.5.4 Connection to the Printer Browser Pages
Usage (1) Connect the Service PC to the Service PC

network
(2) Start the browser (Internet Printer
Explorer ≥ 5)
In case the printer homepage is 536632el.cdr
not displayed, refer to 3.5.4.1

‘Adaptation of the PC IP
address‘ next page.
Figure 24
Printer
As an alternative, if it is not possible Crossed UTP network cable
to put the Service PC into the hospital
network:
(1) Use a crossed network UTP
cable to connect the network
536632ek.cdr
interface of the Service PC

directly with the network
interface of the printer.
Note: Many service PCs as of
approx. year 2006 do not Figure 25
require a crossed network
cable: They autodetect the type
of connection (via hub or point-
to-point connection).
(2) Start the browser (Internet
Explorer ≥ 5)
In case the printer homepage is
not displayed, refer to 3.5.4.1
‘Adaptation of the PC IP
address‘ next page.


Repair and Service
3.5.4.1 Adaptation of the PC IP address
To connect the printer and the Service PC via network, usually the IP address of the
Service PC has to be adapted.
Basic rules:
Case 1: The service PC is part of the hospital network.
(1) Get the IP address and possibly the subnet mask* for the Service PC from the
hospital network administrator. In case the hospital network administrator wants
to have the Service PC working only in a subnet, get from him the netmask (also
called subnet mask).
(2) Enter IP address and subnet mask as displayed in Figure 26 to Figure 29.
Case 2: The service PC is not part of the hospital network, but connected via crossed
UTP network cable to the printer.
(1) Look up the printer IP address and subnet mask in the printer key operator menu
‘show settings - Network’.
(2) Define an IP address for the Service PC by adding or subtracting ‘1’ to the last
digit of the IP address.
Example: Printer IP address = 10.6.5.121
Service PC address = 10.6.5.122 or 10.6.5.120
(3) Enter IP address and subnet mask as displayed in Figure 26 to Figure 29.
Figure 26 Figure 27


Repair and Service
*Default Subnet Masks (set for NO subnetting)

Class First 3 digits of IP subnet mask
A 0......126 255.0.0.0
B 128......191 255.255.0.0
C 192.......223 255.255.255.0
Figure 28 Figure 29


Repair and Service
3.5.4.2 Adaptation of the Browser Proxy Settings

In case the connection to the Internet is configured for a connection via Proxy server,
this has to be disabled to be able to connect to the printer:
In the Internet Explorer select "Tools - Internet Options"
Select tab "Connections"
In case a proxy server is configured, tick the checkbox "Bypass Proxy server for local addresses".
Figure 30


Repair and Service
3.5.5 Usage of the Printer Browser Pages

(1) Enter the IP address of the printer in the address window.
In case the printer homepage is not displayed, refer to 3.5.4.1 ‘Adaptation of the
PC IP address‘ previous page.
(2) Select the desired menu
(3) Enter user name and password when prompted (mega / ******)
Enclosed two examples which shall explain the usage of the Printer Browser Pages:
# Example description refer to ...

1 Adapt the taste LUT for a certain host by creating a host 3.5.5.1
specific DICOM host profile
2 Adapt the annotations for all DICOM inputs 3.5.5.2
Welcome to this
Operator tools
Key-operator tools
Specialist tools
Security Tools
HELP
Figure 31: Homepage of the printer


Repair and Service
3.5.5.1 Example 1: Adaptation of the taste LUT (contrast)
Whenever the host with AE title ‘CTSCAN200’ sends a print job to the printer, the taste
LUT shall be adapted to ‘Kanamori_like 200’.
(1) In the printer homepage select Welcome to this
'Service Engineer tools - Enter DryStar Axys printer
service command session'

SERVICE TOOLS
(2) Enter username and password HOME General information
List of errors
(3) Select ‘DICOM profile editor’ Printer Infocounters report
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Connectivity tools
Scaling Setup
LPD Profile Editor
Printqueue editor
Controller logging
Module repair
Modules
536732et.cdr
Figure 32
(4) Select ‘New’.

(5) In the host profile window select
‘change’ at the ‘host profile
type’, to see, whether the
connected host is part of the
hosts database.
Refer to Figure 34.
Figure 33


Repair and Service
Figure 34: Host profile editor
(1) Select the connected host if

present, otherwise leave it on
‘generic’.
Figure 35


Repair and Service
(2) Select the desired parameter, in this case ‘Perception LUT = Kanamori_like’ and
set the ‘Kanamori_like value’ to 200.
(3) Check the checkbox before ‘Perception LUT’.
(4) Enter AE title and nickname (nickname = the name the stuff uses for this
modality. The nickname will be displayed in the queue). Refer to Figure 36.
(5) Select ‘Submit’
Now whenever the host with AE title ‘CTSCAN200’ sends a print job to the printer, the
taste LUT will be adapted to ‘Kanamori_like 200’.
NOTE:
• In case the checkbox is checked before a parameter in the DICOM profile editor,
this parameter is used, no matter whether the modality sends the parameter or
not (‘overwrite functionality’)
• In case the checkbox is not checked, the value defined in the host profile is only
used, in case it is not sent by the modality.
• Image adaptations should be made preferably at the DICOM modality. According
to DICOM specifications, controlling the printer completely is done at the
modality.
• The description below about creating a DICOM profile should only be required,
in case the modality does not allow to adapt a certain parameter or does not
provide it.


Repair and Service
HELP Host Profile: Name XYZ

These are the default settings for all print jobs coming from the host
(modality) specified under 'Calling AE title'.
Nick Name: Name XYZ
Number of Copies:
Print Priority: low
Polarity: normal
Trim: no
Film Size ID:
Medium Type:
Custom value:
Header Annotation:
Footer Annotation:
Window (%):
Level (%):
Nevent enabled: off
Image Timeout (s):
Resolution: 508
LR like: off
5367_Reg01_009_e.cdr
Figure 36


Repair and Service
NOTE:
• All DICOM host profile and LPD
profile Printer Browser Pages
have an online documentation
included.
• It can be viewed by pressing
the HELP button.
Figure 37
3.5.5.2 Example 2: Define annotations for all inputs
In this example the defaults for all hosts, independent of the AE title are adapted. Here
it is only possible to adapt the annotations.
(1) In the printer homepage select 'Service Engineer tools - Enter service command
session'
(2) Enter username and password
(3) Select ‘DICOM profile editor’
(4) Select ‘Default site annotations: EDIT’. Refer to Figure 38.


Repair and Service
Figure 38
(1) Select ‘Annotation 1’ Refer to

Figure 40.
Refer to Figure 39 to see,
where annotation 1 is located.
(2) Enter the annotation text:
Example:’ St Joseph's
Hospital.....’
(3) Possibly adapt the font and font
size of the annotation.
(4) In the ‘Annotation Box 1’ select
‘Submit’.
(5) Check the checkbox before Figure 39
‘Annotation 1’.
(6) Select ‘Submit’.
Now independent of the AE title all
films will have annotation 1 ‘St.
Joseph's Hospital.....’


Repair and Service
Figure 40: Site Defaults Window


Repair and Service
3.6 Printer Logging

Item "Printer Logging" is divided in following sections:
# Section refer to ...
1 Required information for the support center 3.6.1
2 Printer Bootup Message 3.6.2
3.6.1 Required information for the support center

In case of persistent problems like Connectivity / DICOM problems or film jams it may
be required - as part of the escalation procedure - to send all logfiles, session files and
infocounters to the support center.
Proceeding:
Step # Descpription Comment
Step 1 In the Service Engineer Tools go to "Controller --
Logging"
Step 2 Set tasks --
- PrintJobHandler
- DCMPrintSCP_0
- DCMPrintSCP_1 (if available)
to TRACE
Step 3 Produce the fault by sending an image from the --
modality or by printing a test image
Step 4 Reboot the printer --
Step 5 Get the session files See note 1
Step 6 Get the infocounter file See note 1
Step 7 Save the " DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report" See note 2
Step 8 Send the --
• Session file
• Infocounter file
• DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report
to your support center
At sporadic problems (Connectivity / DICOM problems; film jams) skip Steps 1 to 4.

Immediately start with step 5
Note 1: Path for session file / infocounter:

Enter service command session – 7 service actions – 5 logging – 1 session reports
(select all files) / 2 Infocounters report – To this computer


Repair and Service
Note 2: How to save the " DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report"
In the "Service Engineer Tools" go to the "DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report" page –
right mouse key – save page as.
3.6.1.1 How to view the logfiles offline
Step # Descpription Comment

Step 1 Install the PIDEX Available on MEDNET, GSO Library
tool
Step 2 Extract the See note below
corresponding log
file of the session
file.
Step 3 In the PIDEX tool
select "Tools –
logview" and open
the desired logfile
Step 4 In the PIDEX tool go It is also possible to select a single word in the
to function "Edit – logfile. Then all other occurances of this
find" to find the expression are also highlighted.
desired information.
NOTE:
A session file is named e.g.
DSAXYS_1052_SES_21OCT2007_09-55-48.ZIP, where the different figures
represent following information:
DSAXYS: Printer (Drystar AXYS)
1052: Serial Number
SES: Session File
21OCT2007: Current date
09-55-48: Current time HH-MM-SS
Interesting for troubleshooting are following files within the SES files:
• devil.log (controller and print engine);
• time.log


Repair and Service
3.6.2 Printer Bootup-Message
Purpose The printer terminal level provides following service action:

• An online logging, which displays all actions of the printer software during
bootup.
The printer terminal level is not intended to be used as official service tool.
It is only used for troubleshooting, e.g. to view the boot-up messages.
Usage (1) Connect the Service PC to the

printer as displayed in Figure
41.
(2) Start the HyperTerminal as
displayed in section 3.6.2.1.
(3) Switch the printer on:
Now the bootup message 536632ep.cdr
appears
(4) When the Printer login appears
the bootup message is finished.
Figure 41
3.6.2.1 Setup of the HyperTerminal

NOTE:
The hyper terminal setup as displayed here can be used for all AGFA devices.
Instead of the HyperTerminal following other programs can be recommended to
connect to terminal level:
• xt.
xt.exe is an AGFA program, which is part of the IMOS package. It can be started
in a DOS box by typing ‘xt’
• IMOS Start Menu.
The IMOS Start Menu software has a terminal built in. Select ‘tools - terminal’.
Depending on the configuration of IMOS Start, either a DOS box with xt will be
opened or a Hyper terminal window will pop-up.
(1) To start the setup of the HyperTerminal, go to ‘Programs - Accessories -

HyperTerminal - HyperTerminal’


Repair and Service
Figure 42
(2) Enter a name for the
connection, e.g. AGFA
Figure 43
(3) Select COM1 or COM2 for
communication port (depending
on what you are using on the
Service PC)
Figure 44


Repair and Service
(4) Make the setup of the

HyperTerminal session as
displayed here, i.e.
- 9600 Bps
- 8 data bits
- no parity
- 1 stop bit
- flow control Xon/Xoff
(5) Select ‘OK’
Figure 45
(6) Select ‘Properties’
Figure 46


Repair and Service
(7) Select ‘settings’
Figure 47
(8) Select ‘VT100’ for emulation
type
(9) Press ‘OK’
Figure 48
(10) Press <Enter>
Now the bootup message or login
prompt is visible.
Figure 49


Repair and Service
3.7 ADVP
NOTE:
The latest version of ADVP can be downloaded from MEDNET GSO Library
(Hardcopy - Wet Imagers - LR DICOM Controller - Freeware)
Purpose DICOM troubleshooting tool

Usage ADVP can be used for following purposes:
# Purpose Details see…

1 Send test images from the service PC to the printer 3.7.1.
via network
2 Record DICOM print sessions for further 3.7.2
troubleshooting.
3 Record DICOM print sessions for changing and re- 3.7.3.
sending them to the printer.
NOTE:
ADVP can run on the service PC or any Windows PC in the network. The only pre-
requisite: The PC must be part of the network.
536632eq.cdr
Figure 50


Repair and Service
3.7.1 ADVP as DICOM print SCU

ADVP as DICOM print SCU can be used to check the DICOM interface of the printer.
In this case ADVP sends a test image to the printer.
(1) Start ADVP

(2) Select 'Basic Grayscale' in the
'Start up configuration' screen.
(3) Select 'Test - Print Film'
(4) Select 'SMPTE' (or any other
test film).
(5) In the 'Configuration' window fill
in Called (Printer) AE Title and
'Printer IP address'.
(6) Select 'OK'. Now the desired
test film is sent to the printer.
Figure 51: ADVP as Print SCU
3.7.2 ADVP as DICOM print SCP (Print Emulator)
ADVP as DICOM print SCP can be used to check the DICOM communication sent
from the modality. ADVP in this case emulates the printer. The communication can be
evaluated on site or by a product specialist in the GSC or RSC.


Repair and Service
(1) Disconnect the printer from the

network.
(2) Give the IP address of the
service PC the same IP address
like the printer*
(3) Start ADVP
(5) Select 'Application - Print
Emulator - Start'
(6) In the following window fill in
- Called (Printer) AE Title (this is
the AE title of the printer),
- 'Called (Host) AE Title'
- ADVP Listen port (usually 104:
this is the port the modality
sends DICOM messages).
(7) Select okay. Now ADVP is
prepared for recording the
communication between
modality and the printer.
Figure 52: ADVP as Print Emulator
NOTE:
*In case ADVP runs on the printer, just select 'Stop Controller' to stop the application
software (and so switch off the DICOM SCP functionality of the printer). When
communication recording is finished, close ADVP and select 'Start Controller'.


Repair and Service
3.7.3 ADVP as Communication Recorder
ADVP as Communication recorder is recording the communication between the

modality and the printer, and allows to modify every single DICOM attribute as well as
resending the recorded image with the changed attribute(s).
In general, following configurations are possible:
a) Service PC is part of the network: The modality sends to the service PC, the
service PC transmits the DICOM image and control data on the fly to the
printer. Modifying the DICOM data can be done without changing the
configuration.
b) Service PC is only temporary integrated in the network to emulate the printer:

The modality sends to the service PC, ADVP on the service PC transmits the
DICOM image and control data to a DICOM Print SCP on the service PC (e.g.
ADVP as Print Emulator). Re-sending the DICOM data to the printer then
requires re-configuration of ADVP.
In this chapter we describe the possibility a) Service PC is part of the network.


Repair and Service
Part 1: Recording the DICOM data
(1) Change the IP address of the

printer to any free IP address in
the network (e.g.
192.9.200.202)
(2) Give the service PC the former
IP address of the printer (e.g.
192.9.200.201)
(3) Start ADVP
(5) Select 'Application - Comms
Recorder - Start'
(6) In the following window fill in
- Called (Printer) AE Title (this is
the AE title of the printer),
- 'Called (Host) AE Title',
- ADVP Listen port (usually 104:
this is the port the modality
sends DICOM messages),
- Printer IP address (this is the Figure 53: ADVP as Comms Recorder
IP address of the printer)
- printer listen port (usually
104).
(7) Select okay. Now ADVP is
prepared for recording the
communication between
modality and the printer.


Repair and Service
Part 2: Resending the DICOM data

Recorder - Stop'
Recorder - Modify'
(3) In the Printer Snapshot edit the
desired parameters
Recorder - Replay': Now the
image is re-sent to the printer
and printed at the printer with
the adapted data.
Figure 54: Resending the DICOM data


Repair and Service
4 Software Installation
You want to ... Example Refer to .....

Upgrade the SW to a higher SW Upgrade from SW Rel. Installation Instructions
basic release 1.80_C1 to 2.0.0_C1 which are part of the
software
Update the SW with a patch SW Update from 1.8.0_C1 to 4.1
1.8.1_C1
Install SW on a new, empty Install SW 1.8.0_C1 on an 4.2
hard drive or. empty hard drive
Re-install the software on a Re-Install SW 1.8.0_C1 on a 4.3
printer in ERROR - SYSTEM printer that does not bootup
FAILURE state. anymore.
NOTE:
• A software upgrade is a functional extension. It is usually sold through the Sales
and Services Channels
• A software update is a corrective modification of the basic software version. It
does not include new functionality. SW Updates (Patches) are available on
MedNet.
4.1 SW Update: Loading a SW Patch

This chapter describes the SW Update with a patch.
NOTE:
For instructions regarding SW upgrade to a higher basic release (e.g. SW Upgrade
from SW Rel. 1.80_C1 to 2.0.0_C1) refer to Chapter 7, Modifications
A SW Update can be performed in two ways:
SW Update via ... Refer to .....

Key-operator menu at the local keypad using the CF card 4.1.1
Service menu in the Printer browser pages using the 4.1.2
network connection


Repair and Service
4.1.1 Software Update via CF card

Purpose Software Update: Installation of a software patch
SW Update (1) In the key-operator menu select '9

Installation - 1 Software Installation
- 1 From CF card'
the local keypad.
(3) After the software update print a
초
SMPTE test image (Key Operator 2
menu: 3 Print Image - 1 Testimage
- 2 SMPTE.zip') and a test image
5366_Reg01_017_e.cdr
from every modality to confirm the
successful update. Figure 55
(4) Re-new the backup on CF card.
4.1.2 Software Update via a remote computer

Purpose Software Update: Installation of a software patch
SW Update (1) Establish a web browser Service engineer tools

connection to the printer. Refer to
Username
chapter 3.5.4. mega
Username
(2) ******
(3) Printer Browser Pages Enter Key-operator command session
9. Installation
(4) In the printer homepage select 1. New Software Installation
'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Welcome to this
Key-operator Command Session - DryStar Axys printer
9 Installation - 1 New Software Key-Operator - Installation
Installation - 1 This computer' Choose Dataset Browse .....
Proceed Go Back Reset Values
(5) Select 'Browse' 536632eo.cdr
(6) Select the ZIP file to be uploaded Figure 56

(e.g. DSAXYS_SWR_180C1.zip).
(7) Follow the further instructions in
the Printer Browser Pages
(8) After the software update print a SMPTE test image (Key Operator menu: ‘3
Print Image - 1 Testimage - 2 SMPTE.tif') and a test image from every modality
to confirm the successful upgrade.


Repair and Service
NOTE:
During file upload it is not checked, whether the software you are uploading is really
software for Drystar AXYS. Be sure to upload the correct ZIP file.
The ZIP file is only available via MEDNET - GSO library:
http://docs.agfanet/mednetcso-library. Follow path "Hardcopy – Dry Imagers – Drystar
AXYS – Freeware"
CAUTION:
Depending on the software patch version it might be possible, that one of the
boards gets re-programmed during the software upgrade.
In case this re-programming is interrupted by power loss, this specific board
may become unusable.
Do not reboot the printer before requested by the Printer Browser Pages.
4.2 Emergency SW Installation on a new, empty Hard Drive
Purpose This chapter describes the SW Installation on an empty hard drive, e.g. after exchange
of the hard drive.
SW (1) Insert the CF card with the printer

Installation "Emergency_Install" software in
on empty the CF card reader
HD
(2) Reboot the printer
(3) At question "Do you want to
preserve config?" select "NO".
초
Refer to Figure 58. 2

the display. 5366_Reg01_017_e.cdr
(5) Select menu "5 Restore Figure 57

Configuration" to reload the
previous configuration when
finished.
(6) Perform a film calibration from
both trays.


Repair and Service
IMPORTANT:
After software installation on a new,
empty harddisk, the printer is only in
the same state than before, if an up-
to-date backup is available. Emergency SW FOUND
ON EXTERNAL CF-card
In case the CF card is lost or not Install emergency
readable the complete printer setup SW? YES (V) NO (X)
has to be redone.
After Emergency SW Installation on a Emergency SW Install
new, empty hard disk without Do you want
"Configuration Restore" the printer is to preserve config?
YES (V) NO (X)
in the same state like it has been 536632gc.cdr
shipped from factory

(default IP address 169.254.10.10)
Figure 58
NOTE:
The printer "Emergency_Install" software can be obtained via MEDNET, GSO Library.
Caution:
• Depending on the software patch version it might be possible, that one of the
• In case this re-programming is interrupted by power loss, this specific board may
become unusable.
• Do not reboot the printer before requested by a local keypad message


Repair and Service
4.3 Emergency SW Installation on a printer in "Error - System Failure" state
Purpose This chapter describes the SW Installation on a printer in ERROR - SYSTEM

FAILURE state.
IMPORTANT:
The software installation procedure
described here formats the hard disk.
In case you select "NO" at question
"Do you want to preserve config" the Emergency SW FOUND
ON EXTERNAL CF-card
configuration data are erased. Install emergency
SW? YES (V) NO (X)
In this case the printer is only in the
same state than before, if an up-to-
date backup is available. Emergency SW Install
Do you want
In case the CF card is lost or not to preserve config?
readable the complete printer setup YES (V) NO (X)
has to be redone. 536632gc.cdr
Figure 59
SW (1) Insert the CF card with the printer

Installation "Emergency_Install" software in
on empty HD
the CF card reader
(2) Reboot the printer
(3) At question "Do you want to
preserve config?" select
초
"NO" in case you want to erase 2
the complete configuration
"YES" in case want to keep the
5366_Reg01_017_e.cdr
current configuration. Refer to
Figure 59 and to info below. Figure 60
the local keypad.
(5) Select menu "5 Restore
Configuration" to reload the
previous configuration when
finished.


Repair and Service
NOTE:
The printer "Emergency_Install" software can be obtained via MEDNET, GSO library:
http://docs.agfanet/mednetcso-library. Follow path "Hardcopy – Dry Imagers – Drystar
AXYS – Freeware"
CAUTION:
Depending on the software patch version it might be possible, that one of the
In case this re-programming is interrupted by power loss, this specific board
may become unusable.
Do not reboot the printer before requested by a local keypad message
NOTE:
When you choose during Emergency SW Installation to preserve the configuration
following steps are executed internally:
1. A backup of the printer configuration data is created and copied to RAM
2. The software is copied from CF card to hard disk and inflated
3. The boards are programmed
4. The backup is restored from RAM
When you choose during Emergency SW Installation not to preserve the configuration
the configuration data are erased. The printer in this case is in the same state like it
has been shipped from factory
(default IP address 169.254.10.10)


Chapter 3.3
Imaging Services
Troubleshooting
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367/100
This document describes the systematic troubleshooting of the printer

1.1 03-2011 Replaced previous list of error codes by error codes of
software 2.1.0_C2.
Document Title
DD+DIS261.10E DRYSTAR AXYS SIB11: Software 2.1.0_C2 available

eq_03-3_troubleshooting_e_template_v06
Repair and Service
DD+DIS033.07E Troubleshooting
► Manufacturer
Publisher
D - 81539 München
Germany
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
the equipment.
the product.
NOTE:

Edition 1, Revision 1 DRYSTAR AXYS Chapter 3.3 / 2 of 72

Repair and Service
LIST OF CONTENTS
1 GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE ...................................................................4

2 ERROR CATALOGUE..............................................................................................................5


Repair and Service
1 General Troubleshooting Procedure

The troubleshooting procedure depends on the symptom of the fault. Refer to Figure 1:
MODXX The online diagnosis has checked

all possible reasons for the fault. Refer to
Please replace module The only possible cure: table next page.
To replace a certain module
Refer to IMPORTANT
New Error: Exxxxxx The online diagnosis has detected, note next page.
that more than one possible reason See also
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx for the fault exists. Troubleshooting
Guide.*
The online diagnosis has detected a
fault, which still allows printing, however Refer to IMPORTANT
New Warning: Wxxxxxx The print quality is reduced or note next page.
The print quality can be reduced in the See also
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx near future or Troubleshooting
A defective part requires replacement Guide.*
in the near future
New Maintenance: Mx The configured number of cycles See also

for a certain maintenance action Troubleshooting
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx Guide. *
has been reached.
Error Refer to
The online diagnosis was not able to Troubleshooting
System Failure start up. Guide. *
Please wait For more than 5 minutes the printer refer to

Selftest Proceeding shows message Troubleshooting
"Please wait selftest proceeding". Guide.*
Film Jam! Refer to

A sporadic or persistent film jam
occured. Troubleshooting
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Guide.*
Modality Name Time The image sent from the modality Refer to
Film X of Y is not printed. It does not appear Troubleshooting
Z% in the printer queue. Guide.*
Refer to
The image(s) show stripes, dots, Troubleshooting
density or contrast faults. Guide.*
536733aa.cdr
* See MEDNET, GSO Library: Hardcopy - Dry Imagers -

Drystar Axys - Troubleshooting Guide
Figure 1


Repair and Service
2 Error Catalogue
 The error catalogue is part of the device software (file "error.xml").

 The print-out supplied here is based on software release 2.1.0_C2
 It is also available via browser pages, menu 'Service Engineer tools - List of Errors'
IMPORTANT:
Error codes EXXXXX and WXXXXX (displayed on the local display), are registered in the
infocounter as error codes HCXXXXX. The next pages list the HC codes totether with reason
and cure.
Error codes "MOD XX - Please replace module" are also mapped to an HC code. This HC code
can be looked up in key-operator menu "7 Service Actions - Error Codes".
Depending on attributes for "Type" and "Action" (see error descriptions below) error messages
will be issued as error code or plain text:
Type Action Error message will be issued as ……

Defect Replace Message "MODXX Please replace module"
Defect See manual Message "EXXXXXX – texttext"
Failure None Message "WXXXXXX - texttext"
Accidental None Message "texttext" (e.g. remove film jam)
List of Modules:
MOD Nr.. Spare Part
MOD01 UPPER TRAY W/O TAG READER
MOD02 LOWER TRAY W/O TAG READER
MOD03 / MOD04 UPPER / LOWER PICK UP MODULE
MOD05 THERMAL HEAD
MOD06 OUTPUT MODULE
MOD07 DRUM DRIVE MODULE
MOD08 DEVIL MODULE or DEVIUS MODULE
MOD09 POWER SUPPLY
MOD10 KEYPAD/DISPLAY MODULE
MOD11 INPUT SENSORS MODULE
MOD12 THANOS W/O SDRAM or TYNDALL W/O SDRAM
MOD13 CAM DRIVE MODULE
MOD14 GEAR BOX & BELT
MOD15 SUSPENSION DRIVE MODULE
MOD16 TPH COOLING FAN
MOD17 PUMP & VALVES ASSY
MOD18 RAM MODULE
MOD20 VILIS COOLING FAN


Repair and Service
DD+DIS033.07E Troubleshooting - Error Codes
LIST OF ERRORS
MODULE : uppertraymodule
Elabel : No
HC301000 : uppertraymodule.connected
Type Defect
Context E301000
Action SeeManual
Reason XS7 or XS8 not connected
Cure1 Connect XS7 or XS8
HC301001 : uppertray.overruled
Type Failure
Context W301001
Action None
Reason Inputtray overruled (dmax 2.0)
Cure Replace filmpack
HC301002 : uppertray.disabled
Type Failure
Context W301002
Action None
Reason Inputtray disabled
HC301003 : uppertraymodule.tagreader
Type Failure
Context W301003
Action None
Reason1 Tag reader not connected
Cure1 Connect tag reader
Reason2 Tag reader defect
Cure2 Replace
Part Tag reader


Repair and Service
HC301004 : uppertraymodule.s11
Type Failure
Context W301004
Action None
Reason1 S11 not connected
Cure1 Connect S11
Reason2 Upper tray module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD01
Type Failure
Context W301005
Action None
Cure1 Connect S24
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD01
HC301006 : uppertraymodule.takeoversensors.working
Type Defect
Context E301006
Action SeeManual
Reason1 S11 and S24 not connected
Cure1 Connect S11 and S24
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD01


Repair and Service
Type Failure
Context W301007
Action None
Cure1 Connect S1
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD01
HC301016 : upper.filmcal.required
Type Failure
Context W301016
Action None
Reason Upper tray needs calibration
Cure Perform upper tray calibration
HC301018 : upperTag-unsupported
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Wrong version in upper tray
HC301019 : tag.history.insecure
Type Defect
Context E301019
Action SeeManual
Reason Tag history is corrupt
Cure make Emergency sw install without preserving config


Repair and Service
HC301020 : uppertraymodule.s11.flagproblem
Type Failure
Context W301020
Action None
Reason S11 defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD01
HC301021 : uppertraymodule.s24.flagproblem
Type Failure
Context W301021
Action None
Reason S24 defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD01
HC301022 : uppertraymodule.sensors
Type Failure
Context W301022
Action None
Reason1 one of the takeoverdetection sensors is not functioning
Cure1 Remove jam
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD01
HC301023 : backside.jam.upper
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason backside jam while printing from upper tray
Cure Insert filmpack correctly


Repair and Service
MODULE : lowertraymodule
Elabel : No
HC302000 : lowertraymodule.connected
Type Defect
Context E302000
Action SeeManual
Reason XS9 not connected to lower tray module
Cure1 Connect XS9 to lower tray module
HC302001 : lowertray.overruled
Type Failure
Context W302001
Action None
Reason Inputtray overruled (dmax 2.0)
HC302002 : lowertray.disabled
Type Failure
Context W302002
Action None
Reason Inputtray disabled
HC302003 : lowertraymodule.tagreader
Type Failure
Context W302003
Action None
Reason1 Tag reader not connected
Cure1 Connect tag reader
Reason2 Tag reader defect
Cure2 Replace
Part Tag reader


Repair and Service
HC302007 : lowertraymodule.s2
Type Failure
Context W302007
Action None
Cure1 Connect S2
Reason2 Lower tray module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD02
HC302016 : lower.filmcal.required
Type Failure
Context W302016
Action None
Reason Lower tray needs calibration
Cure Perform lower tray calibration
HC302018 : lowerTag-unsupported
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Wrong version in lower tray
HC302023 : backside.jam.lower
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason backside jam while printing from lower tray
Cure Insert filmpack correctly


Repair and Service
HC302024 : used.film.upper
Type Failure
Context W302024
Action None
Reason counter of new filmpack in upper tray was already low. It was used in
another printer
Cure Replace filmpack when filmcount runs out
HC302025 : used.film.lower
Type Failure
Context W302025
Action None
Reason counter of new filmpack in lower tray was already low. It was used in
another printer
Cure Replace filmpack when filmcount runs out
MODULE : upperpickupmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC303000 : upperpickupmodule.film.pickupposition
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Upper input jam
Cure Remove upper input jam
HC303001 : upperpickupmodule.film.bendposition
Type Accidental
Context
Action None


Repair and Service
HC303002 : upperpickupmodule.film.homeposition
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Upper pickup homing failed accidently
Cure Self resolving accident
HC303003 : upperpickupmodule.film.vacuum
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason1 Upper input jam
Cure1 Remove upper input jam
Reason2 vacuum system failing
Cure2 clean vacuum tubes , filter , vacuum cups ......
Reason3 Lower pickup module defect
Cure3 Replace
Part vacuum pump
HC303004 : upperpickupmodule.filmpickup
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
HC303005 : upperpickupmodule.s18.low
Type Accidental
Context
Action None


Repair and Service
HC303006 : upperpickupmodule.s18.high
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Internal jam
Cure Remove internal jam
HC303007 : upperpickupmodule.pickup.skew
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
HC303008 : upperpickupmodule.tphalign
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
HC303009 : upperpickupmodule.film.align
Type Accidental
Context
Action None


Repair and Service
HC303010 : upperpickupmodule.homeposition
Type Failure
Context W303010
Action None
Reason Upper pickup homing failed accidently
HC303011 : upperpickupmodule.thpositioning
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
HC303012 : upperpickupmodule.elabel.present
Type Failure
Context W303012
Action None
Reason1 Upper pickup elabel not connected
Cure1 Connect upper pickup elabel
Reason2 Upper pickup Elabel defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03
HC303013 : upperpickupmodule.elabel.config
Type Failure
Context W303013
Action None
Reason Upper pickup elabel defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD03


Repair and Service
HC303014 : upperpickupmodule.connected
Type Failure
Context W303014
Action None
Reason1 XS1 disconnected
Cure Connect XS1
Reason Upper pickup module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD03
HC303015 : upperpickupmodule.working
Type Failure
Context W303015
Action None
Reason1 Upper pickup module defect
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD03
Reason2 Film wrinkled in upper tray
Cure2 Remove wrinkled film
HC303016 : upperpickupmodule.passed.high
Type Failure
Context W303016
Action None
Reason1 Upper pickup past sensor jammed
Cure1 Free upper pickup past sensor
Reason2 Upper pickup past sensor defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03


Repair and Service
HC303021 : upperpickupmodule.m7.connection
Type Failure
Context W303021
Action SeeManual
Reason1 Upper pickup motor not connected
Cure1 reconnect upper pickup motor
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03
HC303022 : upperpickupmodule.m7.shortcircuit
Type Defect
Context E303022
Action SeeManual
Reason Upper pickup module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD03
HC303023 : upperpickupmodule.s14
Type Failure
Context W303023
Action None
Reason1 Upper pickup home sensor S14 malfunctioning
Cure1 check upper pickup home sensor S14
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03


Repair and Service
Type Failure
Context W303024
Action None
Reason1 Upper pickup pickup sensor S15 malfunctioning
Cure1 check upper pickup pickup sensor S15
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03
Type Failure
Context W303025
Action None
Reason1 Upper pickup passed sensor S18 malfunctioning
Cure1 check upper pickup passed sensor S18
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03
MODULE : lowerpickupmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC304000 : lowerpickupmodule.film.pickupposition
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Lower input jam
Cure Remove lower input jam


Repair and Service
HC304001 : lowerpickupmodule.film.bendposition
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
HC304002 : lowerpickupmodule.film.homeposition
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
HC304003 : lowerpickupmodule.film.vacuum
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason1 Lower input jam
Cure1 Remove lower input jam
Reason2 vacuum system failing
Cure2 clean vacuum tubes , filter , vacuum cups ......
Cure3 Replace
Part vacuum pump
HC304004 : lowerpickupmodule.filmpickup
Type Accidental
Context
Action None


Repair and Service
HC304005 : lowerpickupmodule.s19.low
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
HC304006 : lowerpickupmodule.s19.high
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Internal jam
HC304007 : lowerpickupmodule.pickup.skew
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
HC304008 : lowerpickupmodule.tphalign
Type Accidental
Context
Action None


Repair and Service
HC304009 : lowerpickupmodule.film.align
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
HC304010 : lowerpickupmodule.homeposition
Type Failure
Context W304010
Action None
Reason Lower pickup homing failed accidently
HC304011 : lowerpickupmodule.thpositioning
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
HC304012 : lowerpickupmodule.elabel.present
Type Failure
Context W304012
Action None
Reason1 Lower pickup elabel not connected
Cure1 Connect lower pickup elabel
Reason2 Lower pickup Elabel defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04


Repair and Service
HC304013 : lowerpickupmodule.elabel.config
Type Failure
Context W304013
Action None
Reason Lower pickup elabel defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD04
HC304014 : lowerpickupmodule.connected
Type Failure
Context W304014
Action None
Reason1 XS4 disconnected
Cure Connect XS4
Reason lower pickup module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD04
HC304015 : lowerpickupmodule.working
Type Failure
Context W304015
Action None
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD04
Reason2 Film wrinkled in upper tray
Cure2 Remove wrinkled film


Repair and Service
HC304016 : lowerpickupmodule.passed.high
Type Failure
Context W304016
Action None
Reason1 Lower pickup past sensor jammed
Cure1 Free lower pickup past sensor
Reason2 Lower pickup past sensor defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04
HC304021 : lowerpickupmodule.m6.connection
Type Failure
Context W304021
Action SeeManual
Reason1 Lower pickup motor not connected
Cure1 connect lower pickup motor
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04
HC304022 : lowerpickupmodule.m6.shortcircuit
Type Defect
Context E304022
Action SeeManual
Reason Lower pickup module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD04


Repair and Service
HC304023 : lowerpickupmodule.s16
Type Failure
Context W304023
Action None
Reason1 Lower pickup home sensor S16 malfunctioning
Cure1 check lower pickup home sensor S16
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04
Type Failure
Context W304024
Action None
Reason1 Lower pickup pickup sensor S17 malfunctioning
Cure1 check lower pickup pickup sensor S17
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04
Type Failure
Context W304025
Action None
Reason1 Lower pickup passed sensor S19 malfunctioning
Cure1 check lower pickup passed sensor S19
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04


Repair and Service
MODULE : thmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC305000 : thmodule.high
Type Defect
Context E305000
Action SeeManual
Reason Coolingfan defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD16
HC305001 : thmodule.thpos.fail
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Internal jam
Cure Resolve jam
HC305002 : thmodule.thermalheadheater
Type Failure
Context W305002
Action SeeManual
Reason1 Connector P3 on PSU not connected
Cure1 Connect P3 on PSU
Reason2 Connectors P2 and P3 on OSB not connected
Cure2 Connect connectors P2 and P3
Reason3 Connectors P6 on OSB not connected
Cure3 Connect connector P6
Reason4 Connector XS6 on heater not connected
Cure4 Connect connector XS6
Reason5 Sensor S12 defect
Cure5 Replace MOD04
Reason6 PSU defect
Cure6 Replace


Repair and Service
Part MOD09
Reason7 TH defect
Cure7 Replace
Part MOD05
HC305003 : thmodule.elabel.present
Type Failure
Context W305003
Action None
Reason1 TH Elabel not connected
Cure1 Connect TH elabel
Reason2 Elabel defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD05
HC305004 : thmodule.elabel.config
Type Failure
Context W305004
Action None
Reason Elabel defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD05


Repair and Service
HC305005 : thmodule.device.current
Type Defect
Context E305005
Action SeeManual
Reason3 Connectors P3 on TH not connected
Cure3 Connect connector P3 on TH
Reason4 Connector P2 on TH not connected
Reason6 Connector P43 on MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius) not connected
Cure6 Connect connector P43 on MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius)
Reason7 PSU defect
Cure7 Replace
Part MOD09
Reason8 OSB defect
Cure8 Replace
Part OSB
Reason9 TH defect
Cure9 Replace
Part MOD05
HC305006 : thmodule.powerlogic
Type Defect
Context E305006
Action SeeManual


Repair and Service

Reason5 PSU defect
Cure5 Replace
Part MOD09
Reason6 OSB defect
Cure6 Replace
Part OSB
Reason7 TH defect
Cure7 Replace
Part MOD05


Repair and Service
HC305007 : thmodule.headvoltageactuator
Type Defect
Context E305007
Action SeeManual
Reason7 PSU defect
Cure7 Replace
Part MOD09
Reason8 OSB defect
Cure8 Replace
Part OSB
Reason9 TH defect
Cure9 Replace
Part MOD05
HC305008 : thmodule.osb.connected
Type Defect
Context E305008
Action SeeManual
Reason1 P1 on OSB not connected
Cure1 Connect P1 on OSB
Reason2 P1 on MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius) not connected
Cure2 Connect P1 on MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius)
Reason3 OSB defect


Repair and Service
Cure3 Replace
Part OSB
HC305009 : thmodule.thermalheadheating
Type Failure
Context W305009
Action SeeManual
Reason TH module heater defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD05
HC305010 : thmodule.voltage.low
Type Failure
Context W305010
Action SeeManual
Reason1 Serial connection to powersupply fails
Cure1 power down the printer, and power up again
Reason2 PSU module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
Reason3 TH module defect
Cure3 Replace
Part MOD05
IMPORTANT:
This fault may have following additional reason and cure:
Reason: Film Calibration files corrupted.
Cure: Reset the calibration data for the film calibration of the upper and lower tray,
followed by a film calibration for both trays.


Repair and Service
HC305011 : thmodule.thinstall
Type Defect
Context 05
Action Replace
Reason TH data is not loaded properly
Cure Replace
Part MOD05
HC305012 : thmodule.resolution
Type Defect
Context E305012
Action SeeManual
Reason TH has the wrong resolution for this printer OR this software is installed on
the wrong printer
Cure Replace
Part MOD05
HC305021 : thmodule.device.thermistors
Type Defect
Context 05
Action Replace
Reason5 TH defect
Cure5 Replace
Part MOD05


Repair and Service
MODULE : outputmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC306000 : outputmodule.connected
Type Defect
Context E306000
Action SeeManual
Reason1 XS2 not connected
Cure1 Connect XS2
Cure2 Connect XS3
HC306001 : outputmodule.cdm.init
Type Failure
Context W306001
Action None
Reason Output module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
HC306002 : outputmodule.intensity.scan
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Internal film jam
Cure Remove film jam


Repair and Service
HC306003 : outputmodule.outputsensor.hi
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Output film jam
HC306004 : outputmodule.printingFail
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason1 Internal film jam
Cure1 Remove film jam
Reason2 S18 or S19 is sticking
Cure2 replace this upper or lower tray
HC306005 : outputmodule.film.scan
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Cure Remove jam
HC306006 : outputmodule.outputSensor.lo
Type Accidental
Context
Action None


Repair and Service
HC306007 : outputmodule.outputorscan.fail
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
HC306008 : outputmodule.outputhome.fail
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
HC306009 : outputmodule.cdmhome.fail
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
HC306010 : outputmodule.elabel.present
Type Failure
Context W306010
Action None
Reason1 Output elabel not connected
Cure1 Connect output elabel
Reason2 Output elabel defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD06


Repair and Service
HC306011 : outputmodule.elabel.config
Type Failure
Context W306011
Action None
Reason Output elabel defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
HC306012 : outputmodule.cdm.home
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason CDM homing accidently failed
HC306013 : outputmodule.home
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason1 Output homing accidently failed
Cure1 Self resolving accident
Reason2 Output module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD06
HC306014 : outputmodule.cdminstall
Type Failure
Context W306014
Action None
Reason CDM needs calibration
Cure Calibrate CDM


Repair and Service
HC306015 : outputmodule.intensity.unstable
Type Failure
Context W306015
Action None
Reason CDM intensity is unstable
Cure Replace CDM module MOD06
HC306020 : outputmodule.working
Type Defect
Context 06
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
HC306021 : outputmodule.m4.connection
Type Defect
Context E306021
Action SeeManual
Reason1 Output motor not connected
Cure1 connect output motor
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD06
HC306022 : outputmodule.m4.shortcircuit
Type Defect
Context E306022
Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD06


Repair and Service
HC306023 : outputmodule.cdm.m5.connection
Type Defect
Context E306023
Action SeeManual
Reason1 CDM motor not connected
Cure1 connect CDM motor
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD06
HC306024 : outputmodule.cdm.m5.shortcircuit
Type Defect
Context E306024
Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
HC306025 : outputmodule.s5
Type Defect
Context 06
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
HC306026 : outputmodule.s6
Type Defect
Context 06
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD06


Repair and Service
HC306027 : outputmodule.cdm.s10
Type Defect
Context 06
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
HC306028 : outputmodule.cdm.working
Type Defect
Context 06
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
MODULE : drumdrivemodule
Elabel : No
HC307001 : drumdrivemodule.m1.connection
Type Defect
Context E307001
Action SeeManual
Reason1 M1 not connected
Cure1 Connect M1
Reason2 Drum drive module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD07
IMPORTANT:
Reason: Ambient temperature too low when switching on the printer.
Cure: Ensure that ambient temperature is within specifications (+15 ° C to +30 ° C)


Repair and Service
HC307002 : drumdrivemodule.s9
Type Defect
Context E307002
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect S9
Reason2 Drum drive module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD07
HC307004 : drumdrivemodule.move
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Drum drive move failed accidently
Cure Selfresolving accident
HC307020 : drumdrivemodule.working
Type Defect
Context 07
Action Replace
Reason Drum drive module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD07


Repair and Service
HC307021 : drumdrivemodule.m1.shortcircuit
Type Defect
Context E307021
Action SeeManual
Reason Drum drive module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD07
MODULE : devilmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC308000 : devilmodule.dsh.connected
Type Defect
Context E308000
Action SeeManual
Reason1 Connector P9 not connected
Cure1 Connect P9
Reason2 MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius) module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
HC308001 : devilmodule.psu.connected
Type Defect
Context E308001
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P15
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08


Repair and Service
HC308002 : devilmodule.keypad.connected
Type Defect
Context E308002
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P8
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
HC308003 : devilmodule.th.connected
Type Defect
Context E308003
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P43
Cure2 Connect P1 on TH
Cure3 Replace
Part MOD08
Reason4 TH defect
Cure4 Replace
Part MOD05
IMPORTANT:
Reason: Ambient temperature too low when switching on the printer.
Cure: Ensure that ambient temperature is within specifications (+15 ° C to +30 ° C)


Repair and Service
HC308004 : devilmodule.p21.connected
Type Defect
Context E308004
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P21
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
Type Defect
Context E308005
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P20
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
Type Defect
Context E308006
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P41
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08


Repair and Service
Type Defect
Context E308007
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P40
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
Type Defect
Context E308008
Action SeeManual
Reason1 Connector P1 not connected on MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius)
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
HC308009 : devilmodule.elabel.present
Type Failure
Context W308009
Action None
Reason1 MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius) Elabel not connected
Cure1 Connect MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius) elabel
Reason2 MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius) Elabel defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08


Repair and Service
HC308010 : devilmodule.elabel.config
Type Failure
Context W308010
Action None
Reason MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius) Elabel defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308011 : devilmodule.power.3v3
Type Defect
Context E308011
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC308012 : devilmodule.power.12v
Type Defect
Context E308012
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09


Repair and Service
HC308013 : devilmodule.power.n12v
Type Defect
Context E308013
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC308014 : devilmodule.power.24v
Type Defect
Context E308014
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC308015 : devilmodule.power.actuator
Type Defect
Context E308015
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09


Repair and Service
HC308016 : devilmodule.headvoltage
Type Defect
Context E308016
Action SeeManual
Reason1 Connector P1 not connected on TH
Cure1 Connect P1 on TH
Cure4 Replace
Part MOD09
Cure5 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure6 Replace
Part MOD05
HC308017 : duplicate.ipaddress
Type Failure
Context W308017
Action None
Reason IP adress already in use
Cure Change IP adress
HC308018 : disk.space
Type Failure
Context W308018
Action None
Reason Harddisk full
Cure Call service


Repair and Service
HC308019 : devilmodule.sn.mismatch
Type Defect
Context E308019
Action SeeManual
Reason SN mismatch
Cure Call service
HC308020 : devilmodule.power.sensor
Type Defect
Context E308020
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
Type Defect
Context E308021
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P42
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08


Repair and Service
HC312000 : tyndall.temperature
Type Defect
Context E312000
Action SeeManual
Reason1 Ambient temperature too high what could be caused by continuous printing
in an already warm environment or the environment temperature is just too
high
Cure1 If caused by continuous printing , this can be cured by waiting until
temperature comes down ; otherwise it has to be made sure that the
environment temperature comes down
Reason2 Cooling of MOD12 CPU board (Thanos or Tyndall) not efficient because of
blocked airflow
Cure2 Make sure that enough airflow is available for the MOD12 CPU board
(Thanos or Tyndall) by insuring that air inlets and outlets are completely
free
Reason3 Defect CPU on MOD12
Cure3 Replace
Part MOD12
HC308024 : devilmodule.serialadc
Type Defect
Context 08
Action Replace
Reason MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius) module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308025 : devilmodule.bitgenerator
Type Defect
Context 08
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08


Repair and Service
HC308026 : devilmodule.m16
Type Defect
Context 08
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308027 : devilmodule.fpga
Type Defect
Context 08
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308028 : devilmodule.m2.driver
Type Defect
Context 08
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
Type Defect
Context 08
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08


Repair and Service
Type Defect
Context 08
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
Type Defect
Context 08
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308032 : devilmodule.f1.driver
Type Defect
Context 08
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308033 : devilmodule.f2.driver
Type Defect
Context 08
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08


Repair and Service
HC308034 : diagnose.completion
Type Failure
Context W308034
Action None
Reason Diagnose not complete
Cure Reboot printer with closed trays and covers
Type Defect
Context 08
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
Type Defect
Context 08
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
Type Defect
Context 08
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08


Repair and Service
Type Defect
Context 08
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308039 : devilmodule.v1.driver
Type Defect
Context 08
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308040 : devilmodule.v2.driver
Type Defect
Context 08
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC312020 : devilmodule.tyndall.cpuboard
Type Defect
Context 12
Action Replace
Reason MOD12 cpu board (Thanos or Tyndall) defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD12


Repair and Service
HC312021 : devilmodule.tyndall.serial
Type Defect
Context 12
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD12
HC312022 : devilmodule.tyndall.ethernet
Type Defect
Context 12
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD12
HC312023 : devilmodule.tyndall.portex
Type Defect
Context 12
Action Replace
Reason Software problem
Cure Reinstall software
HC312024 : devilmodule.tyndall.pci
Type Defect
Context 12
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD12


Repair and Service
HC318020 : devilmodule.tyndall.ram
Type Defect
Context 18
Action Replace
Reason1 RAM defect
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD18
Reason2 MOD12 cpu board (Thanos or Tyndall) defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD12
HC312025 : devilmodule.tyndall.clock
Type Defect
Context 12
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD12
MODULE : powersupplymodule
Elabel : Yes
HC309000 : powersupplymodule.temperature
Type Defect
Context E309000
Action SeeManual
Reason1 PSU too hot
Cure1 Switch off printer and let it cool down
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09


Repair and Service
HC309001 : powersupplymodule.elabel.present
Type Failure
Context W309001
Action None
Reason1 PSU Elabel not connected
Cure1 Connect PSU elabel
Reason2 PSU module Elabel defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC309002 : powersupplymodule.elabel.config
Type Failure
Context W309002
Action None
Reason PSU module Elabel defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD09
HC309003 : powersupplymodule.powerth.current
Type Defect
Context E309003
Action SeeManual
Reason1 TH power cables short circuited
Cure1 Check TH power cables
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD05
Cure3 Replace
Part MOD09


Repair and Service
HC309004 : powersupplymodule.powermotor.current
Type Defect
Context E309004
Action SeeManual
Reason1 Actuators power cables short circuited
Cure1 Check actuators power cables
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC309005 : powersupplymodule.temperature.warning
Type Failure
Context W309005
Action None
Reason PSU temperature high
Cure Cool down the PSU
HC309020 : powersupplymodule.powerth
Type Defect
Context 09
Action Replace
Reason PSU module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD09


Repair and Service
HC309022 : powersupplymodule.powermotor
Type Defect
Context 09
Action Replace
Reason1 Actuators power cables short circuited
Cure1 Check actuators power cables
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC309024 : powersupplymodule.powerlogic
Type Defect
Context 09
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD09
HC309025 : powersupplymodule.power3v3
Type Defect
Context 09
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD09


Repair and Service
HC309026 : powersupplymodule.power12v
Type Defect
Context 09
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD09
HC309027 : powersupplymodule.powern12v
Type Defect
Context 09
Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD09
MODULE : displaykeypadmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC310000 : displaykeypadmodule.elabel.present
Type Failure
Context W310000
Action None
Reason1 Display Elabel not connected
Cure1 Connect Display elabel
Reason2 Display Elabel defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD10


Repair and Service
HC310001 : displaykeypadmodule.elabel.config
Type Failure
Context W310001
Action None
Reason Display Elabel defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD10
MODULE : inputsensormodule
Elabel : No
HC311000 : inputsensormodule.s4.flagproblem
Type Failure
Context W311000
Action None
Reason Internal jam, input sensor S4 isn't responding
Cure Remove jam
HC311001 : inputsensormodule.s13.flagproblem
Type Failure
Context W311001
Action None
Reason Internal jam, input sensor S13 isn't responding
Cure Remove jam


Repair and Service
HC311002 : inputsensormodule.connected
Type Defect
Context E311002
Action SeeManual
Reason XS5 not connected
Cure Connect XS5
HC311003 : inputsensormodule.s4
Type Failure
Context W311003
Action None
Cure1 Connect S4
Reason2 S4 bracket module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD11
HC311004 : inputsensormodule.s13
Type Failure
Context W311004
Action None
Cure1 Connect S13
Reason2 S4 bracket module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD11


Repair and Service
HC311005 : inputsensormodule.sensors
Type Failure
Context W311005
Action None
Reason one of the inputsensors is not functioning
Cure Remove jam
HC311020 : inputsensormodule.working
Type Defect
Context 11
Action Replace
Reason S4 bracket module is defective
Cure Power off printer and replace
Part MOD10
MODULE : camdrivemodule
Elabel : No
HC313000 : camdrivemodule.home
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Internal jam


Repair and Service
HC313001 : camdrivemodule.m2.connection
Type Defect
Context E313001
Action SeeManual
Reason1 Motor M2 not connected
Cure1 Connect motor M2
Reason2 Cam shaft module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD13
HC313002 : camdrivemodule.s7
Type Defect
Context E313002
Action SeeManual
Reason1 Sensor S7 not connected
Cure1 Connect sensor S7
Reason2 Cam shaft module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD13
HC313020 : camdrivemodule.working
Type Defect
Context 13
Action Replace
Reason Cam shaft module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD13


Repair and Service
HC313021 : camdrivemodule.m2.shortcircuit
Type Defect
Context E313021
Action SeeManual
Reason Cam shaft module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD13
MODULE : gearboxmodule
Elabel : No
HC314000 : gearboxmodule.home
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Internal jam
HC314001 : gearboxmodule.pickup.passed
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Internal jam


Repair and Service
HC314002 : gearboxmodule.takeover.film.close
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Internal jam
HC314003 : gearboxmodule.film.inputsensors
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Internal jam
HC314004 : gearboxmodule.m8.connection
Type Defect
Context E314004
Action SeeManual
Reason2 Roller drive module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD14


Repair and Service
HC314005 : gearboxmodule.s3
Type Defect
Context E314005
Action SeeManual
Reason2 Roller drive module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD14
HC314006 : gearboxmodule.connected
Type Defect
Context E314006
Action SeeManual
Reason1 Connector XS12 not connected
Cure1 Connect Connector XS12
Reason2 gearboxmodule drive module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD14
HC314020 : gearboxmodule.working
Type Defect
Context 14
Action Replace
Reason Roller drive module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD14


Repair and Service
HC314021 : gearboxmodule.m8.shortcircuit
Type Defect
Context E314021
Action SeeManual
Reason Roller drive module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD14
MODULE : suspensiondrivemodule
Elabel : No
HC315000 : suspensiondrivemodule.move
Type Accidental
Context
Action None
Reason Suspension move (10 or 14 inch) failed accidently
HC315001 : suspensiondrivemodule.m3.connection
Type Defect
Context E315001
Action SeeManual
Reason2 Suspension drive module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD15


Repair and Service
HC315002 : suspensiondrivemodule.s21
Type Defect
Context E315002
Action SeeManual
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD15
HC315003 : suspensiondrivemodule.s22
Type Defect
Context E315003
Action SeeManual
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD15
HC315004 : suspensiondrivemodule.connected
Type Defect
Context E315004
Action SeeManual
Reason1 Connector XS13 not connected
Cure1 Connect Connector XS13
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD15


Repair and Service
HC315020 : suspensiondrivemodule.working
Type Defect
Context 15
Action Replace
Reason Suspension drive module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD15
HC315021 : suspensiondrivemodule.m3.shortcircuit
Type Defect
Context E315021
Action SeeManual
Reason Suspension drive module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD15
MODULE : coolingfanmodule
Elabel : No
HC316000 : coolingfanmodule.thf1.connection
Type Defect
Context E316000
Action SeeManual
Reason1 Coolingfan not connected
Cure1 Connect coolingfan
Reason2 Coolingfan module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD12


Repair and Service
HC316020 : coolingfanmodule.thf1.shortcircuit
Type Defect
Context E316020
Action SeeManual
Reason1 Coolingfan not connected
Cure1 Connect coolingfan
Reason2 Coolingfan module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD12
MODULE : pumpandvalvesmodule
Elabel : No
HC317000 : pumpandvalvesmodule.m9.connection
Type Defect
Context E317000
Action SeeManual
Cure2 Connect XS10
Reason3 Pump and valves module defect
Cure3 Replace
Part MOD17
HC317001 : pumpandvalvesmodule.v1.connection
Type Defect
Context E317001
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect XS10
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD17


Repair and Service
HC317002 : pumpandvalvesmodule.v2.connection
Type Defect
Context E317002
Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect XS10
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD17
HC317020 : pumpandvalvesmodule.m9.shortcircuit
Type Defect
Context E317020
Action SeeManual
Reason Pump and valves module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD17
HC317021 : pumpandvalvesmodule.v1.shortcircuit
Type Defect
Context E317021
Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD17


Repair and Service
HC317022 : pumpandvalvesmodule.v2.shortcircuit
Type Defect
Context E317022
Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD17
MODULE : eboxfanmodule
Elabel : No
HC320000 : eboxfanmodule.eboxfan.connection
Type Defect
Context E320000
Action SeeManual
Reason1 EBox fan module not connected
Cure1 Connect EBox fan module
Reason2 EBox fan module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD20
HC320020 : eboxfanmodule.eboxfan.shortcircuit
Type Defect
Context E320020
Action SeeManual
Reason EBox fan module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD20


Repair and Service
MODULE : bothtraysmodule
Elabel : No
HC321001 : pickupmodule.alltrays.disabled
Type Defect
Context E321001
Action SeeManual
Reason All inputtrays have detected a mallfunction
Cure Check other active HC-codes to get detailed info


Chapter 3.4
Imaging Services
Electrical and Mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367/100

This document lists the jumper settings of the printer and describes the meaning of the
LEDs on the different printed circuit boards.

Revision Date
Document Title
n.a. n.a.


eq_03-4_codings_e_template_v04
Repair and Service
DD+DIS033.07E Electrical and Mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
the equipment.
on the product.


Repair and Service
LIST OF CONTENTS
1 CODINGS .................................................................................................................................4
1.1 Jumper Setting 73 GB Maxtor Hard Disk..................................................................................4
1.2 Jumper Setting 73 GB Hitachi Hard Disk..................................................................................5
2 FUSES......................................................................................................................................6
3 LEDS ........................................................................................................................................6
3.1 DEVIL Board .............................................................................................................................7
3.2 THANOS Board (plugged onto the DEVIL Board) ....................................................................8
3.3 Power Supply ............................................................................................................................9
3.4 Front Panel..............................................................................................................................10
3.5 Rear panel...............................................................................................................................11


Repair and Service
1 Codings
1.1 Jumper Setting 73 GB Maxtor Hard Disk
1 J1 J3
1
12
18
536634BD.CDR
Figure 1
Jumper J1 Setting Function

1-2 open ID Bit 3
3-4 open ID Bit 2
5-6 open ID Bit 1
7-8 open ID Bit 0
9-10 open Not used
11-12 open Termination Power
Table 1
Jumper J3 Setting Function

1-2 open ID Bit 3
3-4 open ID Bit 2
5-6 open ID Bit 1
7-8 open ID Bit 0
9-10 open Busy LED
11-12 open Enable write protect
13-14 open enable stagger spin
15-16 open Enable delay spin
17-18 open Force single ended bus mode
Table 2


Repair and Service
1.2 Jumper Setting 73 GB Hitachi Hard Disk
24
C3
12
1
C4
536634BC.CDR
Figure 2
Jumper C3 Setting Function

1-2 open ID Bit 3
3-4 open ID Bit 2
5-6 open ID Bit 1
7-8 open ID Bit 0
9-10 open Disable Autostart
11-12 open Force single ended bus mode
13-14 open Enable delayed start
15-16 open Write Protect
17-18 open Reserved
19-20 open Reserved
21-22 open LED
23-24 open Term Power to SCSI bus
Table 3


Repair and Service
Jumper C4 Setting Function

1-2 open ID Bit 3
3-4 open ID Bit 2
5-6 open ID Bit 1
7-8 open ID Bit 0
9-10 open Not used
11-12 open Write Protect
Table 4
2 Fuses
The printer has no fuses that can be replaced.
If one of the fuses in the power supply is defective, the whole Power supply unit must
be replaced - refer to section 3.5.
3 LEDs
The following tables show the status of the LED indications and the corresponding
function:
LED's on... Refer to

DEVIL Board 3.1
THANOS Board 3.2
Power supply 3.3
Front Panel 3.4
Rear Panel 3.5


Repair and Service
3.1 DEVIL Board
Name LED Color Function

(**) NTRAFFIC D1 yellow Network activity
(**) NGOOD_LINK D2 yellow Network connected
(**) 100MBit_speed D3 yellow High speed network
IMGCTRL_0 D4 yellow Software controllable
+3V3 D5 green +3.3V present
P_24V D9 green +24V present
+12V D10 green +12V present
IMGCTRL_CONFDONE D12 yellow Off: FPGA config done.
ON: FPGA not configured
IMGCTRL_1 D13 yellow Software controllable
UP_LED0 D14 yellow Software controllable
UP_LED1 D15 yellow Software controllable
(**) IDE_DASP D16 yellow IDE activity
12V D17 green -12V present
+5V D18 green +5V present
CP_ACTLED D19 yellow Disc activity controlled by
PORTEX
Legend : (**) are LEDs situated at the rear panel (refer to 3.5).
NOTE:
LEDs D6, D7, D8, D11 are not present.


Repair and Service
3.2 THANOS Board (plugged onto the DEVIL Board)
LED Color Function

LD1 yellow FPGA LED1 - Software controllable
LD5 green VCC supply voltage ok
LD6 green 3.3V supply voltage ok
LD8 green 1V8 supply voltage ok
LD9 green 1V8 DDR2 supply voltage ok
LD10 green VCORE supply voltage ok
LD11 yellow 1V2 supply voltage ok
LD12 yellow PCI Bus status
LD13 yellow Fire Wire Link active
LD14 yellow Fire Wire cable connected
LD15 yellow CPU Bus active
LD16 red OFF: FPGA configuration done
ON: FPGA NOT configured => ALARM
LD17 yellow Software controllable


Repair and Service
3.3 Power Supply
536634ab.cdr
Figure 3
LED Status Color Function

Overtemp On Red Temperature inside power supply
exceeded permissible limits. Operation not
possible*.
Off Temperature inside power supply
within permissible limit.
+ 3.3 V On Green +3.3 V present
Off +3.3 V not present
+5V On Green +5 V present
Off +5 V not present
+12 V On Green +12 V present
-12 V On Green -12 V present
Off -12 V not present
+24 V On Green +24 V present
13..27 V On Green voltage between 13 V and 27 V
Off voltage < 13 V
*When the temperature inside the power supply exceeds the permissible limit, printing
can continue for up to 120 seconds. After this delay the power supply switches off the
power and checks the temperature every 20 seconds. As soon as the temperature is
below the permissible limit, it switches on again.


Repair and Service
3.4 Front Panel
Led Color Function

D1 green 12V power present
D2..D25 green / red See table below
D3 green 5V power present
Color Light Status Receive Jobs ? Printing possible ?

Ready No No
Constant
(stand-by)
Startup No No
sequence
Receiving jobs Yes Yes
Green
Calculating Yes Yes
Blinking
Printing Yes Yes
Calibrating Yes No
Installation No No
Key-operator Yes/No Yes/No
Service mode No No
Blinking Film jam Yes No
Red
Warning Yes Yes
Constant Error status No No


Repair and Service
3.5 Rear panel
536634aa.cdr
Figure 4
Name Led Color Function

NTRAFFIC D1 yellow Network activity
NGOOD_LINK D2 yellow Network connected
1 GBit_speed D3 yellow High speed network
IDE_DASP D16 yellow IDE activity
Note: These LEDs are part of the DEVIL board (refer to 3.1).


Chapter 3.5
Imaging Services
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367/100
This document describes the availability of replacement instructions:

The replacement instructions are enclosed to the printer spare parts as print-out.

1.1 04-2010 Removed references to enclosure documents.

eq_03-5_replacements_e_template_v07
Repair and Service
DD+DIS033.07E Replacements / Repair Procedures
► Manufacturer
Publisher
D - 81539 München
Germany
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
the equipment.
the product.
NOTE:


Chapter 3.6
Imaging Services
Adjustments and Calibrations
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367/100

This document describes the adjustments, calibrations and image quality checks
of the printer.

1.1 06-2008 Added section 2.5, Compliance Film Calibration as part of
Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Procedure.
Document Title
n.a. n.a.

eq_03-6_adjustments_e_template_v06
Repair and Service
DD+DIS033.07E Adjustments and Calibrations
► Manufacturer
Publisher
D - 81539 München
Germany
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
the equipment.
the product.
NOTE:


Repair and Service
LIST OF CONTENTS
1 ADJUSTMENTS .......................................................................................................................4
1.1 Horizontal Film Alignment Procedure .......................................................................................4
2 CALIBRATIONS .......................................................................................................................7
2.1 Film Calibration .........................................................................................................................8
2.2 CDM (Internal Densitometer) Calibration................................................................................10
2.3 Print Head (TH) Calibration.....................................................................................................12
2.4 Smart Profile Calibration .........................................................................................................14
2.5 Compliance Film Calibration as part of Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Procedure..................18
2.5.1 Checking the Densitometer Calibration ..................................................................................21
2.5.2 Checking the Densitometer Configuration in the Printer ........................................................21
2.5.3 Resetting the Compliance Film Calibration, Internal Densitometer Calibration and Thermal
Print Head Calibration.............................................................................................................22
2.5.4 Performing Internal Densitometer Calibration, Film Calibrations and Thermal Print Head
Calibration ...............................................................................................................................22
2.5.5 Performing a Density Reproduction Check.............................................................................27
2.5.6 Performing the Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check..............................................................28
2.5.7 Performing a Compliance Film Calibration .............................................................................29
3 CHECKS.................................................................................................................................32
3.1 Density reproduction check.....................................................................................................32
3.2 Check for dust stripes / TPH Cleaning Procedure ..................................................................33
3.3 Resistor Check........................................................................................................................36


Repair and Service
1 Adjustments
Following adjustments have to be performed at the printer:
Adjustment To be done .... Details see....

Horizontal in case after TH replacement the blank left / right 1.1
film frame on a SMPTE test image is < 1,5 mm for DT2B /
alignment DT2C films or < 1 mm for DT 2 Mammo Films
1.1 Horizontal Film Alignment Procedure
WHEN TO BE The horizontal film alignment is necessary when:

PERFORMED
• The TPH has been replaced and
• the blank frame at the left and right hand side on a SMPTE test image is
o < 1,5 mm for DT2B / DT2C Films
o < 1 mm for DT 2 Mammo Films.
PURPOSE Centering the image on the film: Compensate for mechanical tolerances of the
thermal head mounting.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
Ruler to measure in the range up to 15 mm
REQUIRED TIME:
10 min.
NOTE:
The horizontal film alignment can be performed via browser user interface or the local
keypad. The required time and proceeding is identical.
It can be performed at any film size.


Repair and Service
INSTRUCTIONS Via Printer Browser User Interface

(1) In the printer browser user interface select 'Service Engineer Tools'.
(2) Select 'Enter Service Command Session'.
(3) Select '6 Calibration - 4 Horizontal Alignment'.
(4) Select 'upper tray' or 'lower tray': A test film as shown in Figure 1 will be
printed.
(5) Measure the left and right blank border of the test film.
(6) Enter the values in mm (typically approx. 10 mm) in the browser screen.
(7) Select 'Accept Changes'.
Via Local Keypad

(1) In the key-operator menu select menu '7 Service Actions'.
(2) Select '6 Calibration - 4 Horizontal Alignment'.
(3) Select 'upper tray' or 'lower tray': A test film as shown in Figure 1 will be
printed.
(4) Measure the left and right blank border of the test film.
(5) Enter the values in mm (typically approx. 10 mm) in the browser screen.
(6) Select ‘confirm’.


Repair and Service
Measure the left clear border width: Measure the right clear border width:
Left white border Value: mm Value: mm Right white border
via local display via Browser User Interface:

Measure left
white border
Welcome to this
0.0 mm DryStar AXYS
Measure right
white border
Service - Calibration
0.0 mm
Horizontal alignment
Left white border 0.0 (mm)

Right white border 0.0 (mm)
Accept changes Discard changes

536736ac.cdr
Figure 1
Verification: (1) On the local keypad select key-operator menu '3 Print Image - 1 Testimage –
upper or lower tray - SMPTE_xxx.tif': An SMPTE test image will be printed.
(2) Measure the left and right blank frame in print direction: It must be
o ≥ 1,5 mm for DT2B / DT2C Films
o ≥ 1 mm for DT 2 Mammo Films.
Result: The horizontal film alignment procedure is performed.


Repair and Service
2 Calibrations
Following calibrations have to be performed at the printer:

Film calibration • During maintenance. 2.1
• After replacement of the Thermal
print head (TPH).
• During the troubleshooting
procedure.
Internal densitometer • When the density reproduction 2.2
(CDM) calibration check indicates to calibrate the
CDM.
• During the troubleshooting
procedure.
Print Head (TH) • During the troubleshooting 2.3
calibration procedure.
• During the TH cleaning procedure.
Refer to section 3.2 in this chapter.
Smart Profile • During the troubleshooting 2.4
Calibration procedure.
• In certain cases during
maintenance. Refer to section 9,
Maintenance.
Compliance Film • May be required as last step of an 2.5
Calibration Afssaps / EUREF calibration
procedure for a Drystar AXYS
Mammo printer.


Repair and Service
2.1 Film Calibration
WHEN TO BE The film calibration has to be performed in following cases:

PERFORMED
• Before Smart TH Profile Calibration. See section 2.4.
• During the compliance film calibration. See section 2.5.
• After TH replacement.
• At least each 5000 films (adjustable maintenance action. Refer to chapter 9
Maintenance).
• In case of a drift of the maximum density.
• During the troubleshooting procedure.
PURPOSE Determination of the correlation between control of the thermal head and
corresponding densities on film.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
None
REQUIRED TIME:
10 min.
NOTE:
The film calibration is by default executed automatically at every 5th new film package:
This automatic film calibration can be activated/deactivated in the Key-operator menu
"1. Change settings - 5. Image quality - 1. General - select default for film calibration
(default = ON)". Also the calibration frequency (Default = every 5 film packs) can be
entered there.


Repair and Service

'6 Calibration - 1 Film Calibration'.
(2) Select upper or lower input tray:
The calibration film as shown in
Figure 2 is printed and the
INPUT TRAY:
FILM CALIBRATION OK
Dmax = 3.20 (XR310)

536701aa.cdr
Default densitometer
Measured Dmax
(3) Repeat film calibration for the

second input tray.
536336as.cdr
Figure 2
NOTE:
The calibration is successful, in case the measured Dmax is max. 2% different from
the target Dmax.
The target Dmax depends on the default densitometer which is configured in Key-
operator menu "2 Change Settings - 5 Image Quality - 1 General".
Refer to table below.

Example:
Selected default densitometer: X-Rite 341
Measured Dmax DT2B: 3.04 O.D.
Result: Calibration successful
Default Target Dmax Target Dmax Target Dmax DT2

Densitometer DT2B DT2C Mammo
X-Rite 310 3.20 O.D. 3.05 O.D. 3.80 O.D.
X-Rite 331 3.09 O.D. 2.93 O.D. 3.68 O.D.
X-Rite 341 3.05 O.D. 2.89 O.D. 3.65 O.D.
X-Rite 301 3.10 O.D. 2.88 O.D. 3.63 O.D.
MacBeth 3.10 O.D. 2.91 O.D. 3.68 O.D.
Gretag D200 3.05 O.D. 2.88 O.D. 3.63 O.D.


Repair and Service
2.2 CDM (Internal Densitometer) Calibration
NOTE:
• Only following densitometers can be used for the calibration: McBeth TR-924,
Gretag D200-2, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310, X-Rite 331, X-Rite 341.
• The densitometer must be calibrated with the calibration wedge of the
densitometer manufacturer according to the calibration procedure of the
densitometer manufacturer.
WHEN TO BE • The calibration of the internal densitometer CDM via an external densitometer is
PERFORMED
necessary when the density reproduction check for a specific material is not OK
after a film calibration.
PURPOSE • Adjust the CDM to another calibrated, external densitometer.

• To compensate for CDM measurement drifts.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
One of following, calibrated densitometers: McBeth TR-924, Gretag D200-2, X-Rite
301, X-Rite 310, X-Rite 331, X-Rite 341.
INSTRUCTIONS (1) In the webpages - menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command
session' select '6. Calibration - 2. Internal densitometer calibration'.
(2) Follow the instructions on the WebPages. Refer to Figure 3.
(3) Enter the measured densities in the browser window.
(4) Perform a film calibration. See 2.1.
(5) Perform a density reproduction check. See 3.1.


Repair and Service

Service - Calibration Service - Calibration

1. Film Calibration Internal Densitometer Calibration
2. Internal Densitometer Calibration Select Densitometer
3. Print Head Calibration Macbeth TR924
4. Horizontal Alignment Gretag
5. Smart Profile Calibration X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Go back
Start Calibration Go back Reset Values
Welcome to this
DryStar Axys printer Welcome to this
Service - Calibration Internal Densitometer Calibration

Internal Densitometer Calibration
SUCCEEDED
Upper Tray Enter below the measurements of the printer calibration sheet
Lower Tray
Step Previous values Step Previous values
00 0.25 0.24 01 0.25 0.24
02 0.26 0.25 03 0.30 0.31
04 0.54 0.55 05 0.94 0.95
536736ak.cdr 06 1.43 1.45 07 1.96 1.97
08 2.50 2.49 09 3.00 2.99
10 3.18 3.15 11 2.80 2.80
12 2.28 2.28 13 1.71 1.75
14 1.17 1.20 15 0.71 0.72
16 0.37 0.38 17 0.26 0.26
18 0.25 0.24 19 0.25 0.24
Accept changes Discard changes Reset values
Figure 3
NOTE:
Always perform a Film calibration (refer to 2.1) and check the Density reproduction
(refer to 3.1) after a CDM calibration.


Repair and Service
2.3 Print Head (TH) Calibration
WHEN TO BE • The Print Head Profile calibration is necessary whenever vertical stripes are not
PERFORMED
longer acceptable:
Vertical stripes are unacceptable in case they are visible in the medical service
test image.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
• One of following, calibrated densitometers: McBeth TR-924, Gretag D200-2, X-
Rite 301, X-Rite 310, X-Rite 331, X-Rite 341
• Lint free cloth
• Isopropyl - alcohol
INSTRUCTIONS (1) Print the Medical service test image.

(2) Clean the thermal head with a cleaning tissue lightly moistened with Isopropyl -
alcohol. The last cleaning action must be carried out in one way.
(3) In the webpages - menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command
session' select '6. Calibration - 3. Print Head Calibration'.
(4) Follow the instructions on the WebPages. Refer to Figure 4.


Repair and Service


1. Film Calibration Thermal Printhead Calibration
3. Thermal Print Head Calibration Macbeth TR924
5. Smart profile calibration X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Go back Start Calibration Go back Reset Values
Welcome to this
Printhead Calibration Succeeded
Lower Tray Step Step
Select a 14" film for optimum quality 00 2.0 01 2.1
02 2.0 03 2.1
04 2.1 05 2.1
536736ag.cdr
06 2.1 07 2.1
08 2.2 09 2.1
10 2.1 11 2.2
12 2.1 13 2.1
14 2.1 15 2.0
16 2.1 17 2.1
18 2.1 19 2.1
20 2.1 21 2.2
Field 1 Field 21
Figure 4


Repair and Service
(5) Print the Medical service test

image.
(6) Check the print stripes in the
medical image.
• If the vertical stripes are
acceptable, continue with next
step.
• If the vertical stripes are still
unacceptable, but improved
with respect to the first printed
medical image, repeat the
procedure.
• If the vertical stripes are still
unacceptable and not
improved with respect to the
first printed medical image
replace the Thermal Print
Figure 5: Medical service test image
head (refer to Section 3.5).
(7) Perform a Film calibration.
Refer to section 2.1.
NOTE:
With Print Head Calibration only macro TPH banding can be solved. Sharp and or
small (10 mm) discontinuities can not be solved by a Print Head Calibration.
2.4 Smart Profile Calibration
WHEN TO BE The smart profile calibration has to be performed in following cases:

PERFORMED
• In certain cases during maintenance. Refer to section 9, Maintenance.
PURPOSE Equalization of TH resistor drift in the area of 10" film black borders when printing in
mixed format conditions (mix of 10" and 14" print width).
A 14x17" film is required to perform this calibration.
66 densities have to be measured and to be entered in the browser screen.


Repair and Service
REQUIRED TOOLS:
• Calibrated densitometer MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, 341, X-Rite 301, X-Rite
310 or Gretag D200-2
• Waterproof pen
REQUIRED TIME:
45 min.
(1) Perform a film calibration for this tray, where 14x17" films are available. See
section 2.1.
(2) Select in the browser menu
'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session'.
(3) Select '6 Calibration - 5 Smart Profile Calibration'.
(4) Select the densitometer which will be used for measurement.
(5) Select the film tray with 14x17", 14x14” or 14x11” films: A test film as shown in
Figure 6 is printed.
(6) Measure the 66 squares on the printed film: Write down the values on the
foreseen squares on the film with a waterproof pen.
Figure 6
(7) Enter the values in the browser screen. See also Figure 7 and Figure 8.
IMPORTANT:
The browser screen where the 66 data are entered refreshes in a time interval of
4 minutes. If you are not finished with entering all data within 4 minutes, all entered
values will be reset to "0.00".
Workaround to avoid entering all data again: Press the “back button” in the browser.


Repair and Service


1. Film Calibration Smart Profile Calibration
X-Rite 310
Welcome to this
Service - Calibration Smart Profile Calibration

Smart Profile Calibration
Step Step Step Step Step
Upper Tray 00 0.00 01 0.00 02 0.00 03 0.00 04 0.00
Lower Tray 05 0.00 06 0.00 07 0.00 08 0.00 09 0.00
Select the input tray with 14''x17'' film format 10 0.00 11 0.00 12 0.00 13 0.00 14 0.00
15 0.00 16 0.00 17 0.00 18 0.00 19 0.00
20 0.00 21 0.00 22 0.00 23 0.00 24 0.00
25 0.00 26 0.00 27 0.00 28 0.00 29 0.00
536736kk.cdr
30 0.00 31 0.00 32 0.00 33 0.00 34 0.00
35 0.00 36 0.00 37 0.00 38 0.00 39 0.00
40 0.00 41 0.00 42 0.00 43 0.00 44 0.00
45 0.00 46 0.00 47 0.00 48 0.00 49 0.00
50 0.00 51 0.00 52 0.00 53 0.00 54 0.00
55 0.00 56 0.00 57 0.00 58 0.00 59 0.00
60 0.00 61 0.00 62 0.00 63 0.00 64 0.00
65 0.00
Accept changes Discard all changes Reset values
Figure 7
Figure 8


Repair and Service
Verification: (1) In the browser screen select menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service
Command Session - 3 Print Image - 1 Testimage – upper or lower tray* -
STI2.ZIP': The STI2 test image will be printed.
(2) From the same menu print the medical_image.zip*
*IMPORTANT: Select the tray with 14" width films.

(3) Check both images at the light box for dark stripes in the area of the 10" film
edge:
• On the STI2 test image dark stripes may be visible in the area of the 10"
film edge.
• On the medical test image no dark stripes may be visible in the area of the
10" film edge.
Figure 9
Result: The smart profile calibration is performed.


Repair and Service
2.5 Compliance Film Calibration as part of Afssaps / EUREF Calibration

Procedure
WHEN TO BE The compliance film calibration may be required as last step of the Afssaps / EUREF*
PERFORMED calibration procedure for a DRYSTAR AXYS used for printing mammo images.
The Afssaps / EUREF compliance calibration procedure has to be performed in
following cases:
• Before the Afssaps / EUREF mammo acceptance test.
• Each 6 months, if the printer is under control of Afssaps / EUREF, and it did not
pass the Afssaps / EUREF calibration check (see section 2.5.6).
*Afssaps = Agence française de sécurité sanitaire des produits de santé
EUREF = European Reference Organisation for Quality Assured Breast Screening and
Diagnostic Services
PREREQUISITE 1) The compliance film calibration is only

available for DRYSTAR AXYS
software ≥ 1.6.2_C1.
2) A “TG18-PQC modified 4” image has
to be available on the modality.
The Test Pattern can be downloaded

from http://www.euref.org/.
Figure 10: TG18-PQC modified 4
PURPOSE Make film calibration this accurate, that it passes the acceptance criteria as defined
by Afssaps / EUREF:
The default film calibration procedure is not necessarily accurate enough.


Repair and Service
REQUIRED TOOLS:
• Service PC with network interface and browser Internet Explorer
• Calibrated densitometer MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, 341, X-Rite 301, X-Rite
310 or Gretag D200-2
• Lint free cloth
• Isopropyl - alcohol
• Waterproof pen
• Density reproduction check Excel sheets, available via MEDNET, GSO Library
• Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check Excel Sheet, available via MEDNET, GSO
Library
• Connectivity Release Document for the corresponding modality to DRYSTAR
AXYS Mammo, available via MedNet HealthCare Library Æ General Info Æ
Connectivity & Application
REQUIRED TIME:
60 to 120 min.


Repair and Service
Overview of the Afssaps / EUREF calibration procedure:
Drystar AXYS Mammo calibration procedure for Afssaps/EUREF
Check calibration of densitometer. Details see section 2.5.1.
No Perform densitometer
Densitometer calibration acc. to densitometer
calibration ok? manufacturer instructions.
YES
Check configured default densitometer. Details see section 2.5.2.
Used densitometer No Adjust densitometer in 'Key-operator menu -

= default densitometer 2 Change settings – 5 Image Quality
in the printer? - 1 General settings'
YES
YES
Printer installation date
= today?
No
Reset CDM, TH, CFC calibrations. Details see section 2.5.3
Perform following calibrations. Details see section 2.5.4:

1. Film calibration for mammo trays (2 x)
2. CDM calibration
4. Print Head calibration (1x)
Perform density reproduction check (DRC). Details see section 2.5.5.
No
DRC ok?
YES
Print TG18 QPC pattern. Measure 18 density values.
Enter values in 'EUREF&AFSSAPS GSDF check.xls'. Details see 2.5.6.
No
Deviations < 10%? Perform CFC calibration.
Details see section 2.5.7.
YES Repeat up to 3 times
if required.
Finished
CFC_calibration_axys.cdr
Figure 11


Repair and Service
2.5.1 Checking the Densitometer Calibration
IMPORTANT:
The base for a successful Afssaps / EUREF calibration procedure is a perfectly
calibrated densitometer.
(1) Check the densitometer calibration as described in the densitomter user manual.
Example for X-Rite 341:
• Insert calibrated step tablet (part of delivery).
• Check density of step tablet area marked "CAL": This measurement should be
within +0.02D of the value marked on the step tablet.
(2) Calibrate the densitometer according to the instructions of the manufacturer if
required.
2.5.2 Checking the Densitometer Configuration in the Printer
(1) Select key-operator menu “1 Show settings – 3 Network/DICOM”.

(2) Write down the printer IP address.
(3) Leave the key-operator menu.
(4) Confirm that the printer is in ready state, i.e. no films are in the printer queue.
(5) Disconnect the network cable at the wall side.
(6) Connect the network cable to the service PC. See NOTE below.
(7) Adapt the service PC network address if required. For details refer to chapter 3.2,
Tools, section “Connection of the Service PC to the Printer”.
(8) Enter the printer IP address in the browser address window.
(9) Select “Service Engineer Tools”.
(10) Select “Enter service command session”.
(11) Select menu “1 Show settings – 4 Image Quality”.
(12) Confirm, that the configured densitometer is the same like you are using for the
density measurements.
(13) If it is not the same densitometer, adjust it in menu “2 Change settings – 4 Image
Quality – 1 General”.
NOTE:
Recent PC models autodetect the type of network connection: The standard network
cable can be used for connection between printer and PC.
For PC models which do not autodetect the type of network connection a crossed
network cable (EB+72010270 or commercially available) is required.


Repair and Service
2.5.3 Resetting the Compliance Film Calibration, Internal Densitometer Calibration and
Thermal Print Head Calibration
NOTE:
Resetting the Compliance Film Calibration, Internal Densitometer Calibration and
Thermal Print Head Calibration is required to be sure, that possibly wrong calibrations
from previous service interventions are deleted.
(1) In the service command session select “1 Show settings – 2 Input Tray”.
(2) Check, which tray is using “DT2M” film material.
(3) In the service command session select “6 Calibration – 6 Compliance film
calibration – 1 Reset compliance film calibration for upper tray or 2 Reset
compliance film calibration for lower tray”. (depends on which film tray is using
DT2M film material).
If both trays contain DT2M film material, select both trays, one after another.
(4) Leave the “service command session”
(5) In the service tools page select “Reset calibration data”
(6) Select “Default CDM” and “Default Profile”. Note, that “Default Profile” button is not
available, if no “Print Head Profile” has been performed in the field yet.
(7) Leave the Reset calibration data” screen.
NOTE:
After this action the printer will show warnings
• HC302016 Lower tray needs film calibration - or
• HC301016 Upper tray needs film calibration - and
• HC306014 Printer needs CDM calibration
This problem will be solved in the next section.
2.5.4 Performing Internal Densitometer Calibration, Film Calibrations and Thermal

Print Head Calibration
NOTE:
The Internal Densitometer Calibration, Film Calibration and Thermal Print Head
Calibration is described in this chapter (3.6 Adjustments and Calibrations) in detail.
Here only a short description is given. For details refer to …
• 2.2 CDM (Internal Densitometer) Calibration
• 2.1 Film Calibration
• 2.3 Print Head (TH) Calibration


Repair and Service
2.5.4.1 Performing Film Calibrations

NOTE:
The film calibration has to be performed two times for each tray, where DT2M films are
available.
(1) Select menu “Service Engineer

Tools - Enter Service Command
session - 6 Calibration - 1 Film
Calibration”.
(2) Select the input tray with DT2M
films: The calibration film as shown
in Figure 12 is printed and the
INPUT TRAY:
FILM CALIBRATION OK
Dmax = 3.69 (XR310)

536736az.cdr
Measured Dmax
Figure 12
(3) Repeat the film calibration a 2nd

time.
(4) Repeat the film calibration two
times for the second input tray, if it
keeps DT2M films, too.
2.5.4.2 Performing an internal Densitometer Calibration
(1) Select menu “Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command session - 6.
Calibration - 2. Internal densitometer calibration”.
(2) Follow the instructions on the browser pages. Refer to Figure 13.
See also NOTE below.
(3) Enter the measured densities in the browser window.
(4) Select “Accept changes”.
NOTE:
Use this tray for internal densitometer calibration, where DT2M films are available.


Repair and Service


1. Film Calibration Internal Densitometer Calibration
5. Smart Profile Calibration X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Go back
Start Calibration Go back Reset Values
Welcome to this
Service - Calibration Internal Densitometer Calibration

Internal Densitometer Calibration
SUCCEEDED
Lower Tray
Step Previous values Step Previous values
00 0.25 0.24 01 0.25 0.24
02 0.26 0.25 03 0.30 0.31
04 0.54 0.55 05 0.94 0.95
536736ak.cdr 06 1.43 1.45 07 1.96 1.97
08 2.50 2.49 09 3.00 2.99
10 3.18 3.15 11 2.80 2.80
12 2.28 2.28 13 1.71 1.75
14 1.17 1.20 15 0.71 0.72
16 0.37 0.38 17 0.26 0.26
18 0.25 0.24 19 0.25 0.24
Figure 13


Repair and Service
2.5.4.3 Performing a Film Calibration after the internal Densitometer Calibration

NOTE:
The film calibration after the internal densitometer calibration has to be performed one
time for each tray, where DT2M films are available.
(1) Select menu “Service Engineer

session - 6 Calibration - 1 Film
Calibration”.
(2) Select the input tray with DT2M
films: The calibration film as
shown in Figure 14 is printed and
the measured Dmax is shown.
INPUT TRAY:
FILM CALIBRATION OK
Dmax = 3.69 (XR310)

536736az.cdr
Measured Dmax
Figure 14
(3) Repeat the film calibration for the

second input tray, if it keeps
DT2M films, too.
2.5.4.4 Performing a Print Head Calibration followed by two Film Calibrations

NOTE:
The print head calibration has to be performed 2 times, if films of width 10” and 14” are
available.
INSTRUCTIONS (1) Clean the thermal head with a cleaning tissue lightly moistened with Isopropyl -
alcohol. The last cleaning action must be carried out in one way.
(2) In the browser pages - menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command
session' select '6. Calibration - 3. Print Head Calibration'.
(3) Follow the instructions on the browser pages. Refer to Figure 15. See
IMPORTANT note next page concerning tray selection.
(4) Perform two film calibrations for this tray, where DT2M films are loaded – if both
trays keep DT2M film, perform it for both trays. Refer to section 2.5.4.1.


Repair and Service
IMPORTANT:
• If the printer has 14x11” DT2 Mammo films loaded, select the tray with 14” film for
print head calibration.
• If only 8x10” or 10x12” DT2 Mammo films are available, use the tray with 10” films
loaded.
• If the printer uses 14” DT2B or DT2B films and 10” DT2 Mammo films, perform the
print head calibration first for the upper tray, then for the lower tray.


1. Film Calibration Thermal Printhead Calibration
3. Thermal Print Head Calibration Macbeth TR924
X-Rite 310
Welcome to this
Printhead Calibration Succeeded
Lower Tray Step Step
Select a 14" film for optimum quality 00 2.0 01 2.1
02 2.0 03 2.1
04 2.1 05 2.1
536736ag.cdr
06 2.1 07 2.1
08 2.2 09 2.1
10 2.1 11 2.2
12 2.1 13 2.1
14 2.1 15 2.0
16 2.1 17 2.1
18 2.1 19 2.1
20 2.1 21 2.2
Field 1 Field 21
Figure 15


Repair and Service
2.5.5 Performing a Density Reproduction Check

NOTE:
Performing this step is a verification method for step “Performing a Density
Reproduction Check”. If the Density Reproduction Check is successful, the internal
densitometer calibration is OK.
(1) In the browser pages select menu "Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service
Command Session - 3 Print Image - 1 Test Image".
(2) Select the tray with DT2M films.
(3) Print out LinCheck.zip and measure the density of the eleven 100 % – 0% fields
with a calibrated MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, 341, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310 or
Gretag D200-2 densitometer.
(4) To check linearity fill in measured values in the density reproduction check Excel
file. See Figure 16.
Select densitometer: X-rite 341
4 Dmax = 365
Square Measured density Target density Density diff. Check

100% 21 21 0 0
90% 56 55,4 0,6 0
80% 91 89,8 1,2 0
70% 127 124,2 2,8 0 Density Reproduction = OK
60% 161 158,6 2,4 0 No CDM calibration needed for Mammo film
50% 195 193 2 0
40% 229 227,4 1,6 0
30% 263 261,8 1,2 0
20% 298 296,2 1,8 0
10% 333 330,6 2,4 0
0% 368 365 3 0
When entering the measured density values the decimal point appears in a different spot, e.g. measured value = 0.23, value to enter = 23.0
Density Lower limit Upper limit

0 0 0 Density difference LinCheck image DT2Mammo in DSAXYS
30 -5 5
45 -7 7
60 -8 8 20
75 -9 9
90 -10 10 15 X-rite 310
105 -11 11 X-rite 331
10
Density Difference
120 -12 12 X-rite 341

135 -12 12 5 X-rite 301
Lower limit
150 -13 13 Mac Beth TR924
165 -13 13 0 Gretag D200-2 Upper limit
180 -14 14 Density difference
-5
195 -14 14
210 -14 14 -10
225 -15 15
240 -15 15 -15
255 -15 15
-20
270 -16 16
0 100 200 300 400
285 -16 16
300 -16 16 Target Density
315 -16 16
Figure 16
(5) After the measured values are filled in, the density reproduction is calculated
automatically.
(6) At the right hand side of the table is shown, whether the Density Reproduction is
ok or not. In case it is not ok you are requested to carry out a CDM calibration.


Repair and Service
2.5.6 Performing the Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check
(1) Leave the service command session.

(2) Connect the printer network cable to the network outlet at the wall.
(3) Consult the “connectivity release document” for the modality connection to
DRYSTAR AXYS Mammo for the proper modality configuration to print the “TG18-
PQC modified 4” test image.
(4) Print the “TG18-PQC modified 4” test image from the modality.
(5) Measure the 18 density values and enter them in the Afssaps / EUREF
Calibration Check Excel sheet. See Figure 17.
deviation compared
to DICOM (%)
EUREF/AFSSAPS GSDF check for printer Step 2: Check, that deviation is < 10% for all values. If 1 (or more) value > = 10% go to S
Step 1: Enter the measured values he
Laser:
Measured luminance values DICOM 3.14 standard

testpattern Luminance JND deviation compared testpattern Luminance JND dL/L dL/L
TG18-LN12-# p-value L j(L) dL/L to DICOM (%) TG18-LN12 p-value L j(L) dL/L +10% -10% Step # on TG18 imageMeasured OD LuminanceStep # in CFC calibration screen on printer
1 0 1,798105 98,486 1 0 1,80 98,486 1 3,7 1,7981049 17
2 240 3,831783 142,848 0,722 9,0 2 240 4,17 148,511 0,794 0,874 0,715 2 3,15 3,8317831 16
3 480 7,638348 193,970 0,664 4,0 3 480 8,07 198,537 0,638 0,702 0,575 3 2,78 7,6383476 15
4 720 13,07981 241,359 0,525 3,5 4 720 14,11 248,563 0,544 0,599 0,490 4 2,52 13,079807 14
5 960 21,51446 291,079 0,488 1,0 5 960 23,09 298,589 0,483 0,531 0,434 5 2,29 21,514455 13
6 1200 34,27055 342,479 0,457 3,9 6 1200 36,13 348,614 0,440 0,484 0,396 6 2,08 34,270551 12
7 1440 51,35702 390,683 0,399 2,6 7 1440 54,76 398,640 0,410 0,451 0,369 7 1,9 51,357016 11
8 1680 75,48349 439,328 0,380 1,8 8 1680 81,09 448,666 0,388 0,426 0,349 8 1,73 75,483485 10
9 1920 111,1691 490,605 0,382 3,1 9 1920 117,99 498,692 0,371 0,408 0,334 9 1,56 111,16915 9
10 2160 163,9521 544,108 0,384 7,2 10 2160 169,45 548,718 0,358 0,394 0,322 10 1,39 163,95211 8
11 2400 231,176 592,847 0,340 2,3 11 2400 240,90 598,743 0,348 0,383 0,313 11 1,24 231,17597 7
12 2640 333,7055 646,119 0,363 6,5 12 2640 339,85 648,769 0,341 0,375 0,307 12 1,08 333,70551 6
13 2880 470,959 697,023 0,341 1,8 13 2880 476,63 698,795 0,335 0,369 0,302 13 0,93 470,95902 5
14 3120 649,724 745,196 0,319 3,5 14 3120 665,49 748,821 0,331 0,364 0,298 14 0,79 649,72404 4
15 3360 917,3471 797,368 0,342 4,3 15 3360 926,13 798,846 0,328 0,360 0,295 15 0,64 917,34706 3
16 3600 1265,911 846,462 0,319 1,8 16 3600 1285,79 848,872 0,325 0,358 0,293 16 0,5 1265,9111 2
17 3840 1747,063 895,837 0,319 1,3 17 3840 1782,24 898,898 0,324 0,356 0,291 17 0,36 1747,0633 1
18 4080 2467,38 948,924 0,342 6,0 18 4080 2467,38 948,924 0,322 0,355 0,290 18 0,21 2467,38 0
Result contrast response printer lineair relation between p-value and JN

a: 0,208441
b: 98,4856 Step 3: Enter these values in CFC* screen on print
1,000 Only required if deviation >= 10% (see step 2)
* CFC = Compliance Film Calibration
left monitor
dL/L
DICOM 3.14
+/- 10%
0,100
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
p-values
Figure 17
(6) Check column “Deviation compared to DICOM (%)”: All values have to be < 10%.
- If all values are < 10%, the procedure is finished.
- If one (or more) value(s) are ≥ 10 %, proceed with next section.
(7) Repeat this step for the other film tray, if the printer has two different DT2 Mammo
film formats loaded (e.g. 8x10” DT2 Mammo and 10x12” DT2 Mammo).


Repair and Service
2.5.7 Performing a Compliance Film Calibration
NOTE:
Performing this step is only required, if the column “Deviation compared to DICOM
(%)” for one (or more) value(s) is ≥ 10 %. Refer to section 2.5.6.
With this calibration the printer applies a correction on the current film calibration using
the DT2M film.
(1) Re-connect the printer to the service PC via network cable.

(2) In the service command session select “6 Calibration – 6 Compliance film
calibration. The wizard as shown in Figure 18 will start.
2
(3) Select “3 Proceed without resetting” *.
(4) Select “proceed” (the described steps you performed already – neglect the
instructions in this screen) 3 .
(5) Select the tray with DT2 Mammo films. If both trays keep DT2 Mammo films of
different format, perform the compliance film calibration for one tray, and repeat
it for the other tray 4 .
5
(6) Select the configured densitometer. Refer to section 2.5.1 .
(7) Select “Start calibration”.
(8) Enter Dmin and Dmax measured during step “2.5.6 Performing the Afssaps /
EUREF Calibration Check” 6 .
(9) Leave “Reflected ambient light” and “View Box Illumination” values on default.
(10) Select for number of steps: “18 (EUREF)”
(11) Select “Start calibration”.
(12) Enter the values measured in step “2.5.6 Performing the Afssaps / EUREF
Calibration Check” 7 . See IMPORTANT note below.
2 7
* to see Figure 18 page 31.
IMPORTANT:
The browser screen where the 18 data are entered refreshes in a time interval of
1 minute. If you are not finished with entering all data within 1 minute, all entered
values will be reset to default values.
Workaround to avoid entering all data again: Press the “back button” in the browser.


Repair and Service
(13) Leave the “service command session”.

(14) Repeat step “2.5.6 Performing the Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check.
• If this time all “Deviation compared to DICOM (%)” values are < 10%, the
“Afssaps / EUREF calibration procedure” is finished.
• If one (or more) “Deviation compared to DICOM (%)” value(s) are ≥ 10%,
repeat steps 2.5.6 and 2.5.7 up to three times. See IMPORTANT note
below.
IMPORTANT:
If after three repetitions one or more “Deviation compared to DICOM (%)” values are
still ≥ 10%, start the complete procedure from scratch. Refer to section 2.5.


Repair and Service
1 2 Service - Calibration
Compliance film calibration
1. Film calibration
2. Internal densitometer calibration
3. Thermal print head calibration
1. Reset compliance film calibration for upper tray (8x10)
4. Horizontal alignment 2. Reset compliance film calibration for lower tray (14x17)
5. Smart profile calibration 3. Proceed without resetting
6. Compliance film calibration
Go back Go back
3 Service - Calibration
Actions which must have taken place with the same tray and with the same film pack: 4
1. First film calibration.
2. Profile calibration.
3. Second film calibration.
4. Remove film pack in other tray(s).
5. Printed DICOM-image. 1. Upper tray
6. Measurement of the densities. 2. Lower tray
Proceed
Go back Go back
5 Service - Calibration 6 Service - Calibration

Compliance film calibration Compliance film calibration
Dmin: 0.20
Select densitometer:
Macbeth TR924
Dmax: 3.68
Gretag Reflected Ambient Light 1
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310 View Box Illumination 4000
Number of steps: 18 (EUREF)

Start calibration Go back Reset values
5367_SIB04_02.CDR
7 Service - Calibration
Step Target values Measured values Step Target values Measured values
00 0.16 0.16 01 0.33 0.33
02 0.49 0.49 03 0.66 0.66
04 0.83 0.83 05 0.99 0.99
06 1.16 1.16 07 1.33 1.33
08 1.50 1.50 09 1.66 1.66
10 1.83 1.83 11 2.00 2.00
12 2.16 2.16 13 2.33 2.33
14 2.50 2.50 15 2.66 2.66
16 2.83 2.83 17 3.00 3.00
Figure 18


Repair and Service
3 Checks
Following checks can be performed at the printer:

Density reproduction check During maintenance. Refer to 3.1
chapter 9, Maintenance.
During troubleshooting
procedure.
Check for dust stripes / TH During troubleshooting 3.2
cleaning procedure procedure.
Resistor check During troubleshooting, to check 3.3
whether print stripes are caused
by the thermal head.
3.1 Density reproduction check
REQUIRED TOOLS:
• Service PC with Density reproduction check files, available via MEDNET,
path 'GSO library - Hardcopy => General Hardcopy Info => General Services
Info => Application Info => Density Reproduction Check Excel Sheet'
PURPOSE: With the density reproduction check the difference for a specific film type between
optical density defined in the sensitometric calibration file and the printed optical
density, measured with an external densitometer is checked.
This is a plausibility check for the CDM: In case the measured density values are out
of the specified range, the CDM requires a re-calibration.
This procedure must be carried out with every used film type:
Command Session - 3 Print Image - 1 Test Image".
(3) To check linearity fill in measured values in the the density reproduction check
Excel file. See Figure 19.


Repair and Service
Select densitometer: X-rite 3414 Dmax = 305

100% 20 20 0 0
90% 46 48,5 -2,5 0 Density Reproduction = OK
80% 74 77 -3 0
70% 102 105,5 -3,5 0
60% 130 134 -4 0
50% 158 162,5 -4,5 0
40% 186 191 -5 0 No CDM calibration needed for DT2B film
30% 215 219,5 -4,5 0
20% 244 248 -4 0
10% 270 276,5 -6,5 0
0% 300 305 -5 0

0 0 0 Density difference SMPTE image DT2B film DSAXYS
30 -3 3
45 -4 4
15
60 -5 5
75 -6 6
90 -7 7 10 X-rite 310
105 -8 8 X-rite 331
Density Difference
120 -9 9 5 X-rite 341

135 -9 9 X-rite 301
Lower limit
150 -9 9 Mac Beth TR924
0 Upper limit
165 -9 9 Gretag D200-2
Density difference
180 -10 10
195 -10 10 -5
210 -10 10
225 -10 10 -10
240 -10 10
255 -11 11 -15
270 -11 11 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
285 -11 11
315 -12 12
Figure 19
automatically.
3.2 Check for dust stripes / TPH Cleaning Procedure

TO BE • Whenever dust stripes seem to be present
DONE
• During troubleshooting procedure.
(1) Check the films for dust stripes as described in the flowchart of
Figure 20.


Repair and Service
TH cleaning
Dry TH cleaning
procedure
procedure
Print STI2 and *

medicalimage test image.
Dismount TH.
Vertical stripes No Okay. No Clean TH with

replacement Isopropyl alcohol
visible ? required (”wet” cleaning).
Yes or in doubt
Use ink eraser
Clean TH with for cleaning.
Isopropyl alcohol Refer to figure next page.
(”wet” cleaning).
Clean TH with
Print STI2 test image.
* Isopropyl alcohol
Additional Mount TH.

Yes
vertical stripes
visible ?
Clean TH with
No Isopropyl alcohol
Okay. No
Previous Stripes No
replacement
still visible ? required.
Print STI2 test image.
*
Yes
Perform Resistor Check. **

New vertical Yes
stripes visible ?
No
Resistor Check okay ? Replace TH.
No
Yes Vertical No Okay. No

Perform Dry TH stripes visible ? replacement
Cleaning Procedure. required.
Yes
* Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session - Perform TH ***

3 Print Testimage – 1 Test image - STI2.ZIP profile calibration.
** browser service menu- 7 Test & Diagnose –
6 Diagnose mechanics – 5 Print Head Unit – 3 Resistor Check
*** Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command session Stripes visible in No Okay. No
select '6. Calibration - 3. Print Head Calibration medical_image test replacement
image ? required.
IMPORTANT: Yes
Observe TH cleaning rules
described next page. Replace TH.
536736mm.cdr
Figure 20


Repair and Service
Basic Rules for the TH Cleaning Procedure
• The correct cleaning material:

o Wet cleaning:
Use a lint free cloth lightly moistened with isopropyl – alcohol or a
cleaning issue.
For the isopropyl – alcohol: less water in the alcohol is better. Water
can damage the thermal head. We recommend using a 90%
isopropyl – alcohol.
o Dry cleaning: use the blue side of an ink eraser.
• The cleaning actions:
o Wet cleaning: the last cleaning action must be carried out in one way!
o Dry cleaning:
Dismount the thermal head before dry cleaning.
Make a linear cleaning movement, parallel to the resistor line.
Refer to Figure 21.
• General: do not push on the IC cover of the thermal head during cleaning.
TH resistor line
TH cross section
TH top view
Blue side
Ink eraser
e.g. Pelican
type BR40 536410cd.cdr
linear cleaning movement

parallel to TH resistor line
Figure 21: Usage of ink eraser for TH cleaning
IMPORTANT:
Instruct the customer, not to fill the input tray with dropped films or films coming from
jam clearances:
• These re-inserted films can be contaminated with dust and fingerprints which
can result in image artifacts or a defective thermal head.
• If the film is inserted the wrong way, the thermal head gets heavily
contaminated, what makes a service intervention necessary.


Repair and Service
3.3 Resistor Check
TO BE • Whenever film stripes in the film run direction seem to be caused by a defective
DONE
Thermal Print Head.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
• Magnifying glass 8x (CM+9.9579.9904.0)
REQUIRED TIME:
• 15 minutes
PURPOSE: With the resistor check it is possible to check if line artifacts are caused by an
electrical problem or by dirt on the thermal head. If the resistor check fails it’s not
necessary to perform a dry cleaning: The Print Head can be replaced right away.
The resistor check is performed in 2 (or more) steps:
1) A rough resistor measurement of all the resistor values. If large resistor drifts
show up, a message will show up to replace the Print Head.
2) A fine resistor measurement in one of 44 predefined areas of the image (see
Figure 22): The Service Engineer can enter this area at the printer, where he
suspects a defective resistor due to a line in print direction. If certain resistor
values in this specified region are out of range, a message will show up to
replace the Print Head.
3) This fine resistor measurement can be repeated for each suspected area.
How? (1) Go to the

• browser service menu "7 Service Actions - 6 Resistor Check" or
• local keypad key-operator menu 7 Service Actions - 5 Resistor Check.
(2) Follow the instructions on the screen.


Repair and Service
Figure 22: Print Head resistor check test film


Chapter 3.7
Imaging Services
Software Menus, Settings
DRYSTAR AXYS
5367/100

This document lists the menus for service of the printer.

Revision Date
1.0 10/2007 • Initial version
Document Title
n.a. n.a.

10-2007 printed in Germany Document Node ID: Node ID

eq_03-7_menus-setting_e_template_v04
Repair and Service
DD+DIS033.07E Software Menus, Settings
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
the equipment.
on the product.


10-2007 5367/100 Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
LIST OF CONTENTS
1 PRINTER CONTROLS .............................................................................................................4

1.1 Controls at the local Keypad .....................................................................................................5
2 KEY-OPERATOR MENU VIA LOCAL KEYPAD ......................................................................6

3 KEY-OPERATOR BROWSER PAGES ....................................................................................7
4 SERVICE BROWSER PAGES ...............................................................................................11


Repair and Service
1 Printer Controls
1 2
6
1 Power/Reset button
2 Display
3 Keyboard - details see next page
4 Status indicator LED
5 Film input tray
6 Film output tray
5367_100_3702.cdr
Page 1
The status indicator LED
At the right side of the display, a LE D indicates the status of the Drystar Axys.
Receive Printing
Color Light Status Action
jobs? OK?
Constant Ready (standby) Yes Yes Proceed.
Startup sequence No No
Receiving jobs Yes Yes
Calculating Yes Yes Wait.
Green
Blinking Printing Yes Yes
Calibrating Yes No
Installation No No
Proceed with
Key-operator Yes/No Yes/No
the activity.
Service mode No No
Refer to
Input tray empty Yes Yes/No User / Reference
Manual
Refer to
Blinking Film jam Yes No User / Reference
Manual
Red
Refer to
Warning Yes Yes User / Reference
Manual
Refer to
Constant Error status No No Section
Troubleshooting


Repair and Service
1.1 Controls at the local Keypad
The control buttons
Power / Reset To power on or off the printer.

button To reset the printer.
5367_100_3702.cdr
Page 3
Keypad keys:
To access the advanced functions of the Key-

Key-
operator mode. Refer to next page.
operator key
To quit the current function or exit a menu without

Escape key
saving modifications.
(In Key-operator mode)

Confirm key To select a menu;
To accept an entry in a menu.
To move the cursor to the previous entry field.
To scroll upwards.
Up key
To increment the number in a(n) (alpha)numerical
entry field.
To move the cursor to the next entry field.
To scroll downwards.
Down key
To decrement the number in a(n)
(alpha)numerical entry field.
To scroll backwards through multiple choices
within a field.
Left key To move the entry position in a(n)
(alpha)numerical entry field from right to left.
To toggle between values in a field.
To scroll forwards through multiple choices within
a field.
Right key To move the entry position in a(n)
(alpha)numerical entry field from left to right.
To toggle between values in a field.
" All keys (except the Key-operator key) have a LED that is lit when the key
is valid in a certain condition.
" Press and hold down an arrow key to scroll quickly through a list
or a menu.


Repair and Service
2 Key-Operator Menu via local keypad

=
=
Based on SW Rel. 1,6
General
Show settings General
Other...
Upper input tray
Lower input tray
Time and date
Network(DICOM)
Language
Image quality
Beep on empty tray
Logical printers
Installed datasets
Change settings General

Upper Input tray Film view
Lower Input tray

Network(DICOM)
Image quality
Film view
Print image Test image

From CF-Card
Printer AE-title
Save configuration General Hostname
NETWORK only Domain name

Printer IP-address
Netmask
Restore configuration General
Router IP-address
NETWORK only
Remove modality
Add modality
Calibration Film calibration

Clean therm. head
General setting
Per modality setting
Service actions Error messages

SMPTE
Warning messages
Etc...
Repair history
Maintenance Show open and update
Resistor Check Show closed items
Quality Control 5367_100_3702.cdr
Print infocounters Page 3
Horizontal Alignment
Installation From CF-Card

Printer installation


Repair and Service
3 Key-Operator Browser Pages
Welcome to this
DryStar AXYS printer Prompt
Enter Password
Operator tools drystar
Key-operator tools ******
Service engineer tools OK Cancel
Specialist tools
Security Tools
HELP
Welcome to this
DryStar AXYS printer
KEY OPERATOR TOOLS Welcome to this

HOME Remote sessions DryStar AXYS printer
Release remote command session Please wait while the printer is initializing
for Remote Session...
Welcome to this
DryStar AXYS printer 1
2
Key-Operator - Main
1. Show settings 3
2. Change settings
3. Print image 4
4. Save configuration 5 see page 8
5. Restore config.
6. Calibration 6
7. Service actions
8. Quality Control 7
9. Installation
8
leave remote session 9


Repair and Service
1 Welcome to this 2 Welcome to this

DryStar AXYS printer DryStar AXYS printer
Key-Operator - Show settings Key-Operator - Change settings

1. General
2.1
1. General
2. Input tray 2. Input tray
3. Network (DICOM) 2.2 see page 9
3. Network (DICOM)
4. Image quality 4. Image quality
5. Logical Printers 2.3
6. Installed datasets
Go back
2.4
Go back

Key-Operator - Print Image Key-Operator - Save configuration

1. Test Image 3.1 1. To Printer Flash Card
2. From Printer Flash Card 2. To this Computer
3. From Remote Computer
Go back
Go back

Key-Operator - Restore configuration Key-Operator - Calibration

1. From CF-Card 1. Film Calibration
2. From Remote Computer 2. Therm. Head clean
3. Frm dd/mm/yy hh:mm
Go back
Go back

Key-Operator - Service actions Key-Operator - Quality Control

1. Error Messages
1. Quality Control 8.1
2. Warning Messages
3. Repair history
4. Maintenance 7.1 Go back
5. Resistor Check
6. Print infocounters
7. Horizontal alignment
Go back
9 Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Installation
1. New Software Installation 9.1
2. Printer Installation Wizard
Go back


Repair and Service
2.1 Welcome to this 2.2 Welcome to this

Key-Operator - Change general settings Key-Operator - Change input tray settings

Date: 19 Oct. 2004 Upper input tray
Time: 08 30 00
Film view Normal
Language English Back
Chinese Simpl. Tag film format 14x17"
Japanese
Tag film type DT2B
Keypad backlight (0 ... 100) 50 Lower input tray
* Site name Film view Normal
* Site address Back
* City Tag film format 14x17"
* Telephone Tag film type DT2B
Remote connection
* Department Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values
* Contact person
E-mail address
Comments
2.4 Welcome to this
Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values DryStar AXYS printer

2.3 Welcome to this see
1. General
2.4.1 page 10
2. Modality XYZ
Key-Operator - Change network settings (dicom)
Go back
1. Network settings
2. Remove modality
3. Add modality
Welcome to this
Go back
Welcome to this Daily used name CT2

DryStar AXYS printer Modality AE-title CT2_ARC
Linear
Look Up Table: Kanamori
Key-Operator - Change network settings (dicom)
Kanamorilike
Printer AE-title DSAXYS
dsaxys Interpolation:
Hostname Replication
Domain name Linear
Printer IP-Address 12.10.68.41 CubicHi-res
Netmask 255.0.0.0 CubicBell
Router IP-address
Maximum density: 280
Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values 285
290
295


Repair and Service
Welcome to this 3.1

2.4.1 DryStar AXYS printer
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings Key-Operator - Print image
Default film calibration off 1. Ktbwd2n.zip

on 2. smpte_kan.zip
3. smpte_l300.zip
4. smpte_lin.zip
Default Densitometer Macbeth TR924 5. tpa.zip
Gretag
X-Rite 301 Go back
X-Rite 310

8.1 Welcome to this
Welcome to this
DryStar AXYS printer Key-Operator - Service actions
Data of last QC measuring
Date: 20-NOV-2004
Time: 09:01
Select frequency
Initials:
Max D: 3.1
Every 5 packs DD: 0.2
Mid Density: 1.1
Base + Fog: 0.2
New reference: yes
no
9.1 Welcome to this Comment:
Accept changes Go Back New QC measuring
Key-Operator - Installation Reset Values
Software Upgrade
1. From CF-card 7.1 Welcome to this

2. From this Computer DryStar AXYS printer
Go back
Key-Operator - Service actions
1. Maintenance settings
2. Pending maintenance actions
Welcome to this 3. Closed maintenance actions
Go back
Key-Operator - Installation
Before install.
please make backup
1. OK, make backup

2. SKIP backup Welcome to this
Go back
Key-Operator - Service actions

MAINTENANCE SETTINGS
Reset Item Cycles to go Factory settings
Thermal head cleaning required 4841 5000
Welcome to this 24841 25000
DryStar AXYS printer Replace thermal head anti dust filter
Replace thermal head (end of life) 62500 62500
Film calibration upper tray required 39841 40000
Key-Operator - Installation Film calibration lower tray required 500 5000
Service maintenance required 2333 5000
Go back
Choose Dataset Browse .....
Proceed Go Back Reset Values


Repair and Service
4 Service Browser Pages
Welcome to this
Operator tools Prompt
Enter Password
Key-operator tools
mega
******
Specialist tools
OK Cancel
Security Tools
HELP
Welcome to this
S1
SERVICE TOOLS S2
HOME General information S3 see page 12
List of errors S4
DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report S5
QA Report Page
Software versions S6
Remote sessions see page 7
Show printer status
see page 20
Enter service command session S7 see page 12
Reboot Drystar S8
Reset Calibration Data see page 13
Connectivity tools S9
Scaling Setup
S10
LPD Profile Editor S11 see page 16
Printqueue editor S12 see page 17
Controller logging
Module repair S13
see page 18
Modules
S14
S15 see page 19


Repair and Service
S1 S13 S2
LIST OF ERRORS INFO COUNTER drystar Axys
MODULE : devilmodule 1. Site and system info:

Elabel : Yes ------------------------
Date: 18-Nov-2007
HC207000 : devilmodule.dsh.connected Time: 12:42:15
*TypeDefect
*Context207000 1.1 Device info:
*ActionSeeManual ----------------
*Reason1Connector P9 not connected on Devil Product name: drystar Axys
Cure1Connect P9 on Devil Type-No: 5175
*Reason2Devil defect Subtype-No:
Cure2Replace Serial-No: 1234
PartMOD08 Manufacture date: 01-Aug-2007 16:45:00
Installation date: 31-Nov-2007 13:10:30
HC207001 : devilmodule.psu.connected
*TypeDefect 1.2 Site info:
*Context207001 --------------
*ActionSeeManual City: Padova
*Reason1Connector P15 not connected on Devil Site name: Connectathon
Cure1Connect P15 on Devil Site address: Avenida 12
*Reason2Devil defect Department name: X-Ray
Cure2Replace Phone: 1234321
PartMOD08 Modem:
Comment:
1.3 Hardware info:

------------------
Security Setup
S3 CPU: 0 - Devil 1.3 rev=? **
RAM: 512 Mbyte
HTTP Yes
HTTPS No
..............
______________ Power supply state
S4
Network info
DC 5 Volts 4.96875 V
IP-address 10.233.68.108
DC 3 Volts 3.2714844 V
Hostname DI53IE2
DC +12 Volts 12.007315 V
Netmask 255.255.248.0
DC -12 Volts -12.014129 V
...................................
DC 24 Volts 24.173584 V
Cable info : 100 Mbit Half-Duplex
DC TH Volts 0 V
...........................................
DC TH Amps 0.0 A
link partner : 100HD 10HD autonegotiation
______________ Error state
Cable info : 100 Mbit Half-Duplex
Current warnings
Current errors
Output Queue
______________ Temperatures
Retry timeout0
Heatsink 52.70407 C
.......................................
Keypad-display 41.5 C
Drum-region 36.5 C
Dicom input
CPU-region 52 C
........................................
Current Max density 310.45212 points
______________ Density meter
LPD Profiles
Dark current Idrange 0: 78
.............................................
range 1: 78
range 2: 77
Site info
Light current I09561, lamp at 75 %
City
______________ Display
Site Name
Contrast-setting 68
Site address
Backlight-setting 50
Country code
______________ Status
Department name
Blemish heating enabled
Phone
CDM device enabled
Modem
Online diagnosis enabled
Comment
Security disabled
Installation Date
______________ Storage
Removable storage not present
InfoCounters
Removable storage size -
Last error codes ESC
Removable storage free -
......................................
Fixed (c:) storage size 122 MB (128045056 bytes)
Fixed (c:) storage free 0 bytes
Errors/Warnings
Name Total Relative Date of last
ESC1F Local SSL trusted certificate wi...4848Apr-27-2004 15:52:24
..............................................
Welcome to this S6
FPGAVersion3.0.1 S5
OSVersion
### /portex info
Versions : Portex=2004.05 Current Incidents:
Patch vers: 0
Build date: 13-oct-2004 16:12 Current Warnings:
Boot date : 17-NOV-2004 17:06:26
Net ID : 10.233.65.97 dry900 Current Defects:
Ethernet : 08:00:66:80:44:09
DriverVersionVersion: HW3.12 ; build timestamp : time = 14:36:45,21

ControllerVersion P4D3.03.15
DrystarVersion R1.9 C1
releaseRemoteSession
S7
BoardVersion VILIS2.2
M16Version 45


Repair and Service
HOME !CalibrationRestore
class com.agfa.med.odin.printerserver.CalibrationRestore
S8
Default uppertray Return to the default filmcalibration values.
Current calibration will be copied to a backup.
Default lowertray Return to the default filmcalibration values.
Current calibration will be copied to a backup.
Default Profile Return to the default TPH profile calibration values.
Current values will be copied to a backup.
Default CDM Return to the default CDM calibration values.
Default DT2 B Return to the default MDM-calibration values.
Default DT2 M Return to the default MDM-calibration values.
Default uppertray Default lowertray Default Profile Default CDM Default DT2 B Default DT2 M
HOME HELP Controller Setup
Reduction icon on image: yes S9

Kernel: when no image scaling is needed for CubicHighRes:
Automatically switch to CubicBell: yes
Use CubicBell smooth factor: 0.35 ( >= 0.1 and <= 10 )
OK Changes require reboot
HOME HELP DICOM Input Setup
Dicom Print SCP Servers S10

Setup Dicom Print SCP Servers S10.1 see page 14
Dicom Host Profiles
A 'Host Profile' defines the print parameters for a specific host (modality).
Available Host Profiles:
New S10.3 see page 15
View/Edit
Remove
Clone
Import/Export
At run-time, profile selection is done based on the incoming 'Calling AE title'
and the receiving SCP server.
If no profile is found, the default (site) profile will be used.
Edit the default (site) profile Validate profiles Auto Dicom Configuration
Input status
S10.2 see page 14
idle
Refresh
Update profile database
Select profile database file to upload: Browse ...

Upload new DB


Repair and Service
HOME HELP DICOM Print SCP Setup
Setup one or more Dicom SCP servers on this device: S10.1

One 'Dicom Print SCP server' is capable of handling multiple Dicom
print associations
Dicom Print SCP
Internal Name: DEFAULT_SCP

Listen at Port: 104
Max. allowed associations: 10
Secure channel (SSL):
Comments:
OK Create new Dicom Print SCP Cancel Changes require reboot
HELP Site Defaults

These are the default print settings for all Dicom input for which no special 'Host Profile' is made.
S10.2
Only some parameters can be edited.
bottom
Number of Copies: 1
Print Priority: LOW
Polarity: normal
Trim: NO
Film Size ID:
Medium Type:
Print even if Film Size ID/Medium type not supported: YES
Print even if Application type not supported: NO
Initial allocated memory size per printjob (MBytes): 100
Kernel: Interpolation Type cubicHighRes,smoothFactor: -0.7
Magnification: Magn: max
Decimate/Crop behaviour: disabled
Pixel Size: ratio: 1.0 / 1.0
Kanamori Like value: 0
Custom value:
Illumination (cd/m2): 2000
Reflected Ambient Light (cd/m2): 10
Border Density (OD x100): BLACK
Empty Image Density (OD x100): BLACK
Maximum Density (OD x100): 320
Header Annotation
c
d
fe
g Contents: none Edit Custom None
Font: Edit Custom Courier 12
Footer Annotation
c
d
fe
g Contents: none Edit Custom None
Font: Edit Custom Courier 12
Window (%):
Level (%):
N-EVENTs enabled: OFF
Mammo: NO
Mammo CWR Rotation: NO
Association Timeout (s): 0

Image Timeout (s): 0
Allow EXPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN: true
Allow EXPLICIT VR BIG ENDIAN: true
Resolution: 508
Supported SOP classes: All enabled
Early processing allowed: YES
LR like: off
Ok Cancel


Repair and Service
HELP Host Profile: Name XYZ

These are the default settings for all print jobs coming from the host
(modality) specified under 'Calling AE title'. S10.3
Nick Name: Name XYZ
Number of Copies:
Print Priority: low
Polarity: normal
Trim: no
Film Size ID:
Medium Type:
Custom value:
Header Annotation:
Footer Annotation:
Window (%):
Level (%):
Nevent enabled: off
Image Timeout (s):
Resolution: 508
LR like: off


Repair and Service
HOME HELP LPD Setup
LPD Servers S11

LPD Server Setup S11.1
New
View/Edit S11.2
Remove
Clone
Layout Preview
Validate All Profiles
HOME HELP LPD Server Setup
LPD Server S11.1

Port: 515 Clear it to remove the LPD Server
Max allowed associations: 10
Activate at startup:
Secure channel:
Comments:
OK Create new LPD Server Cancel Changes require reboot
HELP LPD Profile: Name XYZ
These settings can be overruled by the LPD protocol.

You can prevent this by checking the checkboxes at the front.
S11.2
Profile Name: Name XYZ

Medium Size: _14x17
Medium Type: bluebased
Layout: Optimal Row
Number of copies:
Region Of Interest: Edit
Pixel Size: ratio: Edit
Polarity: normal
Input LUT: Edit
Usertaste Gray: Edit
Usertaste Color: Edit
Magnification: Edit
Kernel: Edit
Trim: Edit
Background Color: Grayscale Edit
Empty Color: Gray: Grayscale Edit
PostScript Requested page size: Width: Height:
PostScript policy: pagesizeDependent
Resolution: 320
Initial allocated memory size per printjob (MBytes):
Annotation 1: Edit
Annotation 2: Edit
OK Cancel Factory Defaults

Customized items are show in red.


Repair and Service
HOME HELP Network Configuration S12

Basic IP Routing DNS Ethernet Reboot Device S12.3
Basic IP settings
IP address S12.2
Host name
Domain S12.1
Subnetmask
Obtain IP settings automatically (RARP/BOOTP/DHCP) no

HOME HELP Network Configuration
Basic IP Routing DNS Ethernet Reboot Device
Routing S12.1
Default gateway
More Routes
Reach Device via gateway:
Test Routes
Ping a device Ping
DNS servers S12.2

A DNS server translates a given hostname into an IP address.
Remove
Add Changes require reboot
Test DNS
Enter a hostname: Resolve

S12.3
Ethernet
Counters:
Current line properties: 100 Mbit Full-Duplex Total Rx Packets = 2056422
Link partner (other side): : 100FD 100HD 10FD 10HD autonegotiation Total Rx ERROR Packets = 0
Ethernet (MAC) address: 08:00:66:80:44:09 Total Tx Packets = 196164
Setup: Type: UTP MII address: Defer Xmission Count =0
Carrier Lost Count =0
Auto negotiation, capabilities: Out Of Window Collissions = 0
10 MBit Half Duplex Collisions Count =0
10 MBit Full Duplex Excess Collisions Count = 0
100 MBit Half Duplex Transmit FIFO underrun = 0
Receive FIFO overrun =0
100 MBit Full Duplex
Fixed (no negotiation)
10 Mbit HALF DUPLEX
Warning: changes become active immediately !!!

Save settings to file (only enable this after a test)
OK Factory Defaults Clear Counters


Repair and Service
HOME HELP Output Queue

Output Queue contents:
S13
Filter on all
Show History Clear History Auto-Refresh
Input state:
Output Queue setup:

Retry timeout (seconds) range: 31..599
Max retry count (0 = retry forever)
Submit
HOME HELP Logging
Current Log File

Show Log file
S14
Set Log Levels
TaskLog Level
NipOpImage ERROR NipOpImage implements following operations: scaling/filtering, lookup and rotation.
DCMPrintToPrintJob ERROR DCMPrintToPrintJob converts Dicom Printjob into printqueue job
PrintJobHandler ERROR PrintJobHandler is listener for jobavailable events and converts the available jobs in a bitmap for
ColorConvertOpImage ERROR ColorConvertOpImage implements the conversion from one ColorSpace to another
PAGE ERROR 'Page' calculates the position of imageboxes in a page
DCMIBCodec ERROR
DrawableRI ERROR
ComposeOpImage ERROR ComposeOpImage implements the operation to Compose multiple source images into one image
CropOpImage ERROR CropOpImage creates a new image out of the region of interest of the source image.
TiledImage ERROR TiledImage transfers images to/from disk
CMM ERROR CMM (Color Management Module) converts image data from one colorspace to another and
LPD ERROR Line Printer Daemon : A group of hosts requests services from a LPD running on a host. The
BorderOpImage ERROR BorderOpImage implements the border operation (e.g. trim)
PrintQueueEditor ERROR This is the UI component of the printqueue (browser & keypad)
JobQueue ERROR Non Persistent Queue. (Version : 2.03)
JobProvider ERROR JobProvider is a printqueue consumer that publishes available jobs to the subscribers.
NipOpImage2 ERROR implements following operations: scaling/filtering, lookup and rotation.
AuthenticationManager ERROR Secure Access Management: Authentication Manager for accessing URLs and keypad menus
QueueFactory ERROR Starts the requested (or available) queue. (Version : 2.01)
VolatileTiledImage ERROR
PrintQueue_Management ERROR Version 1.03 : Monitors the printqueue. Arrange communication between printqueue and several
XML ERROR
TranslateOpImage ERROR
PFE ERROR The Printer Front End receives printjobs from a network (DICOM LPD) or any proprietary interface
PSCodec ERROR PSCodec (de)codes postscript/pdf files
FontRI ERROR
MfxPrinterInfoHandler ERROR Mfx is an Agfa communication protocol to interchange printer status messages
Raster ERROR
OverlayOpImage ERROR OverlayOpImage implements the operation to put an overlay above the source image.
CFG ERROR CFG handles configuration issues such as profiles, browser GUI, ...
DCMPrintSCP-0 ERROR Dicom Print Service Class Provider on port 104 for DS5300 application.Handles incoming Dicom
FontCache ERROR
Configure the Logger

NO
Log to Console
Log to File NO
Max number of log directories to keep
Max number of log pages (files) per directory
Timestamp in date format YES
Add timestamp to console loggings NO
Logging to Plog logbox at level
Submit Factory Defaults


Repair and Service


Repair and Service
Welcome to this
Operator tools Prompt
Key-operator tools Enter Password

mega
******
Specialist tools
OK Cancel
Security Tools
HELP
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
DryStar AXYS printer 1
SERVICE TOOLS see
2 page 20
Service - Main
List of errors 1. Show settings 3
Printer Infocounters report 2. Change settings
DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report 3. Print image 4
QA Report Page 4. Save configuration
Software versions
5 see
5. Restore config.
Remote sessions 6. Calibration 6 page 21
Show printer status 7. Service actions
Enter key-operator command session 8. Quality Control 7
Enter service command session 9. Installation
Release remote command session 8
Reboot Drystar see
leave remote session 9
Reset Calibration Data page 23
Connectivity tools
Scaling Setup
LPD Profile Editor
Printqueue editor
Controller logging
Module repair
Modules
1 Welcome to this
2 Welcome to this
Service - Show settings Service - Change settings

1. General
2.1
1. General
2. Input tray 2. Input tray
3. Network (DICOM) 2.2
3. Network (DICOM) see page 23
4. Image quality 4. Image quality
5. Logical Printers 2.3
6. Installed datasets
Go back
2.4
Go back
3 Welcome to this Welcome to this

Service - Print Image Service - Print image

1. Test Image 1. LinCheck.zip
2. From Printer Flash Card 2 .STI1.zip
3. From Remote Computer 3. STI2.zip
4. medicalimage.zip
Go back Go back


Repair and Service

Service - Save configuration Service - Restore configuration

1. General
2. Network only 1. General
2. Network only
Go back
Go back

DryStar Axys printer DryStar AXYS printer
Service - Calibration Service - Service actions

1. Film Calibration 1. Error Messages
2. Internal Densitometer Calibration 2. Warning Messages
3. Thermal Print Head Calibration 3. Repair History
4. Horizontal Alignment 4. Maintenance
5. Smart Profile Calibration 5. Logging
6: Resistor Check
Go back Go back
8 Welcome to this
Service - Quality Control

1. Start Quality Control procedure
2. Edit additional data for last QC
Go back
Welcome to this
Service - Service actions

Maintenance Action Cycles Factory Current Active Reset Item
to go settings settings
Y Y
Thermal head cleaning required 5000 5000 5000 N N
Y Y
Replace thermal head anti dust filter 25000 25000 25000 N N
62500 Y Y
Replace thermal head (end of life) 62500 62500 N N
4898 5000 5000 Y Y

Film calibration upper tray required N N
5000 5000 5000 Y Y
Film calibration lower tray required N N
5000 5000 5000 Y Y
Service maintenance required N N
Accept Changes Discard Changes Reset Values


Repair and Service
Welcome to this
2.1 2.3 Welcome to this
Service - Change general settings Service - Change network settings (dicom)

Date: 19 Oct. 2004
Time: 08 30 00 1. Network settings
2. Remove modality
Language English 3. Add modality
Chinese Simpl.
Japanese
Go back
Keypad backlight (0 ... 100) 50 Welcome to this
* Site name
* Site address
* City Service - Change network settings (dicom)
* Country
* Country code (tel) Printer AE-title DSAXYS
* Telephone Hostname ds5300
Remote Connection Domain name
* Department Printer IP-Address 12.10.68.41
* Contact person Netmask 255.0.0.0
E-mail address Router IP-address
Comments
Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values
Welcome to this 2.2 2.4 Welcome to this

Key-Operator - Change input tray settings Service - Change Image quality settings
If RF-tag is missing or malfunctioning

printing with Dmax = 2.00 1. General
printing not possible 2. Modality XYZ
Upper input tray Go back
Film view Normal

Back
Welcome to this
Tag film type DT2B DryStar Axys printer
Lower input tray

Service - Change Image quality settings
Film view Normal
Back Default film calibration off
Tag film format 14x17" on
Tag film type DT2B

Gretag
Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Default A-sharp-TMML off
Welcome to this
DryStar Axys printer on
Service - Change Image quality settings
Select frequency
Every 5 packs


Repair and Service
9 Welcome to this 9.1 Welcome to this

DryStar 5302 printer DryStar AXYS printer
Service - Installation Service - Installation

1. New Software Installation Software Upgrade
2. Printer Installation Wizard
3. Install Site Data
1. New Software Installation
2. Printer Installation
Go back 3. Install Site Data
Go back

Service - Installation Service - Installation

Before install.
please make backup
Choose Dataset Browse .....
1. OK, make backup
Proceed Go Back Reset Values 2. SKIP backup
Go back


This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
Chapter 3.8
Imaging Services
Software Releases and Patches
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367 /100/300
This document lists all customer released software versions with their features,
limitations and known problems.

1.6 02-2015 Added software versions 3.0.0_C1, 3.1.0_C1 and 3.1.1_C1.
Refer to sections 11, 12 and 13.
Document Title
DD+DIS005.15E DRYSTAR AXYS SB25: Software patch 3.1.1_C1 available
to support a special DICOM print application

eq_03-8_release-patch_e_template_v08
Repair and Service
DD+DIS033.07E Software Releases and Patches
► Manufacturer
Published by
D - 81539 München
Germany
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium, or its
affiliates.
All other trademarks mentioned in this document are held by Agfa HealthCare N.V. or
the respective owners and are used in an editorial fashion with no intention of
infringement.
Nothing contained in this legal notice nor in any text in this document shall be
construed as granting by implication, estoppel or otherwise, any license or right to use
any of the trademarks, service marks, trade names or logos appearing in this document
without the express prior written consent of their respective owner.
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" prior to attempting any operation, repair or
Refer to Document ID 11849633, Agfa Intranet / Agfa Portal via Internet.
the product.
IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare N.V or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare N.V. or one of its affiliates to
provide such services.


02-2015 Type 5367 /100/300 Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
LIST OF CONTENTS
1 SOFTWARE RELEASE 1.6.0_C1 ............................................................................................5

1.1 Supported Features ..................................................................................................................5
1.2 Limitations .................................................................................................................................5
1.3 Known Software Issues ............................................................................................................6
2 SOFTWARE UPDATE 1.6.1_C1 ..............................................................................................7

2.1 Solved Software Issues ............................................................................................................7
3 SOFTWARE UPDATE 1.6.2_C1 ..............................................................................................9

3.1 Solved Issues............................................................................................................................9
3.2 New Features..........................................................................................................................10
3.2.1 New Feature: Compliance Film Calibration ............................................................................11
3.2.2 New Feature: Activation of a new 10x12” Layout for GE Modalities ......................................12
3.2.3 New Feature: Possibility to read out future ISO-Format RF-Tags..........................................13
4 SOFTWARE UPDATE 1.6.3_C1 ............................................................................................13

4.1 Solved Issue............................................................................................................................13
5 SOFTWARE RELEASE 2.0.0_C2 ..........................................................................................14

5.1 New Features of Software 2.0.0_C2.......................................................................................14
5.2 Solved Issue in Software 2.0.0_C2.........................................................................................15
5.3 Known Software Issue ............................................................................................................15

6.1 New Feature of Software 2.0.0_C3 ........................................................................................16

7.1 New Feature of Software 2.1.0_C2 ........................................................................................17

8.1 Solved Issues in Software 2.1.0_C3.......................................................................................18

9.1 Solved Issues in Software 2.2.0_C1.......................................................................................19

10.1 Solved Issues and Improvements in Software 2.3.0_C2........................................................21


Repair and Service
11.1 New Features in Software 3.0.0_C1.......................................................................................21

13 SOFTWARE PATCH 3.1.1_C1...............................................................................................23

13.1 Solved Issues with Software Patch 3.1.1_C1 .........................................................................24


Repair and Service
1 Software Release 1.6.0_C1
Type of new Software 1st customer release
Release Date 10/2007
Printer Serial Numbers  SN1024
Availability On the Agfa HealthCare Library only the

latest software release can be downloaded.
Prerequisites None
1.1 Supported Features
All features as specified:

 Printing diagnostic data according to the DICOM standard with a
resolution of 508dpi
 Printing on Drystar DT2B, DT2C and DT2 Mammo blue base films
 Supported film sizes:
o DT2B / DT2C: 14x17", 14x14", 14x11", 10x12", 8x10"
o DT2 Mammo: 14x11", 10x12", 8x10"
1.2 Limitations
Software 1.6.0_C1 has following limitations:

 Only one module/spare part replacement per start-up allowed
 Only Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher can be used to access the printer
browser pages


Repair and Service
1.3 Known Software Issues
Software 1.6.0_C1 has following known issues:
 Mammo test image has to be copied to D: drive before it is available for printing
on DT2 Mammo blue base films. Details see chapter 3.2, Tools and Auxiliary
means.
 In very rare cases it is possible, that a false error message "MOD08 - please
replace module" is shown (MOD08 is the Devil CPU) after start-up of the printer.
A reset of the printer solves the problem.
 The operator browser menu does not allow to delete images or set into
emergency status. It is possible however to delete print jobs in the operator menu
of the local keypad (refer to Drystar Axys user manual).
 For TH profile calibration on a mammo printer a TH profile calibration film is
printed with too high density (approx. 2.0 O.D. instead of 1.2 O.D.). Entering
these higher values in the TH profile calibration browser screen is not possible,
as they exceed the upper limit. Using a Drystar DT2B or DT2C film allows to
perform the TH profile calibration properly.


Repair and Service
2 Software Update 1.6.1_C1
Type of new Software* Software Update
Printer Serial Numbers SN  1188

Prerequisites None
*NOTE:
A software upgrade is a functional extension. An update (software patch) is an
internal change designed to correct issues, fix defects, or otherwise minor
improvements to performance without changing the software's basic design, structure
or functionality.
2.1 Solved Software Issues
With software update 1.6.1_C1 following software issues are solved:
Symptom 1 Sporadic input film jams for films from the upper tray, mainly 14” films:
 Error message at the local display: Film jam! Open upper input tray and
clear film path.
 Error message in the infocounter: HC314003
Cause The force for driving the film towards the thermal head is sporadically too low.


Repair and Service
Solution Install "upper pickup modification kit", spare part number*: CM+3617030. It contains:
1. Modified latches which open and close the rollers for moving the film towards the
thermal head:
 Reinforced holders for the axle
 More clearance for the axle which is moved by the latches
(before: ± 0.25 mm, now ± 1 mm)
2. Stronger springs at the upper pickup rollers. These springs define the friction
between rollers and film.
3. Software update 1.6.1_C1 with optimised film pick-up timing
* The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
NOTE:
Upper pickup modification kit, CM+3617030 can be used for Drystar Axys and
Drystar 5302.
Symptom 2 When printing calibration films (Film calibration; Internal Densitometer Calibration;
Thermal Print Head Calibration) the printer makes a strange noise.
The noise depends on the type of Thermal Head (Kyocera / Toshiba) and the film
batch.
Cause Resonances inside the printer, appearing sporadically at low density printing
Solution Software Update 1.6.1_C1 has different calibration patterns implemented to avoid
sporadic resonances. Example for film calibration film see Figure 1.
Figure 1


Repair and Service
Printer Serial Numbers 1063, 1064, 1161, 1173, 1176, 1177, 1178,
1218, 1224, 1235, 1236, 1238, 1239, 1240,
1241, 1243 to 1278, 1280, 1281, 1282,
1284, 1342, 1345, 1347, 1348, 1349, 1358,
1361 to 1419, 1421, 1422

Prerequisites None
*Note:
A software upgrade is a functional extension. An update (software patch) is an internal
change designed to correct issues, fix defects, or otherwise minor improvements to
performance without changing the software's basic design, structure or functionality.
3.1 Solved Issues
In Software Update 1.6.2_C1 following software issues are solved:
Symptom 1 When overlapping the two Mammo films at the lightbox, there is too much dazzling light
between the two films, as the clear border at the chest wall side is too large.
Cause Mechanical limitations on the leading edge
Solution In software 1.6.2_C1 the transparent border is minimal for the following host profile
settings:
 Mammo CWR Rotation = YES
 Rotation = r180
In this case the chest wall is always printed at the trailing edge: The clear border
between the two films at the lightbox is very small and may vary depending on film size
and drum temperature.


Repair and Service
NOTE:
To have minimal clear borders at other mammography printers (DRYSTAR 550X;
DRYSTAR 4500 M), it is not required to set host profile parameter “Rotation” to “r180”.
There it is sufficient to set parameters “Mammo CWR rotation” to “YES”.
Symptom 2 After adding some modalities via browser key-operator menu it is not possible to print
DICOM images. Following modalities are affected:
 Phillips MXVIEW
 Phillips MX8000
 Fuji ADR series
 Fuji Eyepix
Adding these modalities manually via DICOM host profile does not give any problem.
Cause Software problem in software < 1.6.2_C1
3.2 New Features
Software update 1.6.2_C1 contains following new features:
 Compliance film calibration. Details see 3.2.1.

 Activation of a new 10x12” layout for GE Modalities via Browser Service Menu.
Details see 3.2.2.
 Possibility to read out future ISO-Format RF-Tags. Details see 3.2.3.


Repair and Service
3.2.1 New Feature: Compliance Film Calibration
 With software < 1.6.2_C1 the printer does not always pass the acceptance
procedure as defined by Afssaps / EUREF: The film calibration is not necessarily
accurate enough.
 The “compliance film calibration” may be required as a last step of an acceptance
procedure that meets the special criteria set by Afssaps / EUREF.
 It can be executed via new browser menu “Service Engineer Tools – Enter Service
command session – 6 Calibration – 6 Compliance Film Calibration”.
 For details refer to Technical Documentation Drystar Axys, DD+DIS033.07E,
Adjustments and Calibrations, edition 1, revision 1 (and higher revisions).
1. Film calibration
2. Internal densitometer calibration
3. Thermal print head calibration Step Target values Measured values Step Target values Measured values
4. Horizontal alignment 0.16 0.33
00 0.16 01 0.33
5. Smart profile calibration
02 0.49 0.49 03 0.66 0.66
6. Compliance film calibration
04 0.83 0.83 05 0.99 0.99
06 1.16 1.16 07 1.33 1.33
Go back 08 1.50 1.50 09 1.66 1.66
10 1.83 1.83 11 2.00 2.00
12 2.16 2.16 13 2.33 2.33
This page is generated on 21-05-2008 12:33:33 14 2.50 2.50 15 2.66 2.66
16 2.83 2.83 17 3.00 3.00
This page is generated on 22-05-2008 08:46:20
5367_SIB04_01.CDR
Figure 2


Repair and Service
3.2.2 New Feature: Activation of a new 10x12” Layout for GE Modalities
New Feature  For some GE modalities, e.g. GE Senographe Advantage WS, the sent image is
slightly too large compared to the pixel matrix of the 10x12” film.
 In order to achieve true size accuracy lower than 4 % (GE specifications) on
10x12” films it is necessary to install a specific GE Mammography layout.
This increases the printable area in the 12” direction of the film from 5810 to 5890
pixels (approx. 4 mm).
 This layout should only be installed if advised via corresponding Connectivity
Release Document: If installed, it is active for all other modalities, too.
 It is installed via browser menu service tools “GE Mammo layout installation”.
See Figure 3.
Welcome to this
SERVICE TOOLS
List of errors
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Reboot Drystar
Reset Calibration data
Connectivity tools
Scaling Setup
DICOM profile editor H OM E GE Mammo layout inst a lla t ion
LPD Profile Editor
G E Mammo layout installation
Printqueue editor
Licenses
GE Mammo layout installation install uninstall
Controller logging
Module repair
changes require a reboot
Modules
Figure 3
NOTE:
The GE Mammo layout installation in software 1.6.2_C1 only works with
Internet Explorer < 7.


Repair and Service
3.2.3 New Feature: Possibility to read out future ISO-Format RF-Tags
New Feature
 Currently the RF-Tags of the film
packages have their information stored
in a non-ISO format.
 To be prepared for future changes of the
RF tags (new format as defined by ISO)
software ≥ 1.6.2_C1 already accepts
ISO RF tags.
 More information will follow, when film
production switches to ISO RF Tags.
Figure 4
Printer Serial Numbers  SN 1423 plus 1420

Prerequisites None
*NOTE:
A software upgrade is a functional extension. An update (software patch) is an
internal change designed to correct issues, fix defects, or otherwise minor
improvements to performance without changing the software's basic design, structure
or functionality.
4.1 Solved Issue
In software 1.6.2_C1 the “GE Mammo layout installation” browser screen only works
with Internet Explorer 5.5 and 6. In software 1.6.3_C1 it also works with Internet
Explorer 7.


Repair and Service
Type of new Software* Software Upgrade
≥ SN 2250 plus 2154, 2214, 2164, 2241,

Printer Serial Numbers
2212, 2213

Prerequisites None
*NOTE:
5.1 New Features of Software 2.0.0_C2
Software 2.0.0_C2 contains following new features:

 Software supports both printers, DRYSTAR 5302 and DRYSTAR AXYS.
 Improved RF-tag locking mechanism (identical to RF-tag locking mechanism of
DRYSTAR 550X software 6.0)
 Support of “Compliance film calibration” which may be required to pass the
Afssaps / EUREF* acceptance test.
For DRYSTAR AXYS this feature was available already as of software 1.6.3_C1,
however only for Mammo printing. Now it is available also for non-mammography
applications for DRYSTAR 5302 and DRYSTAR AXYS.
*Afssaps = Agence française de sécurité sanitaire des produits de santé
EUREF = European Reference Organisation for Quality Assured Breast Screening and
Diagnostic Services
 Extended operating System and Browser Compatibility of the Operator, Key-
Operator and Service Browser Pages.
Supported operating systems:
- Windows 2000
- Windows XP
- Windows Vista
Supported browsers:
- Internet Explorer 6, 7 and 8
- Firefox 3


Repair and Service
5.2 Solved Issue in Software 2.0.0_C2
Symptom Sporadically the printer stops boot-up with message “Error System Failure”:
 When pressing the ON/OFF switch the printer cannot be switched off.
 Access via network is not possible (to reboot remotely).
 After unplugging and reconnecting the mains cable the printer usually starts up
normally.
Cause CPU Driver problem
Solution Install software 2.0.0_C2 to prevent the problem.
5.3 Known Software Issue
Symptom Login problems with the Firefox browser:

In some cases the login to the service web pages has to be repeated three times, until
login is successful.
Cause Incompatibility with login script and Firefox browser in certain cases
Solution Repeat the login up to three times until it is successful.


Repair and Service
Printer Serial Numbers ≥ SN 2435 plus SN 2361

Prerequisites None
*NOTE:
NOTE:
As of Software 2.0.0_C2 DRYSTAR 5302 and DRYSTAR AXYS use the same
software.
6.1 New Feature of Software 2.0.0_C3
Compared to software 2.0.0_C2 the RF tag locking mechanism is further improved.

This supports a reliable detection of falsely inserted films.


Repair and Service
Printer Serial Numbers ≥ SN 3436*

Prerequisites None
* SNs of additional DRYSTAR AXYS printers with SW 2.1.0_C2 ex factory: 3177, 3394, 3396, 3397, 3400,
3401, 3404, 3405, 3407, 3409, 3410, 3411, 3413, 3414, 3415, 3416, 3420, 3421, 3423, 3424, 3425, 3427,
3428, 3430, 3431, 3432, 3433, 3435
*NOTE:
NOTE:
software.
7.1 New Feature of Software 2.1.0_C2
Software 2.1.0_C2 supports new hardware (Devius module, Tyndal module, SATA
hard disk) for DRYSTAR 5302 and DRYSTAR AXYS, which was introduced
in Q IV 2010.
 Software 2.1.0_C2 is downwards compatible, so it also supports the actual
hardware (Devil module, Themis/Thanos module, SCSI hard disk).
It replaces software 2.0.0_C3.
 The new software has no other new features except support of new hardware.


Repair and Service
Printer Serial Numbers SN ≥ 3949 plus SN 3938

Prerequisites None
*NOTE:
NOTE:
software.
8.1 Solved Issues in Software 2.1.0_C3
By installing software 2.1.0_C3, the Devius board is re-programmed to revision 9.

This is a solution for the warning message “RF Tag Problem” after 10 printed films of a
new film pack.
For details see DRYSTAR AXYS SB 15 / DRYSTAR 5302 SB 20, Software 2.1.0_C3
available to solve Warning Message “RF Tag Problem“ after 10 printed Films of a new
Film Pack, DD+DIS037.11E (Intranet Link / Extranet Link).


Repair and Service
Printer Serial Numbers SN ≥ 4515 and additionally in SN 4425,

4456, 4471, 4473, 4478

Prerequisites None
*NOTE:
NOTE:
software.
9.1 Solved Issues in Software 2.2.0_C1
 After changing the Key-Operator language at printers with software 2.1.0_C3, the
printer boot-up hangs with message “Please wait - self test proceeding”.
 RF Tag Reading Problems at Printers with Stronglink RF Tag Readers in
Combination with ISO RF Tags.
For details to these two software issues refer to DRYSTAR AXYS SB 18 /

DRYSTAR 5302 SB 23, Software 2.2.0_C1 available to solve Hang-up after
Changing Key-Operator Language and RF Tag Reading Problems,
Document ID 33559755 (Intranet Link / Extranet Link).


Repair and Service
Additionally following minor software issues are solved:
 With software < 2.2.0_C1 the sporadic error message W306015 (CDM intensity
is unstable) appears.
 Sporadic "Error System Failure" of certain combinations of RAM and Tyndall
modules .
 When booted with a tray open, the printer cannot read an ISO RF tag.
 During regular software installation the "Chinese traditional" translation file
does not get unpacked.
 After quality control sporadically the (wrong) density values "0.00" are
displayed. When saving the quality control result the correct values are stored.

5834, 5849, 5854, 5855, 5908
Availability Agfa HealthCare Library
Prerequisites None
*NOTE:
NOTE:
software.


Repair and Service
10.1 Solved Issues and Improvements in Software 2.3.0_C2
 Improved handling of empty tray situations during automatic film calibration.

 Site data extended from 32 to 64 characters per entry.

7104, 7430
Prerequisites None
*NOTE:
NOTE:
software.
11.1 New Features in Software 3.0.0_C1
 Support of additional printer subtypes 5366/300 (SN ≥ 2001) and

5367/300 (SN ≥ 1001).


Repair and Service
 Corrected a wrong cure in the list of errors for HC305002. Cure 5 previously
mentioned to replace “Mod 04” (Lower Pickup Module) instead of “Mod 05”
(Thermal Head).
 Corrected hang-up of Firefox browser, if the user set a DICOM job in the operator
menu from a normal to an emergency print job.
 Corrected software issue at remote emergency software installation without
preserving data, that network settings were not reset to default.
 Added the missing wedge test image to the sets of test images for DRYSTAR
5302. The wedge test image is available for DRYSTAR AXYS since software
2.0.0_C1.
 Added the missing printer check when trying to install a DRYSTAR 5302 / AXYS
software via remote emergency installation at DRYSTAR 550X or DRYSTAR
4500. Now it is not possible anymore to install software on another printer than
DRYSTAR 5302 / AXYS.
 Solved software issue during printer setup, that entering character (`) during
modality AE title setup issues an Java error instead of an “invalid character” error.
 Solved the issue that an extra language dataset LNG 2.00A01 is installed during
the 2.3.0_C2 software installation, when installing the software via remote
emergency software installation without preserving data.
Printer Serial Numbers DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/100

SN ≥ 9.050
DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/300

SN ≥ 1.029
Prerequisites None


Repair and Service
*NOTE:
NOTE:
software.
 Several minor bugfixes in service functions, e.g. improved "Remote Emergency

Software Installation”.
 Automatic re-flashing of Stronglink tag readers, if the tag reader is recognized as
“non-functional” during boot-up. In previous software versions the tag reader
needed to be replaced to solve the issue.
 Several minor bugfixes in printer operation.
 Several improvements for production.
13 Software Patch 3.1.1_C1
Printer Serial Numbers DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/100

SN ≥ 9359 and additionally in SN 9193
DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/300

SN ≥ 1034
Prerequisites Software 3.1.0_C1


Repair and Service
*NOTE:
NOTE:
software.
13.1 Solved Issues with Software Patch 3.1.1_C1
Symptom At printers that are connected to a third party DICOM device called "Kiosk" frequent DICOM
errors appear during printing or the print job is aborted.
NOTE:
The Kiosk application periodically polls the printer to get its status. It informs the user by a
red light in case of printer issues like empty film tray or film jam.
Cause DICOM connectivity issue.
Solution Install software patch 3.1.1_C1, on top of software 3.1.0_C1.


Chapter 3.9
Imaging Services
FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367/100
The Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) are integrated in the troubleshooting guide.
Refer to chapter 3.3 of this service manual.


Imaging Services Reference and Circuit Diagrams
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367/100

This document contains:
 Reference diagrams for identification and location of assemblies inside the
machine including an alphanumeric reference list
 Wiring diagrams

1.2 03-2011  Added new hardware “Devius PCB, Tyndall CPU, DDR2
RAM and SATA Hard disk” in the reference diagram.
See section 1.
 Added new main wiring diagram for Devius PCB. See
section 2, page 2.
Document Title
DD+DIS341.10E DRYSTAR AXYS SIB13, New Hardware (Devius / Tyndall /
RAM) and new Type of Hard Disk (SATA) introduced

The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
eq_04_diagrams_e_template_v06
DD+DIS033.07E Reference and Circuit Diagrams
► Manufacturer
Publisher
D - 81539 München
Germany
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
(see Agfa HealthCare Library => General Info => Agfa HealthCare =>
Publications => Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or
the product.
NOTE:
Document Type ‘Order List’ in the Agfa HealthCare library.


LIST OF CONTENTS
1 REFERENCE DIAGRAMS .......................................................................................................4

1.1 Components Location ...............................................................................................................4
1.2 List of Components ...................................................................................................................7
2 WIRING DIAGRAMS ................................................................................................................9


1 Reference Diagrams
1.1 Components Location
CDM LED Board
S6
CDM
M4
S5
S10 M5
S13
S4
S 1 in upper tray
S2 in lower tray
M1 S11
S24
S9 S12
RF1 in Lower Tray 536704aa_1.cdr
RF2 in Upper Tray
Figure 1


S14 / S15 in Upper pickup tray

S16 / S17 in Lower pickup tray
M6 in Upper pickup tray

S6 M7 in Lower pickup tray
M4
S18/S19 in Upper
F1 S8 /Lower pickup tray
S7 S21
M2 S22
M3
V2 V1 M9
F2
M8
S3
SCSI / SATA Hard Disk* 536704aa_3.cdr
*Devius / Tyndall / DDR2 RAM / SATA hard disk introduced for:

SN 3177, SN 3180, SN 3494 to SN 3537, SN 3539, SN 3574, SN ≥ 3672
Figure 2


Devil*
Devius*
OSB Power Supply
TPH
Thanos* Tyndall*
Key6
RAM*
*Devius / Tyndall / DDR2 RAM / SATA hard disk introduced for: DDR2 RAM*
SN 3177, SN 3180, SN 3494 to SN 3537, SN 3539, SN 3574, SN ≥ 3672 536704aa_2.cdr
Figure 3


1.2 List of Components

Component Name Refer to
CDM Contactless Densitometer PCB Figure 1
cdmLED Densitometer LED PCB Figure 1
Devil PCB or Devius Control Board: Input/Output and film
Figure 3
PCB control
E1 E label Devil CPU --
E2 E label Output Module --
E3 E label Lower Pickup Module --
E4 E label Power Supply --
E5 E label TPH module --
E6 E label 6 Display Module --
E7 E label 7 Upper Pickup Module --
F1 Thermal Head fan Figure 2
F2 CPU cooling fan (E-box) Figure 2
Hard disk Drive Hard disk Drive 73 GB (or more) Figure 2
KEY6 PCB Keypad module Figure 3
M1 Drum motor Figure 1
M2 Cam drive motor Figure 2
M3 Suspension drive motor Figure 2
M4 Output rollers motor Figure 1
M5 CDM Motor Figure 1
M6 Upper Pickup motor Figure 2
M7 Lower Pickup motor Figure 2
M8 Gear Box motor Figure 2
M9 Vacuum pump Figure 2
OSB Switch Board for TH resistors Figure 3
Power Supply Power Supply Figure 3
RAM / DDR2 RAM RAM Figure 3
RF1 RF tag reader lower tray Figure 1
RF2 RF tag reader upper tray Figure 1


Component Name Refer to

S1 Upper magazine empty detection Figure 1
S2 Lower magazine empty detection Figure 1
S3 Transport roller open detection Figure 2
S4 Input Sensor TPH Figure 1
S5 Output sensor TPH Figure 1
S6 Output rollers home position Figure 1
S7 TPH home position Figure 2
S8 Top cover closed detection Figure 2
S9 Print drum drive rotation detection Figure 1
S10 Densitometer home position Figure 1
S11 Take over passed detection Figure 1
S12 Overheat sensor Figure 1
S13 Input sensor TPH Figure 1
S14 Upper pickup home position Figure 2
S15 Upper pickup pickup position Figure 2
S16 Lower pickup home position Figure 2
S17 Lower pickup pickup position Figure 2
S18 Upper pickup passed position Figure 2
S19 Lower pickup passed position Figure 2
S21 10" suspension position Figure 2
S22 14" suspension position Figure 2
S24 Take over passed detection Figure 1
Thanos PCB / Tyndall
CPU board. Keeps Operating System. Figure 3
PCB
TPH Thermal print head Figure 1
V1 Vacuum valve lower magazine Figure 2
V2 Vacuum valve upper magazine Figure 2


2 Wiring Diagrams
NOTE:
To improve readability on paper, the two main diagrams are split up in 4 pages to be
printed on DIN A4: Double-click the attached paper-clip to open and print the diagrams.
Page 1 Page 2
Page 3 Page 4
The following circuit diagrams are attached:
# Description
1 Wiring Diagrams Drystar Axys with Devil PCB: Main Page (Diagram 1/8)
2 Wiring Diagrams Drystar Axys with Devius PCB: Main Page (Diagram 2/8)
3 Wiring Diagram Lower Pickup Assembly (Diagram 3/8)
4 Wiring Diagram Lower Tray Assembly (Diagram 4/8)
5 Wiring Diagram Output Assembly (Diagram 5/8)
6 Wiring Diagram Pump & Valves Assembly (Diagram 6/8)
7 Wiring Diagram Upper Pickup Assembly (Diagram 7/8)
8 Wiring Diagram Upper Tray Assembly (Diagram 8/8)


A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q
THERMAL HEAD MODULE ASSY X

X
OS-5101-H X X A340530.0 NAIS AGX226
X X
X Sensor-S4
3
S4
RD EE-SX4009-P1 X X (Matsushita)
X X X
Overheat 2
3 +XS5aXS5:3
VT Sensor-S7 S7
2 +XS5aXS5:2 1 RD
sensor A5
CABLED HEATER FOIL (ELE) 1
1 +XS5aXS5:1
BK
2
1
2
DEV/P1:36
DEV/P1:35
BK
X
S8
BU3-EI 3 VT
3 DEV/P1:34 X X
BN 1 3 BU X X
BU3-EI
S8/7 S8/8
X X 1/1 7 8 1/1
X +XS5a +XS5b
X Input sensor TPH BK
XS5 XS5
BK
6.3mm isolation (clear)
3 4
6.3mm isolation (clear)
S4:1 1 1 DEV/P1:26
VT VT TPH home position
12
Sensor-S12 Thermal Print Head RD
BK
VT
S4:2
S4:3
S13:1
2
3
4
2
3
4
DEV/P1:25
DEV/P1:27
DEV/P1:32
RD
BK
VT
Top cover closed detection
12
S13:2 5 5 DEV/P1:31
*64
2
RD RD
S13:3 6 6 DEV/P1:33
VT BK
+XS5aXS5:8 7 7 DEV/P1:15
X A344559. WIRE HARNESS ASSY VT
+XS5aXS5:7 8 8 DEV/P1:14
VT
X
X A339844. (BRACKET) ST8-EI BU8-EI
64p Extractor
X X
2 +5V common
X +TPH TPH
+TPH
10/10
ST1
4/10
IFE#5
2/10
3/10
5/10
6/10
7/10
8/10
9/10
1/10
A000000. Thermal Head Assembly
P3
+TPH
+TPH
OG X
X
1/4 BL11
P2
P1
+XS4aXS4:7 1
1 +5V
X
*64 [41]
RD 2/4 X
+XS4aXS4:8 2 OS-5101-H X X
BK 3/4 X /Output_asm.3H
TH/P1
+XS4aXS4:9 3
TH/P2
X
X
X
X
BU64_IDC
WH Sensor-S13 S13
TH/P3
4/10
X
X
1/10
2/10
3/10
5/10
6/10
7/10
8/10
9/10
10/10
4/4 X
+XS4aXS4:10 4
ST4-MO53261-SMD +TPH
3
3 +XS5aXS5:6
RD A344551. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT) XS2 & XS3
BU4-51021 X 2 VT
2 +XS5aXS5:5
RD
RD
BN
BU
A6 1 BK
X 1 +XS5aXS5:4
BU3-EI
Sensor-S12:1
X
X
Sensor-S12:3
PS/P3:11
PS/P3:12
DEV/P43
eLabel pcb Address #5
ST5-MINI-FIT-JR BU5-MINI-FIT-JR
Input sensor TPH
X
RD
BK
11 11
XS6b
X
X
4 4 A344546. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (ENGINE)

5 5
2 2
1 1
XS6a
X
X
A345385. TH POWER CABLE

ASSY S4 BRACKET (FRA)
WH
WH
WH
OG
OG
YE
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
BN
BN
BN
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
BU
VT
BU
VT
VT
BU
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
OSB/P6:4
OSB/P6:3
OSB/P6:2
OSB/P6:1
A344546. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (ENGINE)
+XS2aXS2:11
S8/7:1
S8/8:1
+XS2aXS2:1
+XS5bXS5:1
S7:1
+XS3aXS3:1
+XS3aXS3:11
S7:2
+XS2aXS2:13
+XS2aXS2:12
+XS2aXS2:14
+XS2aXS2:9
+XS2aXS2:10
+XS2aXS2:7
+XS2aXS2:8
+XS5bXS5:8
+XS5bXS5:7
+XS3aXS3:20
+XS3aXS3:19
+XS3aXS3:18
+XS2aXS2:6
+XS2aXS2:5
+XS2aXS2:4
+XS2aXS2:2
+XS2aXS2:3
+XS5bXS5:2
+XS5bXS5:3
+XS3aXS3:16
+XS3aXS3:17
+XS3aXS3:15
+XS5bXS5:5
+XS5bXS5:4
+XS5bXS5:6
S7:3
DEV/P1:38
DEV/P1:37
+XS2aXS2:19
+XS3aXS3:22
+XS3aXS3:2
+XS3aXS3:3
+XS3aXS3:4
+XS3aXS3:5
+XS3aXS3:6
+XS3aXS3:7
+XS3aXS3:10
+XS3aXS3:9
+XS3aXS3:8
+XS3aXS3:13
+XS3aXS3:12
+XS3aXS3:14
BN
BU
RD
RD
X
/Upper_pickup.3F
TPH fan XS1
BU40-90142
BU16-90142
DEV/P1
DEV/P9
A347112. OSB-HEATER CABLE
X
X
X
X
40
20
21
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
10
12
14
15
16
17
18
19
10
12
13
14
15
16
22
32
11
11
4
3
5
6
5
6
8
9
2
2
1
1
EL_SDA_LINE1
EL_SCL_LINE1
DIG_SENSOR_I21
I_DIG_SENSOR21
VCC
VOS
VOS
VOS
VOS
VOS
VOS
VOS
VOS
VCC
DCM_OUTA5
DCM_OUTB5
DCM_OUTA4
DCM_OUTB4
CONN_ODM_COUNT
SCL
GND
JAM_CLEAR
GND
GND
GND
GND
-12V
GND
GND
GND
GND
DIG_SENSOR_I8
DIG_SENSOR_I5
I_DIG_SENSOR5
DIG_SENSOR_I7
I_DIG_SENSOR7
DIG_SENSOR_I18
I_DIG_SENSOR18
DIG_SENSOR_I17
I_DIG_SENSOR17
DIG_SENSOR_I6
I_DIG_SENSOR6
DIG_SENSOR_I4
I_DIG_SENSOR4
DIG_SENSOR_I13
DIG_SENSOR_I9
C_ODM_M_SEL_A_BF
C_ODM_M_SEL_B_BF
C_ODM_I_SEL_A_BF
C_ODM_I_SEL_B_BF
C_ODM_BL_CTRL_BF
P_24V
SAFETY_OK
P_24V
12V
SDA
P1
+DEV1
+DEV1
P9
X
40p 90130 M
16pol. 90130 Molex

X X
10
M DEV/P43
X +DEV1
P43 X X
10
A329002.1 X +DEV1 X
X TH/P1 *64 [41] *64 P40 DEV/P40
BK
1
BU64_IDC 64p Extractor

2
F1 1 GND 1 DEV/P40:2
A355645. TPH DATA CABLE 2 DIG_SENSOR_I31 2 DEV/P40:1
BK
X
X X TH 3 DCM_OUTA12
40
+DEV1
20
21
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
10
12
13
14
15
16
22
32
11
11
4
4
3
5
6
7
8
9
5
6
7
8
9
2
2
1
1
P14 4 DCM_OUTB12
GY
5 DCM_OUTA11 5 +XS10bXS10:5
[30] *50 BN
50P 6 DCM_OUTB11 6 +XS10bXS10:6
RD
OSB2
BU
I/O 4 CDM 7 DCM_OUTA10 7 +XS10bXS10:3

WH
BN
X
/Lower_pickup.3F
8 DCM_OUTB10 8 +XS10bXS10:4
A329002.1:1
A329002.1:2
X X 9 DCM_OUTA9 9 +XS10bXS10:1
BU XS4
+OSB2 BN
X 10 DCM_OUTB9 10 +XS10bXS10:2
OSB/P6 P6 RD
RD 11 DCM_OUTA8 11 +XS4aXS4:2
ST2-MINI-FIT-JR BU2-MINI-FIT-JR
XS6a:5 1 1/4 BK
RD 2/4 X X 12 DCM_OUTB8 12 +XS4aXS4:1
XS6a:4 2 RD
BU 3/4 X +DEV1 13 DCM_OUTA7 13 +XS1aXS1:2
BK
F1 Fan-F1
XS6a:2 3 DEV/P41 P41 14 DCM_OUTB7 14 +XS1aXS1:1

BN 4/4 BK
+ - BU
1
4
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
XS6a:1 4 DEV/P41:2 1 GND 1 15 M3_A2 15 +XS13aXS13:5

X
X
P316801 BK RD
2 2
1 1
BU4-MINI-FIT-JR DEV/P41:1 2 DIG_SENSOR_I30 2

BN
DEVIL 1.6 16 M3_A1 16 +XS13aXS13:4
WH
X
X
X +XS11bXS11:1 3 GND 3 17 M3_B2 17 +XS13aXS13:7

10 SW_FET_STATUS_I
BK YE
1 I_DIG_SENSOR14
2 DIG_SENSOR_I14
X +XS11bXS11:2 4 CONN_XX2 4 18 M3_B1 18 +XS13aXS13:6 9

9 VT BU
X +XS13aXS13:10 5 DIG_SENSOR_I29 5
5 CONN_2N641
7 CONN_2N644
ST10-90130 19 M8_A2 19 +XS12aXS12:1
P316768
P316768
BK
+OSB2
+OSB2
OSB2 +XS13aXS13:9 6 I_DIG_SENSOR29 6 RD
20 M8_A1 20 +XS12aXS12:2
+OSB2
A353547. PCB Assembly osb2 ROHS RD
P2
P3
1/1
1/1
WH X
9 NET33
+XS13aXS13:8 7 VOS 7
X
BL19 21 M8_B2 21 +XS12aXS12:3
P1
/Pump_&_Valves_asm.2E
6 GND
8 GND
VT
DEV/P20:8
DEV/P20:7
+XS13aXS13:3 8 DIG_SENSOR_I28 8 YE
X
X
BK 22 M8_B1 22 +XS12aXS12:4
+XS13aXS13:2 9 I_DIG_SENSOR28 9 LED functions on Thanos 23 DCM_OUTA6 23 F2:1
RD XS10
OSB/P1
RD
X
X
BU10-90142
+XS13aXS13:1 10 VOS 10 BU
BK 24 DCM_OUTB6 24 F2:2
VT
1/1
1/1
+XS12aXS12:5 11 I_DIG_SENSOR0 11
OSB/P2
OSB/P3
RING-TERM-2.5-3.6
RING-TERM-2.5-3.6
X
X
X
X
25 DIG_SENSOR_I11 25 +XS1aXS1:14
BU
RD
VT

+XS12aXS12:6 12 DIG_SENSOR_I0 12 26 GND
RD LD1 FPGA LED1 (yellow) Software controllable LED.
+XS12aXS12:7 13 VOS 13 27 VOS
VT LD2 FPGA LED2 (yellow) Software controllable LED. VT
DEV/P41:33
DEV/P41:32
DEV/P41:18
DEV/P41:20
DEV/P41:22
DEV/P41:24
DEV/P41:19
DEV/P41:17
+XS12aXS12:8 14 DIG_SENSOR_I2 14 28 DIG_SENSOR_I24 28 +XS4aXS4:5

BK LD3 FPGA LED3 (yellow) Software controllable LED.
+XS12aXS12:9 15 I_DIG_SENSOR2 15 29 I_DIG_SENSOR24
RD LD5 VCC (green) When lit, VCC Supply Voltage ok.
+XS12aXS12:10 16 VOS 16 30 VOS
GY BK
OSB/P1:10 17 SW_FET_STATUS_I 17 LD6 3V3 (green) When lit, 3V3 Supply Voltage ok. 31 GND 31 +XS1aXS1:9
BN OG
OSB/P1:5 18 CONN_2N641 18 LD8 1V8 (green) When lit, 1V8 Supply Voltage ok.
BN
BU
GY
VT
BK
BK
BK
BK
A344546. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (ENGINE) BK 32 EL_SDA_LINE1 32 +XS1aXS1:7

BK
OSB/P1:9
OSB/P1:6
19
20
NET33
GND
19
20
LD9 1V8 DDR2 (green) When lit, 1V8 DDR2 Supply Voltage ok. I/O 3 33 VCC 33 +XS1aXS1:8
RD
WH
LD10 VCORE (green) When lit, VCORE Supply Voltage ok. 34 EL_SCL_LINE1 34 +XS1aXS1:10
UP_SPARE3 21 ST34-90130 BU34-90142 X
BU LD11 1V2 (green) When lit, 1V2 Supply Voltage ok. /Pump_&_Valves_asm.4E
X OSB/P1:7 22 CONN_2N644 22
X BK
UP_SPARE2 23 LD12 PCI bus status (yellow) X X XS11
M1 OSB/P1:8 24 GND 24 LD13 FireWire Link (yellow) FireWire active. +DEV1 X
VT
8 X PK243-01A +XS4aXS4:6 25 DIG_SENSOR_I23 25 P20 DEV/P20 8
X BK LD14 FireWire Cable (yellow) FireWire cable connected. BK
X X Motor-M1 +XS4aXS4:3 26 I_DIG_SENSOR23 26 1 GND 1 DEV/P20:2
RD LD15 CPU BUS Active (yellow) BK
M1 M1 +XS4aXS4:4 27 VOS 27 2 DIG_SENSOR_I20 2 DEV/P20:1
BK 1/8 BK VT LD16 CONFIG DONE (red) When lit, FPGA is NOT configured --> ALARM. BK
DEV/P20:3 1 +XS1aXS1:5 28 DIG_SENSOR_I22 28 3 STEP_SINA 3 M1:1
2/8
3/8
YE M BK
RD
+XS1aXS1:3
+XS1aXS1:4
29
30
I_DIG_SENSOR22
VOS
29
30
LD17 .. 20 Software controllable LED's (yellow) 4
5
STEP_SINB
STEP_COSA
4
5
M1:4
M1:5
GN
RD
GN 4/8 GN BU
DEV/P20:4 4 UP_SPARE1 31 6 STEP_COSB 6 M1:8
X RD 5/8 VT RD
DEV/P20:5 5 OSB/P1:2 32 DIG_SENSOR_I14 32 7 CONN_DC_OUTA1_F 7 F1:1
X
Motor 24VDC
6/8
7/8
BK
OSB/P1:1 33 I_DIG_SENSOR14 33 I/O 5 8 DCM_OUTB1 8 F1:2
BU
RD
Motor-M2 X BU34-90142 VOS 34 9 VOS 9 +XS4aXS4:11
X BU 8/8 BK
DEV/P20:6 8 RD WH BU ST34-90130 10 I_DIG_SENSOR1 10 +XS4aXS4:13
M2 ST8-5240 VT
RD 1 RD BU8-5102-N X X 11 DIG_SENSOR_I1 11 +XS4aXS4:12
M BK
BU
2
3
1
2
DEV/P20:23
DEV/P20:24
BK
DEV/P42
X +DEV1
P42
12
13
GND
VCC
BK
OG 4 OG DEV/P42:2 1 GND 1 14 DCM_ENC4
4 DEV/P20:18 BK
YE YE DEV/P42:1 2 DIG_SENSOR_I32 2 15 DCM_OUTB3
5 5 DEV/P20:22 BK
BU 6 BU +XS12aXS12:11 3 GND 3 16 DCM_OUTA3
6 DEV/P20:20 GND 4
VT 17 DCM_ENC3
ST6-EI +XS12aXS12:12 5 DIG_SENSOR_I33 5 OG
BK 18 VCC 18 M2:4
X +XS13aXS13:12 6 I_DIG_SENSOR33 6 19 VCC
X VOS 7 BU
A344554. TPH POWER CABLE
X VT 20 GND 20 M2:6
7 EE-SX4009-P1 +XS13aXS13:11 8 DIG_SENSOR_I34 8 7
TPH positioning motor X
S9 Sensor-S9 I_DIG_SENSOR34 9
21 GND
YE
RD 1 22 DCM_ENC2 22 M2:5
DEV/P20:40 1 VOS 10 RD
BK 2 23 DCM_OUTA2 23 M2:1
DEV/P20:39 2 I_DIG_SENSOR35 11 BK
VT 3 24 DCM_OUTB2 24 M2:2
DEV/P20:38 3 DIG_SENSOR_I35 12 25 GND
BU3-EI VOS 13 VT
X DIG_SENSOR_I36 14 27 VOS
X I_DIG_SENSOR36 15
X 28 VOS
EE-SX4009-P1 VOS 16 VT
X 29 DIG_SENSOR_I19 29 +XS1aXS1:6
RD
S21
1
Sensor-S21 Print drum drive DIG_SENSOR_I37 17 30 I_DIG_SENSOR19
+XS13bXS13:1 1 I_DIG_SENSOR37 18 OG
BK 2 31 EL_SDA_LINE0 31 +XS4aXS4:7
+XS13bXS13:2 2 VOS 19 BK
VT 3 32 GND 32 +XS4aXS4:9
+XS13bXS13:3 3 DIG_SENSOR_I38 20 WH
33 EL_SCL_LINE0 33 +XS4aXS4:10
BU3-EI I_DIG_SENSOR38 21 RD
34 VCC 34 +XS4aXS4:8
VT
VOS 22 35 DIG_SENSOR_I3 35 +XS1aXS1:12

X X BK
+XS13a +XS13b GND 23 36 I_DIG_SENSOR3 36 +XS1aXS1:13
RD
BU
XS13 XS13 DIG_SENSOR_I39 24 RD

RD RD 37 VOS 37 +XS1aXS1:11
DEV/P41:10 1 1 S21:1 10" suspension position I_DIG_SENSOR39 25 38 DIG_SENSOR_I16 38 S9:3
VT
BK BK
I/O 1
DEV/P40:24
DEV/P40:23
DEV/P41:9 2 2 S21:2 VOS 26 BK

VT VT 39 I_DIG_SENSOR16 39 S9:2
6
RD
BU
YE
DEV/P41:8
DEV/P40:16
DEV/P40:15
3
4
5
3
4
5
S21:3
M3:3
M3:5
RD
BU
YE
X
X
Key6 ST26-90130 40 VOS
40p 90130 M
40
BU40-90142
S9:1
RD
6
KH42KM2-851
WH
DEV/P40:18
DEV/P40:17
6
7
6
7
M3:7
M3:9
WH X
X
1 Motor-M3 I/O 6
BU2-EI ST2-EI
RD RD 2 X X
DEV/P41:7 8 8 S22:1 A347061. WIRE HARNESS ASSY M3
F2
BK BK RD 3 A +DEV1 X
X
X
DEV/P41:6 9 9 S22:2 +XS13bXS13:4 3

M
2 2
1 1
P21 DEV/P21
VT
DEV/P41:5 10 10 S22:3
VT (SPRING EXT.) 4 BK
X
X
Fan-F2
VT BK BU 5 A 1 GND 1 DEV/P21:2
DEV/P42:8 11 11 +XS13bXS13:12 +XS13bXS13:5 5 BK
BK BK 6 2 DIG_SENSOR_I12 2 DEV/P21:1
DEV/P42:6 12 12 +XS13bXS13:11 BK X
YE 7 3 GND 3 +XS9aXS9:4
ST12-70107 BU12-70066 +XS13bXS13:6 7 WH X
8 B B 4 CONN_RFID_TXD_RS 4 +XS9aXS9:6
RD X
5 CONN_2N791 5 +XS9aXS9:5
A344567.0:1
A344567.0:2
WH 9 YE
+XS13bXS13:7 9 6 CONN_RFID_RXD_RS 6 +XS9aXS9:7 X
10
11p PH 7 GND
11 BU X
X 8 C_#RFID_RST_RS 8 +XS9aXS9:8
BK, VT X
X 9 GND 9 +XS7aXS7:4, +XS7aXS7:12 /Upper_tray.4F
BU
RD
Suspension motor X
10 C_RFIDB_TXD_RS 10 +XS7aXS7:6
WH X
RD X
11 CONN_2N791 11 +XS7aXS7:5
X YE X
12 C_RFIDB_RXD_RS 12 +XS7aXS7:7
X A344556.0 13 GND
X X X X BU X
F2 +KEY6 X X +DEV1 14 C_#RFIDB_RST_RS 14 +XS7aXS7:8
2
X X P2 key/P2 DEV/P8 P8 BK X
15 GND 15 +XS7aXS7:11
X A344567.0 *40/40 *40/40 *40/40 *40/40 VT X 5
5 X 16 CONN_XX1 16 +XS8aXS8:10
EE-SX4009-P1 P337808 BU40-IDC-1 BU40-IDC-1 P333509 VT X
RD
X
S22
1
Sensor-S22 M DISPLAY CABLE
17
18
DIG_SENSOR_I25
I_DIG_SENSOR25
17
18
+XS8aXS8:5
+XS8aXS8:4
BK X
/Upper_tray.2F
BK
+XS13bXS13:8 1
2
KEY 19 VOS 19 +XS8aXS8:6
RD X
+XS13bXS13:9 2 20 A_SPARE2
VT
+XS13bXS13:10 3
3 E-box cooling fan
1
4
3
2
21 EL_SDA_LINE0
BU3-EI 22 GND
23 EL_SCL_LINE0
X
.1 24 VCC
A344550.
X
14" suspension position X 25 GND WIRE HARNESS ASSY (CASS ASM)
KEY6
P337795
26 EL_SDA_LINE1
+KEY6
A337163.
BL10 27 VCC
P3
2 GND
4 GND
3 VCC
X
1 12V
28 EL_SCL_LINE1
X X VT
BU4-MICFITG1
BK
X
X
Key/P3
X +DEV1
WH
30 I_DIG_SENSOR15 30 +XS8aXS8:1
YE
RD
RD
RD
SPRING EXTENSIONER (SUS)

X
BU
VT
VT
VT
BK
BK
BK
DEV/P13 P13 RD
*68/68 *68/68 31 VOS 31 +XS8aXS8:3 X
/Upper_tray.2F
ST2x34-AMPLIMITE P316661 32 A_SPARE1
DEV/P40:21
DEV/P41:11
X
DEV/P40:19
DEV/P40:20
DEV/P40:22
DEV/P41:12
DEV/P41:13
DEV/P41:14
DEV/P41:15
DEV/P41:16
DEV/P42:3
DEV/P42:5
A3429150. HDD CABLE 33 GND 33 +XS9aXS9:11

BK /Upper_tray.2F
SCSI I/O 2 34 CONN_XX3 34 +XS9aXS9:12
VT
DEV/P11:17
DEV/P11:18
X
DEV/P11:3
DEV/P11:6
BK
35 I_DIG_SENSOR26 35 +XS9aXS9:3 X
(Cassette) 36 DIG_SENSOR_I26 36 +XS9aXS9:2
VT
X
4 RD 4
ST12-70107
CONTROL POWER 37 VOS 37 +XS9aXS9:1

BK
XS12
YE
38 I_DIG_SENSOR27 38 +XS7aXS7:3
RD
BK
BK
21
1
1
11
11
4
12
12
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
13
14
5
6
7
8
9
10
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
2
22
VT

X
10
12
11
4
RD
3
5
6
7
8
9
2
1
40 VOS 40 +XS7aXS7:1
VPS_POW_RESET_OC
X
1
11
4
12
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
/Lower_tray.4F
XS12
X
+XS12b
BU12-70066
X 40p 90130 M BU40-90142
VPS_SHUTDOWN_
X
22p MiniFit Jr M
VPS_5VSENSEN
14p MiniFit Jr M
+DEV1 X
VPS_5VSENSE
REM_ONOFF+
X
REM_ONOFF-
3V3SENSEN
VPS_1N225
X
+DEV1
Devil1
VPS_TXD+
3V3SENSE
VPS_RXD-
P329731
P316661
VPS_1N28
SERVICE
P17#1
P18#2
ETH CF SLAVE
+DEV1
+DEV1
+DEV1
+DEV1
+XS12bXS12:12
+XS12bXS12:11
DEVIL_L.DFB X
P3
VPS_IL
P15
P11
/Upper_tray.4F
P_24V
P_24V
[30]*68
BL5
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
[8] *8
-12V
X
V33
V33
V33
X
12V
[10]
S20:2
S20:3
S20:1
21
1
1
11
11
4
12
12
M8:5
M8:3
M8:9
M8:7
5
6
7
8
9
10
13
14
5
6
7
8
9
10
13
14
15
16
2
17
18
19
20
22
S3:3
S3:2
S3:1
DEV/P11
DEV/P15
X
X
X
X
BU14-MINI-FIT-JR
BU22-MINI-FIT-JR
X
External RS232 External Ethernet External Compact-Flash
YE
BU
WH
RD
RD
RD
VT
VT
BK
BK
BK
BK
YE
RD
BK
BK
PS/P1:17, Key/P3:1
PS/P1:18, Key/P3:2
X
X
X
EE-SX4009-P1 Service Port Connection Card Connection
PS/P1:17
PS/P1:18
PS/P1:6
PS/P1:3
S20 Sensor-S20
PS/P2:10
PS/P2:11
PS/P2:12
PS/P2:13
PS/P2:14
PS/P2:15
PS/P1:10
PS/P1:11
PS/P1:12
PS/P1:13
PS/P1:14
PS/P1:15
PS/P1:16
PS/P1:19
PS/P1:20
PS/P1:21
PS/P1:22
Key/P3:3
Key/P3:4
PS/P2:1
PS/P2:2
PS/P2:3
PS/P2:4
PS/P2:5
PS/P2:6
PS/P2:7
PS/P2:9
PS/P1:1
PS/P1:2
PS/P1:4
PS/P1:5
PS/P1:7
PS/P1:8
PS/P1:9
RD 1
+XS12bXS12:7 1
ST2x34-AMPLIMITE
BK 2
+XS12bXS12:5 2
VT 3
+XS12bXS12:6 3
OG
OG
OG
YE
BN
BN
BN
WH
BU
BU
BU
WH
GN
GY
GY
RD
RD
RD
VT
VT
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BU3-EI
4p disk drive
BU55
*68/68
3 3
A347060. WIRE HARNESS ASSY
X
X
HD
X
X
X
+5V 4
GND 3
GND 2
12V 1
X
KH42KM2-851 Take over film transport detection
ST1
X
+Harddisk
BU1
P316661
X
+Harddisk
*68/68
1 X
Motor-M8
X A344557. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (PS-DEV) A340645.0
2
M8 PS CONTROL CABLE
(GEAR BOX)
A 3 RD
M A
4
5
3 +XS12bXS12:2
BU
5 +XS12bXS12:1
6
7 YE
4
3
2
1
B B 7 +XS12bXS12:4
8
RING-TERM-2.5-3.6
Safety_Ground
9 WH
9 +XS12bXS12:3
GNYE
10
11p PH WH
WH
OG
OG
OG
GY
GY
GN
YE
11
RD
RD
RD
BN
BN
BN
VT
BU
BU
BU
VT
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
1/1
X
X
Film transport motor
Safety_Ground:1
DEV/P15:1
DEV/P15:11
DEV/P11:1
DEV/P11:11
DEV/P11:17, HD:1
DEV/P11:21
HD:4
HD:3
DEV/P15:2
DEV/P11:2
DEV/P15:3
DEV/P15:4
DEV/P15:5
DEV/P15:6
DEV/P15:7
DEV/P15:8
DEV/P15:9
DEV/P15:10
DEV/P15:12
DEV/P15:13
DEV/P15:14
DEV/P11:4
DEV/P11:5
DEV/P11:7
DEV/P11:8
DEV/P11:9
DEV/P11:10
DEV/P11:12
DEV/P11:13
DEV/P11:14
DEV/P11:15
DEV/P11:16
DEV/P11:18, HD:2
DEV/P11:19
DEV/P11:20
DEV/P11:22
X
A339843. X
+PS
X
X
X BU16-MINI-FIT-JR P1 IFE#4
BU22-MINI-FIT-JR
X 1/4 OG
EE-SX4009-P1 1 +XS4aXS4:7
X 2/4 RD 2
2 S3 Sensor-S3 2 +XS4aXS4:8
3/4 BK
PS/P1
PS/P2
RD 1 3 +XS4aXS4:9
+XS12bXS12:10 1 X 4/4 WH
BK 2 4 +XS4aXS4:10
X
X
X
X
+XS12bXS12:9 2
20
21
10
12
13
14
15
16
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
22
11
11
4
4
+PS ST4-MO53261-SMD
3
5
6
7
5
6
7
8
9
2
2
1
1
VT
+XS12bXS12:8 3
3
SCSI HARDDISK X BU4-51021
Prot. earth
Prot. earth
VCC
VCC
VCC
VPS_5VSENSEN
3V3SENSEN
REM_ONOFF+
GND
VPS_POW_RESET_OC
GND
GND
VPS_RXD-
VPS_TXD+
GND
GND
GND
GND
VPS_5VSENSE
GND
GND
GND
3V3SENSE
GND
-12V
GND
VPS_IL
V33
V33
V33
VPS_1N28
VPS_1N225
REM_ONOFF-
P_24V
P_24V
+5V
12V
VPS_SHUTDOWN_
P1
+PS1
+PS1
A5
P2
X
X
ST16-MINI-FIT-JR
P328352
BU3-EI-IDC
X
Output 1: 3,3V (+/-5%) 4,5A
X X X Output 2: 5V (+/-5%) 3A - 4A
X +PS1 Thermal head
Led on: Overtemperature protection mode.
X PS/P3 Output 3: +12V (+/-2%) 1,25A

Transport roller open detection X P3
Harddisk 1/12 1/12 Output 4: -12V (+/-2%) 0,15A eLabel pcb Address #4
.1 A350215.0 2/12 2/12 Output 5: 24V (+/-5%) 4,0A
3/12 3/12
20
21
10
12
13
14
15
16
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
22
11
11
4
4
3
5
6
7
8
9
5
6
7
8
9
2
2
1
1
Output 6: 13 .. 27V (+/-5mV) 300W
Replace power supply instead.
Replace power supply instead.

4/12 4/12
5/12 5/12 CPU/Power supply control CPU/Display power
Led on: Output 6 enabled
Do not replace this fuse.1

Do not replace this fuse.
6/12 6/12
Overtemperature (red)
Led on: Output 1 OK.
ASSY GEARBOX (VAL)

7/12 7/12
8/12 8/12
A344554. TPH POWER CABLE
13..27V (green)
9/12 Mains 100V .. 240V

We reserve all rights in this document and in the informa-
-12V (green)
3,3V (green)
tion contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure
10/12
24V (green)
12V (green)
50-60Hz
5V (green)
11/12 11/12 X
to third parties without express authority is strictly
+PS1
12/12 12/12 appliance_inlet
1 BU12-MICFITG 1/3
2/3 X X X X DATE NAME
2 x 15AF 3/3 WIRING DIAGRAM Drystar AXYS Project
X
X
X X X X USER 27/11/2003 L.Tibos
IEC 320/C14 X X X X APPR.
MAIN PAGE 5367
X
Sheet name: WIRING_DIAGRAM / 100
X
PS1
POWER SUPPLY DS5302 X X X X NORM
Sheet
forbidden.
A346995. POWER SUPPLY DS5302 X X X X

© AGFA
X
X X X L.Tibos F1016121.1 of 8 SH
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O IDX Change-NR DATE F
NAME 01-2011
03-2011 Edition
G 1,X Revision 2 Document Node ID: 18748478
X
X
$ % & ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4
7+(50$/+($'02'8/($66< ;
;
26+ ; ; $1$,6$*;
; ;
; 6HQVRU6

6 5' ((6;3 ; 0DWVXVKLWD
;
; ;
2YHUKHDW
;6D;6
97 6HQVRU6 6
;
VHQVRU $
&$%/('+($7(5)2,/(/(

%8(,
;6D;6
;6D;6
%.

'(93
'(93
5'
%.
97
;
6
'(93 ; ;
%1 %8 ; ;
%8(,
; ;
6 6

; ;6D ;6E
; ,QSXWVHQVRU73+ %.
;6 ;6 %.
PPLVRODWLRQFOHDU

PPLVRODWLRQFOHDU
7KHUPDO3ULQW+HDG
6 '(93
97
6 '(93
97 73+KRPHSRVLWLRQ
6HQVRU6
5'
6 '(93
5' 7RSFRYHUFORVHGGHWHFWLRQ
%. %.
6 '(93
97 97
6 '(93

5' 5'
6 '(93
97 %.
;6D;6 '(93
; $:,5(+$51(66$66< 97
;6D;6 '(93
97
; ; $ ;
; %5$&.(7 67(, %8(,
S([WUDFWRU
73+
9FRPPRQ
; 73+
,)( 67
73+

$7KHUPDO+HDG$VVHPEO\

;
3
73+
73+
2* %/
;
;6D;6
3
3
;
9
>@
;
;
5'
;6D;6 26+ ; ;
%. ; 2XWSXWBDVP+
;6D;6 6HQVRU6 6
7+3
7+3
%8B,'&
;
;
;
;
:+ ; JST VH connector JST VH connector

7+3

$:,5(+$51(66$66<287387 ;6 ;6
;
;

;6D;6 156" board-in 156" board-in 5'
S060' 73+ ;6D;6
%8 ; crimp style 10pos. crimp style 2pos. 97
;6D;6
5'
5'
%1
%8
$ %.
; ;6D;6
%8(,
6HQVRU6
6HQVRU6
;
;
363
363
'(93
$:,5(+$51(66$66<(1*,1(
H/DEHOSFE$GGUHVV ,QSXWVHQVRU73+
670,1,),7-5 %80,1,),7-5

;
%.
5'
;6D ;6E
;
;

$66<6%5$&.(7)5$
;
;
$7+32:(5&$%/(
:+
:+
:+
2*
2*
%.
5'
%.
5'
5'
97
%.
5'
97
%.
97
%.
5'
97
%.
5'
97
%.
5'
97
%.
5'
97
%.
5'
97
%.
5'
%.
%.
97
%.
<(
%.
97
97
%.
97
5'
%.
%1
%1
%1
%8
%8
%8
26%3
26%3
26%3
26%3
$:,5(+$51(66$66<(1*,1(
;6D;6
;6E;6
;6E;6
;6E;6
;6E;6
;6E;6
;6E;6
;6E;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
6
6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
'(93
'(93
;6D;6
6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6E;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
;6D;6
6
6
;
5'
5'
%1
%8
8SSHUBSLFNXS)
73+IDQ ,QWHUQDO&RPSDFW)ODVK ;6
%8
%8
&DUG&RQQHFWLRQ
'(93
'(93
$26%+($7(5&$%/(
;
;
;
;

; ;
'&0B287B%
'&0B287B%
&B2'0B0B6(/B$B%)
&B2'0B0B6(/B%B%)
',*B6(1625B,
',*B6(1625B,
,B',*B6(1625
',*B6(1625B,
,B',*B6(1625
',*B6(1625B,
,B',*B6(1625
',*B6(1625B,
,B',*B6(1625
',*B6(1625B,
>@
6'$
6&/
&211B2'0B&2817
&B2'0B%/B&75/B%)
(/B6'$B/,1(
6$)(7<B2.
'&0B287B$
'&0B287B$
926
926
926
926
926
926
926
926
9
(/B6&/B/,1(
3B9
3B9
',*B6(1625B,
,B',*B6(1625
',*B6(1625B,
,B',*B6(1625
',*B6(1625B,
,B',*B6(1625
',*B6(1625B,
-$0B&/($5
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
&B2'0B,B6(/B$B%)
&B2'0B,B6(/B%B%)
9
9
9
; $
0
SRO0ROH[
$
$
;
3
;
3
S0
%DWWHU\&OLS
'(93 3
3
$
3
;
$
;
7+3 >@
%8B,'& S([WUDFWRU
7+ ;
$
;
;
; $73+'$7$&$%/( 3 '(93
8
;
; %.
*1' '(93

) $ %.
; 3 ',*B6(1625B, '(93
<(/
; >@
3LQ&RQQHFWRU',1 7+ 1&

1&

*<
'&0B287B$ ;6E;6
/'
&)
26%
%1
; ;
,2 &)0$67(5 &'0
'&0B287B% ;6E;6
5'
%8
:+ ;
; $ '&0B287B$ ;6E;6 /RZHUBSLFNXS)
'(93 3 %1
%. '&0B287B% ;6E;6
;6
$
$
'(93 *1' %8
; ; %. '&0B287B$ ;6E;6
26% '(93 ',*B6(1625B, %1
; %1 '&0B287B% ;6E;6
26%3 3 ;6E;6 *1' '&0B287B$ ;6D;6
5'
5' %. %.
%80,1,),7-5
;6D ;6E;6 &211B;; '&0B287B% ;6D;6

5' 97 5'
;6D ;6D;6 ',*B6(1625B, '&0B287B$ ;6D;6
%8 %. %.
;6D ;6D;6 ,B',*B6(1625
) )DQ)
'&0B287B% ;6D;6
%1
;6D
5'
;6D;6 926 %8

670B287B% ;6D;6
'(9,86
3 97
;
;
%80,1,),7-5 ;6D;6 ',*B6(1625B, 5'

%. 670B287B$ ;6D;6
;6D;6 ,B',*B6(1625 :+
;
;
670,1,),7-5
; 5' 670B287B% ;6D;6

6:B)(7B67$786B, ;6D;6 926 <(
,B',*B6(1625
',*B6(1625B,
; %. 670B287B$ ;6D;6
; ;6D;6 ,B',*B6(1625 %8
67 670B287B% ;6D;6
&211B1
&211B1
97
3
3
26% 5'
26%
26%
;6D;6 ',*B6(1625B, 670B287B$ ;6D;6
$3&%$VVHPEO\RVE52+6 5'
26%
:+ ;
3
3
;6D;6 926

1(7
%/ 670B287B% ;6D;6 3XPSB B9DOYHVBDVP(
;
97
*1'
*1'
3
<(
'(93
'(93
;6D;6 ',*B6(1625B, 670B287B$ ;6D;6

;
;
%.
5'
;6D;6 ,B',*B6(1625 '&0B287B$B),/ )
5' ;6
%8
%8
;
;
26%3
;6D;6 926 '&0B287B% )

*< 97
26%3 6:B)(7B67$786B, ',*B6(1625B, ;6D;6
5,1*7(50
5,1*7(50

;
;
;
;
26%3
26%3
%1
5'
%8
26%3 &211B1
$:,5(+$51(66$66<(1*,1(
%. *1'
26%3 1(7 926
%. 97
26%3 *1'
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
',*B6(1625B, ;6D;6
'(93
'(93
0B63$5( ,B',*B6(1625
%8
26%3 &211B1 926
1& %.
%.
26%3 *1'
/('IXQFWLRQVRQ7\QGDOO *1' ;6D;6
2*
$:,5(+$51(66$66<(1*,1( (/B6'$B/,1( ;6D;6
%.
97
%.
%.
%.
%1
%8
*<
97
%.
;6D;6
;6D;6

',*B6(1625B,
,B',*B6(1625

,2 9 ;6D;6
5'
:+
5' (/B6&/B/,1( ;6D;6
;6D;6 926 67 %8 ;
97 /'9JUHHQPHPRU\ 3XPSB B9DOYHVBDVP(
; ;6D;6 ',*B6(1625B,
%.
; 5'
;6D;6 ,B',*B6(1625 /'9JUHHQ&38FRUHYROWDJH ;6
0 ;6D;6 926 /'9JUHHQ ; ;
$ ;
; ; 3.$ 97
1& /'9JUHHQ 3 '(93
; ; 0RWRU0 26%3 ',*B6(1625B, /'/LWGXULQJ6WDUWXSXQWLO'U\WDUDSSOLFDWLRQVWDUWV %.
0 %. *1' '(93
0 26%3 ,B',*B6(1625 %.
%. %. ,2 :KHQIODVKLQJVRQVRII!)DLOXUH ',*B6(1625B, '(93
0
'(93 %8 926 %.
67(3B6,1B$ 0
<( 67 *1
67(3B6,1B% 0
5'
*1 *1 67(3B&26B$ 0
'(93 ; ; %8
; 5' 67(3B&26B% 0
'(93 ; $ 5'
; '(93 3 '&0B287B$B),/ )
0RWRU9'& %. %8
'(93 *1' '&0B287B% )
0RWRU0 ; %. 5'
; %8 '(93 ',*B6(1625B, 926 ;6D;6
'(93 5' :+ %8 %. %.
5'
0 5' %81
67 ;6D;6 *1' ,B',*B6(1625 ;6D;6
97
0
'(93 ',*B6(1625B, ;6D;6
%. %. *1'
'(93 97 *1'
%8 ;6D;6 ',*B6(1625B,
%. 9
2* 2* ;6D;6 ,B',*B6(1625
'(93 926 '&0B(1&
<( <( 97
'(93 ;6D;6 ',*B6(1625B, '&0B287B%
%8 %8
'(93 ,B',*B6(1625 '&0B287B$
67(, 926 '&0B(1&
2*
; ,B',*B6(1625 9 0
; ',*B6(1625B, 9
%8
$73+32:(5&$%/(
; ((6;3 *1' 0

926
73+SRVLWLRQLQJPRWRU ;
6 6HQVRU6 ',*B6(1625B, *1'
5' <(
'(93 ,B',*B6(1625 '&0B(1& 0
%. 5'
'(93 926 '&0B287B$B),/ 0
97 %.
'(93 ',*B6(1625B, '&0B287B% 0
%8(, ,B',*B6(1625 *1'
97
; 926 ',*B6(1625B, ;6D;6
; ',*B6(1625B, 926
; ((6;3 926
; ,B',*B6(1625 97
5'
6
6HQVRU6 3ULQWGUXPGULYH 926 ',*B6(1625B, ;6D;6
;6E;6 *1' ,B',*B6(1625
%. 2*
;6E;6 ',*B6(1625B, (/B6'$B/,1( ;6D;6
97 %.
;6E;6 ,B',*B6(1625 *1' ;6D;6
%8(, 926 ,2

(/B6&/B/,1(
9

;6D;6
;6D;6
:+
5'
67
$:,5(+$51(66$66<(1*,1(
; ; 97
',*B6(1625B, ;6D;6
;6D ;6E %.
;6 ;6 ,B',*B6(1625 ;6D;6
5'
%8
5' 5' 5'

'(93 6 VXVSHQVLRQSRVLWLRQ ' :KHQOLW96XSSO\9ROWDJHRN 926 ;6D;6
97
%. %. 9
,2 ',*B6(1625B, 6
.H\
'(93
'(93
'(93 6 *51 %.

97 97 ,B',*B6(1625 6
'(93 6 5'
5' 5' 926 6
%8
'(93 0
%8
; '
3B9
:KHQOLW96XSSO\9ROWDJHRN S0 %8
'(93 0 ; *51
<( <( .+.0
'(93 0
:+ :+ ; 0RWRU0
5'
'(93 0
5' ;
' :KHQOLW96XSSO\9ROWDJHRN
%8(, 67(,
0 9
%.
'(93 6
%. $:,5(+$51(66$66< 5' $ *51 ; ;
0
)DQ) )
;
;
'(93 6 ;6E;6 $ ;

635,1*(;7

97 97
'(93 6 ' :KHQOLW96XSSO\9ROWDJHRN 3 '(93
;
;
97 %. %8 $ 9 %.
'(93 ;6E;6 ;6E;6 *51 *1' '(93
%. %. %.
'(93 ;6E;6 ',*B6(1625B, '(93
<( %. ;
67 %8 ;6E;6
% % '
9
:KHQOLW96XSSO\9ROWDJHRN *1' ;6D;6
:+ ;
*51 &B5),'$B7;'B56 ;6D;6
:+ 5'
$
$
;
;6E;6 &211B1 ;6D;6
<( ;
S3+

'
9
:KHQOLW9)3*$FRUHYROWDJHRN &B5),'$B5;'B56 ;6D;6
; ; *51 *1'
%8 ;
; $ &B5),'$B567B56 ;6D;6
'(93 %.97
6XVSHQVLRQPRWRU 3 ;
5'
%8
*1' ;6D;6;6D;6 8SSHUBWUD\)
;

%8,'&

3:$//%2;('0$/((;77+ .(<

&B5),'%B7;'B56
&211B1

;6D;6
;6D;6
:+
5'
;
;
<( ;
; $ &B5),'%B5;'B56 ;6D;6
; ;
) .(< ; *1'
%8

; ' ;
NH\3 )3*$B&21),*B'21(

; 3 &21),*B'21(
&B5),'%B567B56 ;6D;6
%. ;
; $ 5(' *1' ;6D;6
; 97
0
((6;3 3 %8,'& ;
; &211B;; ;6D;6
97
5'
6
6HQVRU6 ',63/$<&$%/( ' ',*B6(1625B, ;6D;6
%.
;
;
;6E;6 0B/(' ,B',*B6(1625 ;6D;6 8SSHUBWUD\)
%. <(/ 5' ;
;6E;6 926 ;6D;6
97
;6E;6
(ER[FRROLQJIDQ ' $B63$5(

%8(, 0B/(' (/B6'$B/,1(

<(/
*1'
;
;
'
)3*$B/('
,2 (/B6&/B/,1( $
; <(/ 9
VXVSHQVLRQSRVLWLRQ .(< &DVVHWWH *1' :,5(+$51(66$66<&$66$60
3
$
.(<
' (/B6'$B/,1(
%/ )3*$B/('
3
*1'
*1'
9
9
;
<(/
9
(/B6&/B/,1(
97
635,1*(;7(16,21(5686
;
' ',*B6(1625B, ;6D;6
.H\3
;
;
%80,&),7*
:+
%.
5'
<(
%.
97
5'
97
%.
5'
%.
97
%8
)3*$B/(' ;
<(/ ,B',*B6(1625 ;6D;6 8SSHUBWUD\)
5' ;
926 ;6D;6 8SSHUBWUD\)
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
/' $B63$5(
)3*$B&21)B'21( %. ;
<(/ *1' ;6D;6
'(93
'(93
97 ;
'(93
'(93
; ; &211B;; ;6D;6
%. ;
,B',*B6(1625 ;6D;6
&)$&7
; $
&21752/ 32:(5 6(59,&( (7+ &)6/$9(
'
'
'
/'
3 3 97
)
75$)
',*B6(1625B, ;6D;6
0
67
/,1.
6$7$
9
5'
926 ;6D;6
P$)$67
;6 ;6
SRO 3,16$7$ %.
%.
%.
<(
5'
,B',*B6(1625 ;6D;6
3LQ6XE'*U0$/(7+

97
$:,5(+$51(66$66<(1*,1(
;
;

',*B6(1625B, ;6D;6

/RZHUBWUD\)
<(/
<(/
<(/
<(/

/' 5' ;

926 ;6D;6
%8
;6E
936B32:B5(6(7B2&
;
; 6$7$ ;
<(/ S0 %8
936B6+87'2:1B
;
S0LQL)LW-U0
936B96(16(1
;
S0LQL)LW-U0
936B96(16(
;
5(0B212))
5(0B212))
3
;
96(16(1
'HYLXV
936B1
8SSHUBWUD\)
3
936B7;'
96(16(
936B5;'
936B1
;6E;6
3
;6E;6
'HYLXVH[
$
$
3
>@
>@
936B,/
3
$
3B9
3B9
%/
3
;
$
$
3
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
9
*1'
>@
;
9
9
9
9
;
;
9
9
9
9
0
0
0
0
6
6
6

%80,1,),7-5
%80,1,),7-5
'(93
'(93
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
([WHUQDO56 ([WHUQDO(WKHUQHW ([WHUQDO&RPSDFW)ODVK
;
;
;
97
%.
%.
%.
5'
<(
5'
%8
:+
6HUYLFH3RUW &RQQHFWLRQ &DUG&RQQHFWLRQ
363.H\3
363.H\3
$:,5(+$51(66$66<36'(9
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
.H\3
.H\3
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363

2*
2*
2*
*1
%.
%.
%.
%.
%.
%.
%.
%.
%.
97
%.
%.
%.
%.
97
%.
%.
%.
5'
5'
5'
<(
%1
%1
%1
*<
*<
:+
%8
%8
%8
:+

$:,5(+$51(66$66<
3
6 6
6$7$+$5'',6.
;
; 6< ;
6 6
;
.+.0 6 6
0RWRU0 ;
;
6 6 ;
6< ;
6 6
$
0 5'
*($5%2;

0
6 6 $

;6E;6
6 6
36&21752/&$%/(
$
;6E;6
%8 3 3
3 3

;6E;6
<( 3 3 $3LQ0ROH[WR6$7$3RZHUDQG'DWD&DEOH
% % 3 3
5,1*7(50
:+
6DIHW\B*URXQG
3 3
;6E;6 ;
;
*1<(
3 3
S3+ ; ;
:+
:+
67
2*
2*
2*
3 3
*<
*<
*1
+'
%.
%.
%.
%.
%.
%.
5'
5'
5'
%.
%.
%.
97
%.
%.
%.
%.
97
%.
<(
%.
%.
%1
%1
%1
%8
%8
%8
3 3 <( <(
33 363
)LOPWUDQVSRUWPRWRU

%. %.
;
;
3 3
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
6DIHW\B*URXQG
'(93
'(93
'(93+'
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
'(93
+'
+'
'(93+'
'(93
'(93
'(93
33 363
Omron EE-SX4009-P1 ; $6HDJDWH6$7$+DUGGLVN*% 3

3
3
3
%.
5'
33

363
%.
5'
$ ;
36
;
;
33 363 3
; $6HDJDWH6$7$+DUGGLVN*% 3 3 670DWH1/RN %80,1,),7-5 ,)(
%80,1,),7-5
Mates with receptacle SGLVNGULYH 2*
; ((6;3 3 3 ;6D;6

AMP EI 3 pos. IDC ;
6 6HQVRU6 RUHTXLYDOHQWW\SH 3 3
;6D;6
5'
5' %.
;6D;6
363
363
;6E;6 3 3
%. ; :+
;6E;6 ; 0+ 0+ ;6D;6
;
;
;
;
36 S060'

97

;6E;6 ; 0+ 0+ ; %8
;
936B6+87'2:1B
3URWHDUWK
3URWHDUWK
936B1
936B96(16(
9
9
9
936B7;'
96(16(
936B96(16(1
9
5(0B212))
936B5;'
9
96(16(1
936B1
936B,/
3B9
3B9
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
5(0B212))
936B32:B5(6(7B2&
9
9
9
9
%8(,,'& 6+ 6+ $
670,1,),7-5
3
36
36
;
3
;
3
6$7$B+'' ;
$ 6+ 6+
%/
2XWSXW9$
6$7$&20%5(&(37&/( ; ; 2XWSXW9$$
;
363
36 7KHUPDOKHDG 2XWSXW9$
7UDQVSRUWUROOHURSHQGHWHFWLRQ
/HGRQ2YHUWHPSHUDWXUHSURWHFWLRQPRGH
3
2XWSXW9$ H/DEHOSFE$GGUHVV
2XWSXW9$

2XWSXW9P9:

5HSODFHSRZHUVXSSO\LQVWHDG
5HSODFHSRZHUVXSSO\LQVWHDG
&383RZHUVXSSO\FRQWURO &38'LVSOD\SRZHU
/HGRQ2XWSXWHQDEOHG
'RQRWUHSODFHWKLVIXVH

$66<*($5%2;9$/
'RQRWUHSODFHWKLVIXVH
2YHUWHPSHUDWXUHUHG

/HGRQ2XWSXW2.
/HGRQ2XWSXW2.
/HGRQ2XWSXW2.
/HGRQ2XWSXW2.
/HGRQ2XWSXW2.

$73+32:(5&$%/( 0DLQV99
9JUHHQ

:HUHVHUYHDOOULJKWVLQWKLVGRFXPHQWDQGLQWKHLQIRUPD
+]
9JUHHQ
9JUHHQ
WLRQFRQWDLQHGWKHUHLQ5HSURGXFWLRQXVHRUGLVFORVXUH
9JUHHQ
9JUHHQ
9JUHHQ
;
WRWKLUGSDUWLHVZLWKRXWH[SUHVVDXWKRULW\LVVWULFWO\
36
DSSOLDQFHBLQOHW
%80,&),7*
; ; ; ; '$7( 1$0(
[$) :,5,1*',$*5$0'U\VWDU$;<6 3URMHFW
; ; ; ; 86(5 /7LERV
;
;
,(&& ; ; ; ; $335
0$,13$*(
32:(56833/<'6
;
; ; ; ; ; 1250 6KHHWQDPH :,5,1*B',$*5$0
36
$32:(56833/<'6 6KHHW
)
; ; ; ;
IRUELGGHQ
$*)$
;
; ; ; /7LERV RI 6+
$ % & ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 ,'; &KDQJH15 '$7( )
1$0( 5HSODFHPHQWIRU
03-2011 Edition* 1,;Revision 2 Document Node ID: 18748478
;
;
;
$ % & ' ( )
$
; %
$ 0 $ /DVW
0 00 &LUFXLW
5'
0 ;6;6;6
;6;6;6
%. %
%802'8B,,
6702'8B,, )LUVW&LUFXLW
;
;6 ;6D
; 5'
;6;6 ;6 %.
$ 66 000 '(93
66 6666 %.
000 '(93
5'
%. %. %.
;6;6;6 666666 '(93
5' 5' 5'
;6;6;6 666666 '(93
97 97 97
;6;6;6 666666 '(93
%8 %8 97
; %802'8B,,

6702'8B,,
;6;6;6 $3,&.83&$%/( 2*
666666 '(93
2*
/RZHUB38,)( '(93,)(,)(
; 5' 5' :,5,1*B',$*5$03
; /RZHUB38,)( '(93,)(,)( ;
%. %.
$ /RZHUB38,)( '(93,)(,)(
$),/03,&.83$66< :+ :+
/RZHUB38,)( '(93,)(,)(
:+ 5'
666 '(93
*1 97
666 '(93
%.%1 %.
;6;6;6666 '(93
)LOPHQWQDPH(LQKHLW %.
;6;6;6 '(93
97
%80,1,),7 670,1,),7

; 'UDZHU&RQQHFWRU
; /RZHUB38
,)( 2*
;6;6;6
5'
;6;6;6
%.
;6;6;6
; :+
;6;6;6
; S060'
; %8
$
$
%/
H/DEHOSFE$GGUHVV

;
;
((6;3 ;
6
6HQVRU6 66
:+
;6;6;6
%1
;6;6;6
*1
;6;6;6
%8(,
/RZHU3LFNXSSDVWGHWHFWLRQ

; ; ; ; '$7( 1$0(
:,5,1*',$*5$0'U\VWDU$;<6 3URMHFW
; ; ; ; 86(5 ;
/2:(53,&.83$60
/2:(53,&.83$66<
; ; ; ; $335
; ; ; ; 1250 6KHHWQDPH /RZHUBSLFNXS
6KHHW
)
; ; ; ;
IRUELGGHQ
$*)$
; ; ; ; RI 6+
$ % & ,'; &KDQJH15 '$7( 1$0( 03-2011 Edition 1,;Revision 2 Document Node ID: 18748478
5HSODFHPHQWIRU
$ % & ' ( )
;
;
((6;3 ;
6
6HQVRU6 66
5'
;6;6;6
%.
;6;6;6
97
;6;6;6
%8(,
; ;
; ; /RZHUPDJD]LQHHPSW\GHWHFWLRQ ;6 ;6D
5) 5) 5'
;6;6 ;6 5'
67 5)67 666 '(93 ;
%. 97 97 ;
;6;6;6 666 '(93 :,5,1*B',$*5$02
5' %. %. ;
;6;6;6 666 '(93
; :+ %. %. ;
;6;6;6 5)5)67 '(93
5) <( 5' 5' ;
;6;6;6 5)5)67 '(93
; %8 :+ :+ ;
$ ;6;6;6 5)5)67 '(93
670260' <( <( ;
$ %8 5)5)67 '(93
%/ %8 %8 ;
5)5)67 '(93
; ;
; ;
$:,5(+$51(66$66<75$< ;
; ;
;
5),'7$*5($'(538 %.
%.
;6;6;6 '(93
%.
97
;
;
;6;6;6 '(93
%8 %8
$
:,5(+$51(66$66<&$66$60
&RQQHFWLRQEHWZHHQDVVHPEOLHV
0O[5HFHSWDFOH+RXVLQJ
0DWHVZLWK0O['UDZHUFRQQHFWRU


; ; ; ; '$7( 1$0(
:,5,1*',$*5$0'U\VWDU$;<6 3URMHFW
; ; ; ; 86(5 ;
/2:(575$<$66< ; ; ; ; $335
/2:(575$<$60
; ; ; ; 1250 6KHHWQDPH /RZHUBWUD\
6KHHW
)
; ; ; ;
IRUELGGHQ
$*)$
; ; ; ; RI 6+
$ % & ,'; &KDQJH15 '$7( 1$0( 5HSODFHPHQWIRU
03-2011 Edition 1,;Revision 2 Document Node ID: 18748478
A B C D E F G H
+output
OS5101H X
X
S5 S5
3 RD
3 +XS2bXS2:3
2 VT
2 +XS2bXS2:2
1 BK
1 +XS2bXS2:1
BU3EI
6 6
+output
Output sensor TPH EESX4009P1
X
S6 S6
1 RD
1 +XS2bXS2:4
2 BK
2 +XS2bXS2:5
3 VT
3 +XS2bXS2:6
BU3EI
Output rollers home position +output
+output Cabled motor 18VDC
Cabled motor 18VDC M5
M4 X +XS2b +XS2a
X M5 XS2 XS2
M RD 1 1
M4
+XS2bXS2:7
RD M RD
BU
1
2
1
2
+XS2bXS2:9
+XS2bXS2:10
RD
BN
BK
VT
S5:1
S5:2
1
2
1
2
DEV/P1:23
DEV/P1:22
BK
VT
BU 2 BN RD RD
2 +XS2bXS2:8 ST2EI S5:3 3 3 DEV/P1:24
RD RD
5 ST2EI S6:1 4 4 DEV/P1:21 5
BK BK
S6:2 5 5 DEV/P1:20
VT VT
S6:3 6 6 DEV/P1:19
RD RD
Densitometer motor BN
M4:1 7 7 DEV/P1:11
BN
Exit roller motor A339841. X RD
M4:2 8 8 DEV/P1:12
RD
+output +output M5:1 9 9 DEV/P1:9
ST1 BN BN
IFE OG OG
M5:2 10 10 DEV/P1:10
OG
1/4 1 +XS2bXS2:11 +outputIFE:1 11 11 DEV/P1:2
2/4 RD RD RD
2 +XS2bXS2:12 +outputIFE:2 12 12 DEV/P1:3
3/4 BK BK BK
X 4/4 WH WH WH
+output 4p 53261 M 90° SMD
X BU451021
A4
X
A344552. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT ASM)
BK VT
+XS2bXS2:19 18 18 +XS3aXS3:21
BK VT
+XS2bXS2:18 19 19 DEV/P1:39
BU1970066 ST1970107
eLabel pcb Address #2
4 4
X
/WIRING_DIAGRAM.2P
A344551. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT)
Edition 1, Revision 2 Document Node ID: 18748478
X
+CDM +output +XS3b +XS3a
P1 P1 XS3 XS3
03-2011
1/14 YE YE YE
1 +XS3bXS3:1 +outputP1:1 1 1 DEV/P9:1
2/14 BK BK BK
3/14 WH WH WH
4/14 BU BU BU
5/14 VT VT VT
6/14 BU BU BU
7/14 VT VT VT
8/14 BU BU BU
3 8 +XS3bXS3:8 +outputP1:8 8 8 DEV/P9:12 3
9/14 VT VT VT
10/14 BK BK BK
11/14 OG OG OG
12/14 WH WH WH
13/14 RD RD RD
14/14 BK BK BK
14p 53261 M 90° SMD RD RD
BU1451021 S10:1 15 15 DEV/P1:30
VT VT
X
+CDM A344553. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT ASM) BK
S10:3 16 16 DEV/P1:28
BK .1
+output S10:4 17 17 DEV/P1:29
P2 P2 X
X 18 18 DEV/P1:18
BK
1/4 YE X VT
1 +outputLED/P1:1
X
cdm pcb 2/4 2 +outputLED/P1:2
BU X
X 19 19 DEV/P1:17
RD
3/4 BK +output asm X 20 20 DEV/P1:16
X 3 +outputLED/P1:3 X BK VT
4/4 WH EESX670 +XS3bXS3:22 21 21 +XS2aXS2:18
X 4 +outputLED/P1:4 X BK BK
CDM 4p 53261 M 90° SMD SensorS10 S10 +XS3bXS3:21 22 22 DEV/P1:40
X BU451021 1 RD BU2270066 ST2270107
1 +XS3bXS3:15
2
L
3 VT
3 +XS3bXS3:16
4 BK
4 +XS3bXS3:17
BU4EE1001
2 X X
+CDMLED +output
P1 LED/P1
1/4 1 +outputP2:1
YE Densitometer home position
2/4 BU
2 +outputP2:2
3/4 BK
3 +outputP2:3
4/4 WH
4 +outputP2:4
4p 53261 M 90° SMD
BU451021
Xcdmled pcb
X
X
CDMLED
.5
X
BL15
We reserve all rights in this document and in the informa
tion contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure
to third parties without express authority is strictly
1
X X X X DATE NAME
WIRING DIAGRAM Drystar AXYS Project
X X X X USER 28/11/2003 L.Tibos
OUTPUT ASM 5367
OUTPUT ASSY (OUT)
X X X X APPR.
X X X X NORM Sheet name: Output_asm / 100
forbidden.
Sheet 5
© AGFA
X X X X
X X X X F1016121.5 of 8 SH
A B C D E F IDX ChangeNR DATE NAME 03-2011 Edition 1, XRevision 2 Document Node ID: 18748478
Replacement for
$ % & ' ( )

;
;6E
;6 %1
'(93
%. :,5,1*B',$*5$03
'(93 ;
%80,1,),7-5
;
;
0
UG
0 EN
9DFXXPSXPS
; ;
;6D ;6E
5'
;6 ;6 %8
0UG '(93
%. %1
0EN '(93
%. :+
9 '(93
%. %1 :,5,1*B',$*5$03
9 '(93 ;
%. *<
9 '(93
; %. %1
9 '(93
;
670,1,),7-5 %80,1,),7-5
;
$3803 9$/9(6$66<&$%/(
9

/RZHUPDJD]LQHYDFXXPYDOYH

;
;
;
9
8SSHUPDJD]LQHYDFXXPYDOYH

; ; ; ; '$7( 1$0(
:,5,1*',$*5$0'U\VWDU$;<6 3URMHFW
; ; ; ; 86(5 ;
3803 9$/9(6$60
3803 9$/9(6$66<38
; ; ; ; $335
; ; ; ; 1250 6KHHWQDPH 3XPSB B9DOYHVBDVP
6KHHW
)
; ; ; ;
IRUELGGHQ
$*)$
; ; ; ; RI 6+
$ % & ' ( )
$
; %
; $
; 0 /DVW
&LUFXLW
%80 00
5'
0 ;6;6;6
%.
%
;6;6;6
%802'8B,, )LUVW&LUFXLW
6702'8B,,
; ;
;6 ;6D
; ; 5'
;6;6 ;6 %.
; 66 000 '(93
%866 %. 5'
6666 %. %.
000 '(93
%.
;6;6;6 666666 '(93
5' 5' 5'
;6;6;6 666666 '(93
97 97 97
;6;6;6 666666 '(93
97 97 97
; %802'8B,,

6702'8B,,
;6;6;6 $3,&.83&$%/( 2*
666666
8SSHUB38,)(

'(93
'(93
2*
;
; 5' 5' :,5,1*B',$*5$03
8SSHUB38,)( '(93
; %. %.
$ 8SSHUB38,)( '(93
:+ :+
$),/03,&.83$66< 8SSHUB38,)( '(93
%/ :+ 5'
666 '(93
*1 97
666 '(93
%.%1 %.
;6;6;6666 '(93
)LOPHQWQDPH(LQKHLW %.
;6;6;6 '(93
97
%80,1,),7 670,1,),7

; ; 'UDZHU&RQQHFWRU
XSSHUSLFNXS 8SSHUB38
67 ,)(
2*
;6;6;6
5'
;6;6;6
%.
;6;6;6
; :+
;6;6;6
XSSHUSLFNXS S060'
; %8
$
$
%/
H/DEHOSFE$GGUHVV

;
;
((6;3 ;
6
6HQVRU6 66
:+
;6;6;6
%1
;6;6;6
*1
;6;6;6
%8(,
8SSHU3LFNXSSDVWGHWHFWLRQ

; ; ; ; '$7( 1$0(
:,5,1*',$*5$0'U\VWDU$;<6 3URMHFW
; ; ; ; 86(5 ;
833(53,&.83$60
833(53,&.83$66<
; ; ; ; $335
; ; ; ; 1250 6KHHWQDPH 8SSHUBSLFNXS
6KHHW
)
; ; ; ;
IRUELGGHQ
$*)$
; ; ; ; RI 6+
03-2011 Edition 1,; Revision 2 Document Node ID: 18748478
$ % & ' ( )
;
;
((6;3 ;
6
6HQVRU6 66
5'
;6;6;6
%.
;6;6;6
97
;6;6;6
%8(,
8SSHUPDJD]LQHHPSW\GHWHFWLRQ ;
;6
;
;6D
;6;6 ;6
$ ; ;
5'
97
666 '(93
5'
97
;
:,5,1*B',$*5$02

;
5) 5) 666 '(93
67 %. %. ;
5)67 %. %.
666 '(93
%.
;6;6;6 5)5)67 '(93 ;
:,5,1*B',$*5$02
5' 5' 5' ;
;6;6;6 5)5)67 '(93
; :+ :+ :+ ;
;6;6;6 5)5)67 '(93
5) <( <( <( ;
;6;6;6 5)5)67 '(93
; %8 %8 %8 ;
$ ;6;6;6 5)5)67 '(93
670260' ; ;
; %8 ; ;
%/ $:,5(+$51(66$66<75$< ;
; ;
;
%. %. ;
;6;6;6 '(93
%. 97
;6;6;6 '(93;6D;6
5),'7$*5($'(538 %8 %8

&RQQHFWLRQEHWZHHQDVVHPEOLHV
0O[5HFHSWDFOH+RXVLQJ
0DWHVZLWK0O['UDZHUFRQQHFWRU
; ;
;6E ;6D
; ;6 ;6
; %. %. ;
6 '(93 :,5,1*B',$*5$02
26+ ; 97 97 ;
; 6 '(93
6HQVRU6 5' 5' ;

6 5' %.
6 '(93
%.
:,5,1*B',$*5$02
;
;6E;6 6 '(93 :,5,1*B',$*5$02
97 97 97 ;
;6E;6 6 '(93
%. 5' 5' ;
;6E;6 6 '(93
; ;
%8(, ; ;
$:,5(+$51(66$66<75$<'(7 ;
; ;
;
%. 97
;6E;6 ;6D;6
%. 97 ;
;6E;6 '(93
7DNHRYHUSDVWGHWHFWLRQ %8 %8
$
:,5(+$51(66$66<&$66$60
;
;
26+ ;
;
6HQVRU6 6
5'
;6E;6
97
;6E;6
%.
;6E;6
%8(,
7DNHRYHUSDVWGHWHFWLRQ

; ; ; ; '$7( 1$0(
:,5,1*',$*5$0'U\VWDU$;<6 3URMHFW
; ; ; ; 86(5 ;
; ; ; ; $335
833(575$<$60
833(575$<$66< ; ; ; ; 1250 6KHHWQDPH 8SSHUBWUD\

6KHHW
)
; ; ; ;
IRUELGGHQ
$*)$
; ; ; ; RI 6+
;
Spare Parts List
Document No: DD+DIS274.07M Drystar AXYS

AXYS / CRYSTAL-M IMAGER
Type 5367/100/300
Edition 1, Revision 3 Document Node ID: 18050603

09-2013 Printed in Germany spare_parts_e_template_v11
DD+DIS274.07M Spare Parts List
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V
Published by
D - 81539 München
Germany
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
the equipment.
the product.
WARNING:
Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper

operation.
INSTRUCTION:
• Replace defective parts with Agfa HealthCare original spare parts.
• Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the procedure.
• Only approved Agfa HealthCare accessories must be used. For a list of
compatible accessories contact your local Agfa HealthCare organization or
www.agfa.com.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manuals refer to the "Checklist
for Completeness" in the Agfa HealthCare Library.

Edition 1, Revision 3 AXYS / CRYSTAL-M IMAGER Chapter 5 / Page 2 of 20

09-2013 Type 5367/100/300 Agfa Company Confidential
Document History
Edition, Release Changes compared to previous Version 1.2
Revision Date
1.3 09-2013 New type CRYSTAL-M IMAGER available
Index of Spare Parts Numbers updated.
RF+ numbers added
DISCLAIMER:
Actual delivered spare parts may differ (in appearance) from the images shown and/or
ordered spare parts.
The codes of the ordered spare parts can vary from the code of the delivered spare parts.
Agfa HealthCare warrants that the delivered spare parts have at least the same functionalities.
Agfa HealthCare reserves the right to deliver compatible or alternative spare parts.
Prices may differ from the original order as these spare parts will be invoiced at current prices.
NOTE:
Repaired Spare Parts are indicated with Prefix RF+.
NOTE:
Recycling of the electronic and electrical waste equipment will ensure safety of the human
health and the environment.
For information about electronic and electrical waste equipment disposal, recovery and
collection points, please contact your local waste disposal service or the producer / distributor
of this equipment.
If your equipment contains removable batteries or accumulators please dispose of these
separately according to local regulations.
Contact
Spare Parts ordering Europe: Orderprocessing-europe@matrium.net
Overseas: Orderprocessing-overseas@matrium.net
Spare Parts returns Worldwide: Returns@matrium.net


Contents
VERKLEIDUNG
COVERS LEISTUNGSEINHEIT
REVÊTEMENT POWER UNIT
PAGES 6 - 9 MODULE DE PUISSANCE
PAGES 18 - 19
ANTRIEB LINKS
DRIVE LEFT
ENTRAÎNEMENT Á GAUCHE
PAGES 12 - 13
ANTRIEB
DRIVE
ENTRAÎNEMENT
PAGES 10 - 11 ANTRIEB / LEISTUNGSEINHEIT
DRIVE / POWER UNIT
ENTRAÎNEMENT / MODULE DE PUISSANCE
PAGES 14 - 17


How to navigate the Spare Parts List online with the

Acrobat Reader
(1) Open Bookmarks.
(2) Click on "CONTENTS".
(3) See overview of the modules.

(4) Click on requested module.
(5) Appropriate page opens.
(6) Click on green arrow to

navigate back to the overview
of the modules.


02*
01*
04* 02*
03
(MOD 10)
11 04*
10
(MOD 01) 07
06
05*
06
04*
09
(MOD 02)
08
5367_chap05_01_m.CDR
COVERS


Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item No. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+3492831 * FILMAUSGABE (ROHS)
OUTPUT TRAY (ROHS)
RECEPTACLE FILM (ROHS)
2 CM+3492812 * OBERE & HINTERE OBERE VERKLEIDUNG (ROHS)
TOP COVER & REAR TOP COVER ASSY (ROHS)
COUVERCLE EN HAUT (ROHS)
3 CM+3433741 TASTATUR / ANZEIGEMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 10)
KEYPAD / DISPLAY MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 10)
CLAVIER / MODULE AFFICHEUR (ROHS) (MOD 10)
4 CM+3492822 * LINKE, RECHTE & VORDERE ABDECKUNG (ROHS)
LEFT, RIGHT & FRONT COVER (ROHS)
COUVERCLE AVANT, GAUCHE & DROIT (ROHS)
5 CM+3492841 * HANDGRIFFE (ROHS)
HAND GRIPS (ROHS)
POIGNEE (ROHS)
6 CM+3392471 VERBINDUNGSSTECKER 12-POLIG (2 STÜCK) (ROHS)
CONNECTOR 12P (SET OF 2) (ROHS)
CONNECTEUR 12P (JEU DE 2) (ROHS)
7 CM+6052740 VERBINDUNGSSTECKER 10P
CONNECTOR 10P
CONNECTEUR 10P
8 CM+3392676 RF TAG READER (ROHS)
RF TAG READER ASSY (ROHS)
DISPOSITIF DE LECTURE DES ÉTIQUETTES (ROHS)
9 CM+3492663 UNTERE ABLAGE W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 02)
LOWER TRAY W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 02)
RECEPTACLE EN TOLE EN BAS W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 02)
10 CM+3492673 OBERE ABLAGE W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 01)
UPPER TRAY W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 01)
RECEPTACLE EN TOLE EN HAUT W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 01)
11 CM+6044440 GLIDING LABEL - SIEHE SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 21
GLIDING LABEL - SEE SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 21
GLIDING LABEL - VOIR AU SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 21
= Assembly
* = Spare Part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
COVERS


02*
01*
04* 02*
03
(MOD 10)
11 04*
10
(MOD 01) 07
06
05*
06
04*
09
(MOD 02)
08
COVERS - CRYSTAL-M IMAGER


1 CM+3492831 * FILMAUSGABE (ROHS)
OUTPUT TRAY (ROHS)
RECEPTACLE FILM (ROHS)
2 CM+6073890 * OBERE & HINTERE OBERE VERKLEIDUNG
TOPCOVER & REAR TOP COVER ASSY
COUVERCLE EN HAUT
3 CM+3433741 TASTATUR / ANZEIGEMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 10)
KEYPAD / DISPLAY MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 10)
CLAVIER / MODULE AFFICHEUR (ROHS) (MOD 10)
4 CM+6073900 * LINKE, RECHTE & VORDERE ABDECKUNG
LEFT, RIGHT & FRONT COVER
COUVERCLE AVANT, GAUCHE & DROIT
5 CM+3492841 * HANDGRIFFE (ROHS)
HAND GRIPS (ROHS)
POIGNEE (ROHS)
CONNECTOR 10P
CONNECTEUR 10P
8 CM+3392676 RF TAG READER (ROHS)
RF TAG READER ASSY (ROHS)
DISPOSITIF DE LECTURE DES ÉTIQUETTES (ROHS)
9 CM+3492663 UNTERE ABLAGE W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 02)
LOWER TRAY W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 02)
RECEPTACLE EN TOLE EN BAS W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 02)
10 CM+3492673 OBERE ABLAGE W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 01)
UPPER TRAY W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 01)
RECEPTACLE EN TOLE EN HAUT W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 01)
11 CM+6044440 GLIDING LABEL - SIEHE SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 21
GLIDING LABEL - SEE SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 21
GLIDING LABEL - VOIR AU SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 21
= Assembly
COVERS - CRYSTAL-M IMAGER


04
11
03
(MOD 16)
10
08
01
(MOD 06)
12
09
(MOD 11)
02
(MOD 03)
02
(MOD 04) 06
(MOD 13)
05
(MOD 14)
07
5367_chap05_03_m.cdr
DRIVE


1 CM+3492725 AUSGABEMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 06)
OUTPUT MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 06)
MODULE DE SORTIE (ROHS) (MOD 06)
2 CM+3492688 AUFNAHMEMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 03,04)
PICK UP MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 03,04)
MODULE DE RÉCEPTION (ROHS) (MOD 03,04)
3 CM+3492732 TPH KÜHLGEBLÄSE (ROHS) (MOD 16)
TPH COOLING FAN (ROHS) (MOD 16)
VENTILATEUR TPH (ROHS) (MOD 16)
4 CM+3433501 MODUL 'TPH FILTER' (ROHS)
TPH FILTER MODULE (ROHS)
MODULE FILTRE TPH (ROHS)
5 CM+3492696 GETRIEBE & RIEMEN (ROHS) (MOD 14)
GEAR BOX & BELT (ROHS) (MOD 14)
ENGRENAGE & COURROIE (ROHS) (MOD 14)
6 CM+3492762 NOCKENWELLENANTRIEBSMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 13)
CAM DRIVE MODUL (ROHS) (MOD 13)
MODULE D'ENTRAÎNENMENT (ROHS) (MOD 13)
7 CM+3492872 TPH FLACHKABEL (ROHS)
TPH FLAT CABLE (ROHS)
CABLE PLAT TPH (ROHS)
8 CM+3097371 FILMSENSOR (ROHS) - (S5)
FILM SENSOR (ROHS) - (S5)
DETECTEUR FILM (ROHS) - (S5)
9 CM+3492803 EINGABESENSORMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 11)
INPUT SENSOR MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 11)
MODULE CAPTEURS D'ENTRÉE (ROHS) (MOD 11)
10 CM+3617033 UPGRADE KIT, OBERE AUFNHAMEEINHEIT (SB10 - DD+DIS200.10)
UPPER PU UPGRADE KIT (SB10 - DD+DIS200.10)
UNITE DE RECEPTION SUPERIEURE, KIT DE CONVERSION (SB10 - DD+DIS200.10)
11 CM+6007170 OBERE / UNTERE AUFNAHMEEINHEIT, ACHSE D=24MM (SB10 - DD+DIS200.10)
UPPER / LOWER PICKUP UNIT, SHAFT D=24MM (SB10 - DD+DIS200.10)
UNITE DE RECEPTION SUPERIEURE / INFERIEURE, AXE D=24MM (SB10 - DD+DIS200.10)
12 CM+6040160 HAKEN (ROHS)
HOOK (ROHS)
CROCHET (ROHS)
= Assembly
DRIVE


03
07 (S9) 04
05
(MOD 15)
01
(MOD 17)
02
(MOD 07) 06
DRIVE LEFT


1 CM+3392173 PUMPEN- UND VENTILBAUGRUPPE (ROHS) (MOD 17)
PUMP & VALVES ASSY (ROHS) (MOD 17)
ENSEMBLE POMPES ET VALVES (ROHS) (MOD 17)
2 CM+3492702 WALZENANTRIEBSMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 07)
DRUM DRIVE MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 07)
MODULE D'ENTRAÎNEMENT DU CYLINDRE (ROHS) (MOD 07)
3 CM+3492711 DRUCKTROMMEL (ROHS)
PRINT DRUM MODULE (ROHS)
TAMBOUR D'IMPRESSION (ROHS)
4 CM+3433521 HAUPTANTRIEBSRAD & WALZENANTRIEBSRIEMEN (ROHS)
MAIN DRIVE PULLEY & DRUM BELT (ROHS)
ROUE D'ENTRAÎNEMENT & COURROIES D'ENTRAÎNEMENT DU TAMBOUR (ROHS)
5 CM+3492742 ANTRIEBSMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 15)
SUSPENSION DRIVE MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 15)
MODULE D'ENTRAÎNEMENT (ROHS) (MOD 15)
6 CM+3433751 OSB PCB (ROHS)
OSB PCB (ROHS)
OSB PCB (ROHS)
7 CM+3097911 LICHTSCHRANKE (ROHS) - (S9)
LIGHT BARRIER (ROHS) - (S9)
PHOTO CELLULE (ROHS) - (S9)
= Assembly
DRIVE LEFT


01
(MOD 05)
02
03
(MOD 20)
UP TO SN3671
09
05
06
04 (MOD 12)
(MOD 08) 07* (MOD 18)
08 (MOD 18)
* IN COMBINATION WITH
THANOS BOARD ONLY
EXCEPTIONS CONCERNING
INTRODUCED HARDWARE
SEE SIB13 DD+DIS341.10E
DRIVE / POWER UNIT - UP TO SN3671


1 CM+3585782 THERMODRUCKKOPF DS AXYS (MOD 05)
THERMAL HEAD DS AXYS (MOD 05)
TETE D'IMPRESSION THERMIQUE (MOD 05)
2 CM+3492773 NOCKENWELLENANTRIEB (ROHS)
CAM DRIVE SHAFT (ROHS)
ENTRAINEMENT A CAME (ROHS)
3 CM+3433401 VILIS KÜHLGEBLÄSE (MOD 20)
VILIS COOLING FAN (MOD 20)
VENTILATEUR VILIS (MOD 20)
4 CM+6037363 DEVIL / THEMIS (THANOS) / RAM REPLACEMENT ASSY (MOD 08) - BIS FN3671 (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)
DEVIL / THEMIS (THANOS) / RAM REPLACEMENT ASSY (MOD 08) - UP TO SN3671 (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)
DEVIL / THEMIS (THANOS) / RAM REPLACEMENT ASSY (MOD 08) - JUSQU'AU NS3671 (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)
5 CM+6037350 DEVIL REPLACEMENT ASSY - BIS FN3671
DEVIL REPLACEMENT ASSY - UP TO SN3671
DEVIL REPLACEMENT ASSY - JUSQU'AU NS3671
6 CM+6039154 TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW) + DDR2 RAM MODULE (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)
TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW) + DDR2 RAM MODULE (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)
6 RF+6039153 TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW)+ RAM (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)
TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW)+ RAM (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)
7 CM+3585810 512MB DDR2 SDRAM MODUL (MOD 18) - BIS FN3671
512MB DDR2 SDRAM MODULE (MOD 18) - UP TO SN3671
512MB DDR2 SDRAM MODULE (MOD 18) - JUSQU'AU NS3671
8 CM+6009751 512MB DDR2 RAM (MOD 18) - AB FN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)
512MB DDR2 RAM (MOD 18) - FROM SN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)
512MB DDR2 RAM (MOD 18) - A PARTIR DE NS3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)
9 CM+3433562 COMPACT FLASH KARTE 1GB (ROHS)
COMPACT FLASH CARD 1GB (ROHS)
CARTE COMPACT FLASH 1GB (ROHS)
= Assembly
DRIVE / POWER UNIT - UP TO SN3671


01
(MOD 05)
02
03
(MOD 20)
FROM SN3672
08
09 05
04 07
(MOD 08) (MOD 18)
06 (MOD 12)
EXCEPTIONS CONCERNING
INTRODUCED HARDWARE
SEE SIB13 DD+DIS341.10E 5367_chap05_06_m.cdr
DRIVE / POWER UNIT - FROM SN3672


1 CM+3585782 THERMODRUCKKOPF DS AXYS (MOD 05)
THERMAL HEAD DS AXYS (MOD 05)
TETE D'IMPRESSION THERMIQUE (MOD 05)
2 CM+3492773 NOCKENWELLENANTRIEB (ROHS)
CAM DRIVE SHAFT (ROHS)
ENTRAINEMENT A CAME (ROHS)
3 CM+3433401 VILIS KÜHLGEBLÄSE (MOD 20)
VILIS COOLING FAN (MOD 20)
VENTILATEUR VILIS (MOD 20)
4 CM+6009788 DEVIUS / TYNDALL / RAM MODUL (MOD 08) - AB FN3672 (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)
DEVIUS / TYNDALL / RAM MODULE (MOD 08) - FROM SN3672 (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)
MODULE DEVIUS / TYNDALL / RAM (MOD 08) - A PARTIR DE NS3672 (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)
4 RF+6009787 DEVIUS / TYNDALL / RAM MODUL (MOD 08) - AB FN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)
DEVIUS / TYNDALL / RAM MODULE (MOD 08) - FROM SN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)
MODULE DEVIUS / TYNDALL / RAM (MOD 08) - A PARTIR DE NS3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)
5 CM+6009763 DEVIUS PCB - AB FN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)
DEVIUS PCB - FROM SN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)
DEVIUS PCB - A PARTIR DE NS3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)
5 RF+6009763 DEVIUS PCB - AB FN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)
DEVIUS PCB - FROM SN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)
DEVIUS PCB - A PARTIR DE NS3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)
6 CM+6039154 TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW) + DDR2 RAM MODULE (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)
6 RF+6039153 TYNDALL PCB (WITH FW)+ RAM (MOD 12) - (SW >= 2.3.0 C2)
7 CM+6009751 512MB DDR2 RAM (MOD 18) - AB FN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)
512MB DDR2 RAM (MOD 18) - FROM SN3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)
512MB DDR2 RAM (MOD 18) - A PARTIR DE NS3672 (SW >= 2.1.X)
8 CM+3433562 COMPACT FLASH KARTE 1GB (ROHS)
COMPACT FLASH CARD 1GB (ROHS)
CARTE COMPACT FLASH 1GB (ROHS)
9 CM+3492872 TPH FLACHKABEL (ROHS)
TPH FLAT CABLE (ROHS)
CABLE PLAT TPH (ROHS)
= Assembly
DRIVE / POWER UNIT - FROM SN3672


01
(MOD 09)
08
07
07
02, 03
04
05
06
Name Quantity Purpose

Female vacuum connector 2 Vacuum connector inside printer.
Counterpart to male vacuum connector at pickup module.
Shaft holder left Shaft holder right Guide Latch Male vacuum connector 2 Vacuum connector at pickup module
(Vertical Alignment) (Vertical Alignment) (Vertical Alignment)
Guide latch 2 Vertical alignment guide latch (left and right hand side)
(Vertical Alignment)
Gear box spring 1 Tension spring for gear box belt
Gear box belt 1 Belt for gear box
Male Female
vacuum vacuum
Gear Box Spring connector connector Gear Box Belt
POWER UNIT


1 CM+3492784 NETZTEIL - ROHS (MOD 09)
POWER SUPPLY - ROHS (MOD 09)
ALIMENTATION - ROHS (MOD 09)
2 CM+3260514 SCSI HARDDISK 73GB (ROHS) - BIS FN3671
SCSI HARDDISK 73GB (ROHS) - UP TO SN3671
SCSI HARDDISK 73GB (ROHS) - JUSQU'AU NS3671
3 CM+6009731 SATA HARDDISK - AB FN3672
SATA HARDDISK - FROM SN3672
SATA HARDDISK - A PARTIR DE NS3672
4 CM+3392031 SCSI HARDDISK KABEL (ROHS) - BIS FN3671
SCSI HARDDISK CABLE (ROHS) - UP TO SN3671
CABLE SCSI HARDDISK (ROHS) - JUSQU'AU NS3671
5 CM+6009740 SATA HARDDISK KABEL - AB FN3672
SATA HARDDISK CABLE - FROM SN3672
CABLE SATA HARDDISK - A PARTIR DE NS3672
6 CM+3492881 EINZELTEIL KIT (ROHS)
SMALL COMPONENTS KIT (ROHS)
KIT PIECES DETACHEES (ROHS)
CONNECTOR 10P
CONNECTEUR 10P
= Assembly
POWER UNIT


Type Overview
This spare parts list is valid for the following machine type(s):
Device Name Type Number Specification

Drystar AXYS 5367/0100 EYZ4E
CRYSTAL-M IMAGER 5367/0300 5YGOF
Accessory Overview
Following accesssories are separately available:
Accessory Order Number

MOBILE KIT EX2DV
MAMMO LICENCE EY8RN


Chapter 8
HEALTHCARE Manufacturing Standard
Imaging Services
Modifications
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367/100

This document provides an overview of all product modifications which may be of
importance for Service. They are listed in chronological sequence.
Edition. Release Changes:

Revision Date
1.0 05-2008 Initial version
Document Title
n.a. n.a.

eq_08_modifications_e_template_v07
DD+DIS127.08E Manufacturing Standard Modifications
► Manufacturer
Publisher
D - 81539 München
Germany
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
the equipment.
the product.
NOTE:


OVERVIEW OF MODIFICATIONS:
Timeline Modification Referenced Documents

2008
March Introduction of “Upper Pickup Modification Kit” • SB No. 02
incl. Software 1.6.1_C1 DD+DIS037.08E
• Enclosure:
DD+DIS399.08E
February Changed Compact Flash Card 128 MB None
CM+343356.1 to 1 GB
2007
December Changed Input Sensor Module None


1 Changed Input Sensor Module CM+349280.1
Reason Improvement of production process
Product(s) & SN ≥ 1069 / December 2007

Serial
Number(s)
Part Input Sensor Module CM+349280.2
Number(s)
Referenced None
Document(s)
2 Changed Compact Flash Card 128 MB CM+343356.1 to 1 GB
Reason Change of type of compact flash card for printer backup due to
purchasing reasons.
Product(s) & Printers and spare parts delivered as of February 2008

Serial
Number(s)
Part Compact Flash 1 GB, CM+343356.2
Number(s)
Referenced None
Document(s)


3 Introduction of “Upper Pickup Modification Kit”

incl. Software 1.6.1_C1
Reason Improvement of film run
Product(s) & • The “Upper Pickup Modification Kit” was introduced in

Serial production as of SN 1188.
Number(s)
• Software 1.6.1_C1 was introduced in production as of SN
1188, plus SNs 1066, 1161, 1172, 1173, 1176, 1178 /
March 2008
Part “Upper Pickup Modification Kit”, CM+361703.0
Number(s)
Referenced • SB No. 02 DD+DIS037.08E
Document(s)
• Enclosure Upper Pickup Modification Kit DD+DIS399.08E


Imaging Services Maintenance
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367
This documentation is separately available. Order No: DD+DIS032.07E.

eq_09_maintenance_e_template_v03
DD+DIS032.07E Maintenance
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
the equipment.
on the product.



This document describes all routines and tests to be carried out during maintenance.
Revision Date
Document Title
n.a. n.a.


List of contents
1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................6
1.1 Maintenance Frequency ...........................................................................................................6
1.2 Required Time...........................................................................................................................6
1.3 Required Tools..........................................................................................................................6
1.4 Required Cleaning Material ......................................................................................................7
1.5 Required Spare Parts ...............................................................................................................7
2 DIAGNOSTICS .........................................................................................................................8
2.1 Questioning of the Customer ....................................................................................................8
2.2 Infocounter Analysis..................................................................................................................8
2.2.1 Infocounter Analysis via printed Infocounter on Film ................................................................8
2.2.2 Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report..............................................................9
2.2.3 Infocounter analysis via Service Command Session................................................................9
2.2.4 How to evaluate the Infocounter .............................................................................................11
2.3 Image Quality Check...............................................................................................................12
3 MAINTENANCE POINTS - POWER OFF ..............................................................................13

3.1 Check of general Condition.....................................................................................................13
3.2 Check of Condition of Belts and Gears...................................................................................13
3.3 Visual Check of the Cables.....................................................................................................14
3.4 Cleaning of the Suction Cups .................................................................................................14
3.5 Cleaning of Electronics Compartment ....................................................................................14
3.6 Cleaning of Power Supply Air Inlet .........................................................................................15
3.7 Check and Cleaning of Drum..................................................................................................15
3.8 Cleaning of Thermal Print Head..............................................................................................16
3.9 Electrical Check ......................................................................................................................17
3.9.1 Basic Protective Earth Test.....................................................................................................17
3.9.2 Electrical Check according to National Regulations. ..............................................................18
4 MAINTENANCE POINTS - POWER ON ................................................................................19

4.1 Smart Profile Calibration .........................................................................................................19
4.2 Check of Safety Switch ...........................................................................................................21


4.3 SW Patch Installation..............................................................................................................21
4.4 Film Calibration .......................................................................................................................21
4.5 Density Reproduction Check ..................................................................................................22
4.6 Test Image Evaluation ............................................................................................................24
4.7 Host System Image Quality Check .........................................................................................24
5 COMPLETION OF THE MAINTENANCE...............................................................................25

5.1 Backup Data on CF Card........................................................................................................25
5.2 Reset of Maintenance Action counters and relative Counters in the Infocounter...................26
5.3 Customer Conversation ..........................................................................................................26
MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST............................................................................................................1


1 Introduction
The maintenance steps described in this document are based on the technically
required measures to guarantee the proper operation of the printer.
The maintenance points have been arranged in a chronologically suitable order to
make the work routines as efficient as possible. The sequence of the maintenance
points in the checklist (see appendix) is identical with the maintenance instructions.
Additional maintenance steps can be required according to national regulations.
1.1 Maintenance Frequency

The maintenance has to be carried out:
• every 25.000 printed films, or
• every 12 months, whichever comes first.
1.2 Required Time

• Time required for the maintenance: ≤ 2 hours,
1.3 Required Tools

Description Order Number / Comment
Calibrated densitometer recommended types are
• MacBeth TR-924
• X-Rite 301
• X-Rite 310
• X-Rite 331
• X-Rite 341
• Gretag D200-2
Flash light commercially available
Multimeter commercially available
Loupe 8x CM+9.9579.9904.0
Service PC with Drystar For Service PC specifications refer to chapter 3.2, Tools.
Density Reproduction Density reproduction check files are available via MEDNET,
Check files GSO Library
Waterproof pen commercially available
Wrist strap CM+9.9999.0830.0


1.4 Required Cleaning Material
Cleaning material Order Number

Isopropyl alcohol or Ethanol Commercially available
Lint free cloth Commercially available
Ink eraser 'Pelikan' 10+9.9999.1176.0
Vacuum cleaner; 220/240V, 50Hz CM+9.9999.0895.0
Dirt bags for vacuum cleaner (10 x) CM+9 9999 0896 0
1.5 Required Spare Parts
The following spare parts are part of the Maintenance-assortment

CM+0 5367 0999 733
Description Order Number Case of Exchange/ Usage
Air Filter CM+343350.X Exchange each maintenance
NOTE:
Always have the latest Drystar Axys software patches available on the Service PC.
Depending of the urgency and classification of a software patch it might be necessary
to update the printer software.


2 Diagnostics
The diagnostics before the maintenance comprise following tasks:

Task Details see..
Questioning of the Customer 2.1
Infocounter Analysis 2.2
Image Quality Check 2.3
2.1 Questioning of the Customer

• Ask the customer for any problem that appeared since the last maintenance.
2.2 Infocounter Analysis

Three possibilities exist to get access to the infocounter (see also Figure 3):
# Access to the infocounter ... Refer to ...

A Via printed infocounter on film 2.2.1
B Via Printers Infocounters Report 2.2.2
C Via Service Command session 2.2.3
NOTE:
We recommend to use for Infocounter Analysis method A, 'Via printed infocounter on
film', as this is the fastest way to access the infocounter.
2.2.1 Infocounter Analysis via printed Infocounter on Film

Required Tools
• none
(1) On the local keypad select key-operator menu "Service Actions - Print
Infocounters": A film will be printed with the infocounter data
(2) Analyze the infocounter as described in section 2.2.4
NOTE:
The infocounter is best readable if printed on a 14x17" film.


2.2.2 Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report

Required Tools
• Service PC, required to connect to the printer and analyze the infocounter.

network. For details see chapter 3.2,
Machine specific tools Printer
(2) Start the browser (Internet Explorer
≥ 5)
(3) Enter the IP address of the printer in 536632el.cdr
the address window.

Tools - Printer Infocounters Report" Figure 1
(5) Analyze the infocounter file as
described in section 2.2.4,
2.2.3 Infocounter Analysis via Service Command Session
Required Tools
• Service PC, required to connect to the printer and analyze the infocounter

network
(2) Start the browser (Internet Explorer Printer
≥ 5)
(3) Enter the IP address of the printer in
the address window.
536632el.cdr
Session - 7 Service Actions - 5
Logging - 2 Infocounters" Figure 2
(5) Save the infocounter file to the service PC or the CF card.
(6) Unzip the infocounters ZIP file
(7) Analyze the infocounter.txt file as described in section 2.2.4,


Three ways to get Access to the Infocounter
1 7 Service Actions Print Infocounters
Welcome to this
SERVICE TOOLS
List of errors
2 Printer Infocounters report
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Enter service command session 3
Scalingtools
Connectivity Setup
Welcome to this
7 Service Actions LPD Profile Editor
5 Logging Printqueue editor
Service - Loggings
Controller logging
2. Infocounters
1. To printer flash card
Module Modules
2. To this computer
repair
Go back
536709cf.cdr
Figure 3


2.2.4 How to evaluate the Infocounter
infocounter
1.1 Serial number and Compare device serial number with chapter 8
Installation date ‘Manufacturing Standard Modification’ to determine whether
the device possibly requires a modification.
Refer to 3.3 (infocounter.txt), ‘HW Modification History’, to
check already made modifications.
1.4 Software Info Compare the currently installed SW version with the latest
SW version described in chapter 3.8, SW releases,
patches. In case a recommended SW patch is available,
install this SW patch.
Refer to section 4.3.
infocounter
2.3 Reliability Should normally be not higher than 0.05. Higher fault rates
need a thorough investigation.
3.3 Hardware By comparing the status of the device with the available
Modification History modifications (refer to Technical Documentation chapter 8)
the exact hardware status can be determined.
3.4 Software Modification By checking the software modification history it can be
History determined, whether a recent software upgrade solved a
problem, that occurred quite often in the error list in the
past
5.3 Retries Many retries (> 1%, based on relative prints) have to be
investigated: They may reduce the throughput of the
device.
5.7 Error History Check which errors occurred in the last days, how often
they appeared as well as the CBF (cycles between failures)
of these errors. This gives an overview of the current status
of the machine.
5.8 Error list (sorted by Troubleshoot these errors with the help of the technical
relative) and documentation, chapter 3.3, ‘Troubleshooting’.
5.9 Error list (sorted by
total):


2.3 Image Quality Check

(1) In the browser pages select menu
"Service Engineer Tools - Enter
Service Command Session - 3 Print
Testimage - 1 Test image"
(2) Print following test images on the
largest format available in the film
magazines: Figure 4: STI, STI2 and medicalimage
• STI1.ZIP
• STI2.ZIP
• medicalimage.ZIP
The test image as displayed in

Figure 4 to Figure 5 will be
printed.
(3) Mark the test films with a waterproof

pen as testfilm before maintenance
The next step is only required if the
customer is using films with 14" and 10"
width in mixed mode (see infocounter):
(4) At the lightbox check both, STI2 and Figure 5
medicalimage for dark print stripes in
the 10" film edge area: If print stripes
are visible in the STI2 and
medicalimage, perform a smart profile
calibration. Refer to section 4.1.
If print stripes are visible in the STI2
image no smart profile calibration is
required.
IMPORTANT:
If the printer also prints Mammo images, print a Mammo test film
"medicalimage" from this tray where DT2 Mammo blue based
films are loaded.
To make this test film available at a printer with software
1.6.0_C1 proceed as follows:
Figure 6
(1) Connect via telnet to the printer
(2) At the C:\> prompt enter:
copy C:\images\service\*m.zip D:\images\service
(3) Print the image from Service Command Session menu - "3 Print Testimage -
4 medicalimage.zip"


3 Maintenance Points - Power off
The maintenance with powered-off machine comprises following tasks:
Task Details: see...

Check of general Condition 3.1
Check of Condition of Belts and Gears 3.2
Visual Check of the Cables 3.3
Cleaning of the Suction Cups 3.4
Cleaning of Electronics Compartment 3.5
Cleaning of Power Supply Air Inlet 3.6
Check and Cleaning of Drum 3.7
Cleaning of Thermal Print Head 3.8
Electrical Check 3.9
3.1 Check of general Condition

(1) Perform a visual check of
• Power- and network cables.
• Covers
• The Output tray
• The upper and lower Input tray.
(2) Disconnect the power and network cable
(3) Remove the left and right cover to prepare the printer for the next steps
(4) Remove the films in the film trays including white plastic sheet
3.2 Check of Condition of Belts and Gears

(1) Check all belts and gears for visible wear


3.3 Visual Check of the Cables

(1) Check cables inside the printer: The insulation may not show any sign of wear or
damage.
3.4 Cleaning of the Suction Cups

(1) Pull out the upper pickup unit
(2) Clean the suction cups with a lint
free cloth lightly moistened with 1
Isopropyl alcohol.
(3) Insert the upper pickup unit
(4) Repeat this step for the lower pickup
unit
536709da.cdr
Figure 7
536609cc.cdr
536709db.cdr
Figure 8 Figure 9
3.5 Cleaning of Electronics Compartment

(1) Remove the EMI shielding
(2) Clean the electronics compartment
with a vacuum cleaner.
536709ac.cdr
Figure 10


3.6 Cleaning of Power Supply Air Inlet

(1) Clean the power supply air inlet with a
vacuum cleaner.
Figure 11
3.7 Check and Cleaning of Drum

(1) Open the top cover
(2) Open the "Hold down bracket"
(3) Open the TH Module
(4) Remove the flat belt
(5) Check the drum for dirt or damage by
turning at the drum drive pulley.
(6) In case signs of damage are visible,
also check the STI2 test image printed 536609df.cdr
under step "2.3 Image Quality Check": Figure 12

A damage will be visible in the flatfield
area of the STI2 test image in
distance of 111 mm.
(7) Clean the rubber of the drum with a
lint free cloth lightly moistened with
Isopropyl alcohol or Ethanol
(8) Remount the flat belt


3.8 Cleaning of Thermal Print Head

(1) Clean the TH resistor line with a lint
free cloth lightly moistened with
Isopropyl - alcohol.
• The last cleaning action must be
carried out in one way!
• For the Isopropyl alcohol observe the
rule: As less water is in the alcohol as
better. We recommend using a 90%
Isopropyl alcohol. 536609cg.cdr
(2) Remount all covers Figure 13

(3) Insert both input trays
CAUTION:
Thermal Print Head is fragile: Risk of damage.
When replacing or cleaning the Thermal Print Head great care must be taken.


3.9 Electrical Check

The electrical check is split up in two steps:
Step Task Details see..
1 Perform the basic protective earth test 3.9.1
2 Perform the electrical check according to 3.9.2
3.9.1 Basic Protective Earth Test
(1) Use a multimeter that is capable to

measure a resistance < 1 Ohm
connector of the mains input
The electrical resistance has to be 536631JN.cdr
≤ 0.2 Ohm. Refer to Figure 14.
Figure 14


(1) Insert the power cord at the printer

side; leave it disconnected at the
wall side.
connector of the mains connector.
536631JN.cdr
The electrical resistance in this case

has to be ≤ 0.3 Ohm.
Refer to Figure 15.
Figure 15
IMPORTANT:
If the electrical resistance of one measurement exceeds the limits (0.2 Ohm without
mains cable; 0.3 Ohm with mains cable) check the printer for loose grounding
connections!
3.9.2 Electrical Check according to National Regulations.

(1) Perform the electrical check according to National Regulations.
NOTE:
The electrical checks that have to be performed in certain intervals (e.g. each 12
months) or after certain service actions (repair and/or maintenance) depend on
Example for Germany: BGV A3 and DIN VDE 0751 or subsequent regulations.


4 Maintenance Points - Power on
The maintenance with powered-on machine comprises following tasks:

Task Details: see...
Smart profile calibration 4.1
Check of Safety Switch 4.2
SW Patch Installation 4.3
Film Calibration 4.4
Density Reproduction Check 4.5
Test Image Evaluation 4.6
Host System Image Quality Check 4.7
4.1 Smart Profile Calibration

IMPORTANT:
This step only has to be performed if print stripes in the 10" film edge area are visible
in the STI2 and medicalimage. Refer to section 2.3.
(1) Connect the service PC to the printer

(2) Enter the IP address into the browser window
(3) Enter Service Engineer Tools
(4) Select "Enter Service Command Session - 7 Calibration - 5 Smart Profile
Calibration"
(5) Select the densitometer you use for measurement
(6) Select the film tray with 14x17", 14x14” or 14x11” films: A test film will be printed.
(7) Measure the 66 squares on the printed film: Write down the values on the
foreseen squares on the film with a waterproof pen
(8) Enter the values in the browser screen. See also Figure 16 and Figure 17.
IMPORTANT:
The browser screen where the 66 data are entered refreshes in a time interval of 4
minutes. If you are not finished with entering all data within 4 minutes, all entered
values will be reset to "0.00".




1. Film Calibration Smart Profile Calibration
X-Rite 310
Welcome to this
Service - Calibration Smart Profile Calibration

Smart Profile Calibration
Step Step Step Step Step
Upper Tray 00 0.00 01 0.00 02 0.00 03 0.00 04 0.00
Lower Tray 05 0.00 06 0.00 07 0.00 08 0.00 09 0.00
Select the input tray with 14''x17'' film format 10 0.00 11 0.00 12 0.00 13 0.00 14 0.00
15 0.00 16 0.00 17 0.00 18 0.00 19 0.00
20 0.00 21 0.00 22 0.00 23 0.00 24 0.00
25 0.00 26 0.00 27 0.00 28 0.00 29 0.00
536736kk.cdr
30 0.00 31 0.00 32 0.00 33 0.00 34 0.00
35 0.00 36 0.00 37 0.00 38 0.00 39 0.00
40 0.00 41 0.00 42 0.00 43 0.00 44 0.00
45 0.00 46 0.00 47 0.00 48 0.00 49 0.00
50 0.00 51 0.00 52 0.00 53 0.00 54 0.00
55 0.00 56 0.00 57 0.00 58 0.00 59 0.00
60 0.00 61 0.00 62 0.00 63 0.00 64 0.00
65 0.00
Accept changes Discard all changes Reset values
Figure 16
Figure 17


4.2 Check of Safety Switch

(1) Switch on the printer. Wait till it shows
the READY screen (takes approx. 7
minutes)
(2) Open top cover
(3) Check display message: It must show
"Close top cover"
536609fa.cdr
Figure 18
4.3 SW Patch Installation

(1) Install the latest SW patch, in case a recommended SW patch for the printer is
available. Refer to chapter 3.8, Software Releases, Patches.
4.4 Film Calibration

'6 Calibration - 1 Film Calibration'
(2) Follow the instructions on the
display.
(3) Repeat film calibration for second
input tray
536336as.cdr
Figure 19


4.5 Density Reproduction Check
REQUIRED TOOLS:
• Service PC with Density reproduction check files, available via MEDNET: 'GSO
library - Hardcopy => General Hardcopy Info => General Services Info =>
Application Info => Density Reproduction Check Excel Sheet'
PURPOSE: With the density reproduction check the difference for a specific film type between
optical density defined in the sensitometric calibration file and the printed optical
density, measured with an external densitometer is checked.
This is a plausibility check for the CDM: In case the measured density values are out
of the specified range, the CDM requires a re-calibration.
This procedure must be carried out with every used film type:
Command Session - 3 Print Testimage"
(4) To check linearity fill in measured values in the the density reproduction check
Excel file.
automatically.


Select densitometer: X-rite 3414 Dmax = 305

100% 20 20 0 0
90% 46 48,5 -2,5 0 Density Reproduction = OK
80% 74 77 -3 0
70% 102 105,5 -3,5 0
60% 130 134 -4 0
50% 158 162,5 -4,5 0
40% 186 191 -5 0 No MDM calibration needed for DT2B film
30% 215 219,5 -4,5 0
20% 244 248 -4 0
10% 270 276,5 -6,5 0
0% 300 305 -5 0

0 0 0 Density difference SMPTE image DT2B film DSAXYS
30 -3 3
45 -4 4
15
60 -5 5
75 -6 6
90 -7 7 10 X-rite 310
105 -8 8 X-rite 331
Density Difference
120 -9 9 5 X-rite 341

135 -9 9 X-rite 301
Lower limit
150 -9 9 Mac Beth TR924
0 Upper limit
165 -9 9 Gretag D200-2
Density difference
180 -10 10
195 -10 10 -5
210 -10 10
225 -10 10 -10
240 -10 10
255 -11 11 -15
270 -11 11 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
285 -11 11
315 -12 12
Figure 20
NOTE:
The measured density values have to be entered without decimal point
(e.g. measured value = .23, value to enter = 23)


4.6 Test Image Evaluation

Command Session - 3 Print Testimage - 1 Test image".
(2) Print following test images on the largest format available in the film trays:
• STI.ZIP
• STI2.ZIP
• medicalimage.ZIP
(3) If the printer is used for Mammo and CR application, also print a
medicalimage.zip (Service command session: 3 Print Testimage -
4 medicalimage.zip) from this tray, where mammo films are loaded.
(4) Mark the test films with a waterproof pen as testfilms after maintenance
(5) Check all three (four) images at the lightbox. Following items must been
checked:
• Line artifacts in transport direction
• Line artifacts vertical to the transport direction
• Point artifacts
• Surface artifacts
(6) Evaluate the test images at follows:
1. If no artifacts are seen on the STI / STI2 image continue with next step
2. If artifacts seen on STI / STI2 image aren’t visible on the medicalimage
continue with next step.
3. In other case (i.e. artifacts which are visible in STI / STI2 are visible on
medicalimage, too) refer to Technical Documentation chapter "3.3
Troubleshooting”
(7) Compare the test images "after maintenance" with the test images made "before
maintenance": The image quality of the last printed medicalimage and STI/STI2
test image must be equal or better than the images made before maintenance.
4.7 Host System Image Quality Check

(1) Print a diagnostic image from every host system.
(2) Check images of each host at the lightbox for artifacts in diagnostic image.
(3) In case artifacts are visible, compare with artifacts in last STI /STI2 image.
• In case artifacts are also visible in STI / STI2 image, refer to Technical
Documentation chapter "3.3 Troubleshooting”.
• In case artifact is only visible in images of a specific host but not in STI /
STI2 image, initiate a service call of modality service engineer


5 Completion of the maintenance
The Completion of the maintenance comprises following tasks:
Task Details see..

Backup Data on CF Card 5.1
Reset of Maintenance Action counters and relative 5.2
Counters in the Infocounter
Customer Conversation 5.3
5.1 Backup Data on CF Card
(1) Open the upper film tray and take out

the CF card.
(2) Insert the CF card in the printer CF
card reader
(3) In the Key-operator menu select
"4 Save configuration".
(4) Follow the instructions on the printer
display. 536709fl.cdr
Figure 21
536609fl.cdr
Figure 22


5.2 Reset of Maintenance Action counters and relative Counters in the

Infocounter
(1) In the Browser menu select "Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command
Session - 7 Service Actions - 4 Maintenance - 4 Clear relative counters".
(2) Select ' 7 Service Actions - 4 Maintenance - 1 Maintenance Settings'
(3) Select 'y' for yes at each desired 'Reset Item'. See 1 in Figure 23.
(4) Select "Accept Changes". See 2 in Figure 23.
(5) When leaving the Service menu select "Preventive maintenance" as service
action.
Welcome to this
Service - Service actions

Maintenance Action Cycles Factory Current Active Reset Item
to go settings settings
1
Y Y
Thermal head cleaning required 0 5000 5000 N N
Y Y
Replace thermal head anti dust filter 19030 25000 25000 N N
52520 Y Y
Replace thermal head (end of life) 62500 62500 N N
1898 5000 5000 Y Y

Film calibration upper tray required N N
2505 5000 5000 Y Y
Film calibration lower tray required N N
0 5000 5000 Y Y
Service maintenance required N N
Accept Changes Discard Changes Reset Values

536709fk.cdr
Figure 23
5.3 Customer Conversation

(1) Fill out the Maintenance checklist and hand it out to the customer.
(2) Explain the results of the maintenance to the customer.


Maintenance
DD+DIS032.07E Maintenance Checklist
Maintenance Checklist
Work Instruction for order no. SN Film cycles
The maintenance has to be carried out:
Every 12 months or 25 000 printed films
NOTE:
Maintenance must be carried out according to the maintenance instructions
DD+DIS032.07E
Diagnostics Done
Questioning of the • Questioning of the customer about problems with
customer the printer.
Infocounter • Read-out and analyzation of the infocounter
analysis
Image quality • Printing of STI1, STI2 and medical test image for
check comparison with test images at final system check
Maintenance points - Power off DONE

Check of general • Visual check of power and network cable.
condition • Visual check of covers and film magazines
Check of condition • Visual check of all belts and gears in the printer.
of belts and gears
Visual check of • Check of cables inside the printer for damage
the cables
Cleaning of the • Cleaning of the suction cups of both film pickup
suction cups assemblies with a lint free cloth lightly moistened
with Isopropyl alcohol
Cleaning of • Cleaning of the Electronic rack with a vacuum
Electronics rack cleaner.
Cleaning of Power • Cleaning of the Power supply air inlet with a
supply air inlet vacuum cleaner


Maintenance
Check and • Check of the rubber of the drum for damage.

Cleaning of Drum • Cleaning of the rubber of the drum with a lint free
cloth lightly moistened with Isopropyl alcohol or
Ethanol.
Cleaning of • Cleaning of the Thermal print head with a lint free
Thermal print cloth lightly moistened with Isopropyl alcohol
head
Electrical check • Check of the protective earth resistance
Maintenance points - Power on DONE

Smart Profile • Performing smart profile calibration, if print stripes
Calibration are visible in the 10" film edge area
Check of safety • Opening of top cover to check function of safety
switch switch
SW patch • Installation of SW patch, in case a recommended
installation SW patch for the printer is available
Film calibration • Calibration of the films in both input trays.
Density • Density Reproduction Check to confirm proper
Reproduction operating CDM. Execution of CDM calibration if
Check not okay.
Test image • Printing of STI1, STI2 and medical test image
evaluation
• Comparison with test images made during printer
diagnostics
• Check for artifacts on the film. In case of artifacts
in STI1 / STI2 and medical test image
troubleshooting as described in chapter 3.3
Troubleshooting.
Host system • Printing of diagnostic image from every host
image quality system
check
• Check concerning artifacts in diagnostic image.
Comparison with artifacts in last STI1 /STI2
image.
o In case artifacts are also visible in STI1 / STI2
image, troubleshooting as described in chapter
3.3 Troubleshooting.
o In case artifact is only visible in images of a
specific host but not in STI1 / STI2 image,
initiation of service call of modality service
engineer


Completion DONE
Backup • Backup of machine specific parameters
Reset of • Reset of Maintenance action counters
Maintenance
• Reset of relative infocounter
action counters
and relative • Confirmation of the maintenance in the printer
infocounter service menu.
Customer • Explanation of results of preventive maintenance.
conversation


Maintenance
Remarks:
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................... ..................................................................
Date / Signature Service Technician Customer


Published by
D - 81539 München
Germany


Imaging Services Service Bulletins
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367/100
► Please note
Service Bulletins are not part of the Service Manual for Download.
Please download the Service Bulletins from the GSO Library:

MEDNET GSO Æ Hardcopy Æ Dry Printers Æ Drystar Axys Æ Service Bulletin

service_bulletin_cover_e_template_v01
DD+DIS033.07E Service Bulletins
intentionally left blank


Imaging Services Installation Planning
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367/100
This documentation is separately available. Order No: DD+DIS031.07E.

eq_11_install-planning_e_template_v04
1
1 2 3
DD+DIS031.07E Installation Planning
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
the equipment.
on the product.
Printed copies of this document are not controlled.

The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

1 2 3

This document contains all planning data including the required measures to be carried
out on site prior to the machine delivery.

Revision Date compared to previous version 1.0
1.1 12-2007 • Corrected wrong outlet and cable specification for US:
Wrong: NEMA 6-15p outlet/cable
Correct: NEMA 5-15p outlet/cable.
See section 8.
• Adapted throughput and access time parameters to
parameters listed in printer datasheet.
See section 9.2
Document Title
n.a. n.a.


1 2 3
LIST OF CONTENTS
1 INSTALLATION PLANNING CHECKLIST................................................................................6

2 SYSTEM OVERVIEW...............................................................................................................7
3 SCOPE OF DELIVERY AND ACCESSORIES.........................................................................8
3.1 Scope of delivery ......................................................................................................................8
3.2 Accessories...............................................................................................................................9
4 MACHINE DIMENSIONS .......................................................................................................10

5 MINIMUM FREE SPACE FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE .....................................11
6 SYSTEM INTEGRATION .......................................................................................................12
6.1 Network integration parameters..............................................................................................12
6.2 Modality Setup Parameters.....................................................................................................13
6.3 Setup of Security and Privacy (optional).................................................................................16
6.3.1 List of Key-operator, Service people and Specialists with access rights................................16
6.3.2 Audit Logging Server and NTP Server parameters ................................................................17
6.3.3 Availability of certificates.........................................................................................................18
6.4 Service Host Parameters ........................................................................................................18
6.5 Example for System Integration..............................................................................................19
7 AMBIENT CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................19

7.1 During operation .....................................................................................................................19
7.2 During transport and storage ..................................................................................................20
8 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ..............................................................................................21

8.1 Electrical Connections at the Printer.......................................................................................22
9 SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................................................................23
9.1 Type Overview ........................................................................................................................23
9.2 Functional Data .......................................................................................................................23
9.2.1 Pixel Matrices..........................................................................................................................24
9.3 Electrical Data .........................................................................................................................25
9.4 Climatic Data...........................................................................................................................25
9.5 Sound Emission Data .............................................................................................................25


1 2 3
9.6 Interface Data..........................................................................................................................25
9.7 Service Data............................................................................................................................25
9.8 Dimensions and Weight ..........................................................................................................26
9.8.1 Dimensions, packed machine .................................................................................................26
9.8.2 Dimensions, closed Machine ..................................................................................................26
9.8.3 Dimensions, opened Machine.................................................................................................26
9.8.4 Weight .....................................................................................................................................26
10 SAFETY STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS .......................................................................27


1 2 3
1 Installation Planning Checklist

# Step Goal See Okay
section
1. Make yourself familiar with the To see in which surrounding the printer will 2
System Overview be installed
2. Have a look at the scope of Basic information, to see whether 3.1
delivery additional, site specific material for
installation might be required
3. Have a look at the available To be able to order required accessories 3.2
accessories before the installation
4. Have a look at the machine To be able to check, whether the printer fits 4
dimensions in the desired installation place
5. Check the required free space To see whether enough free space for 5
around the printer. operation, repair and maintenance is
available.
6. Organize the required network To have all parameters in advance, to 6
parameters to hook up the prevent a delay during installation
printer in the existing network.
7. Get up-to-date Connectivity To be prepared for modality specific 6.2
Release Documents for the adjustments at the printer
modalities which shall print on
the printer
8. Compare the required To prevent installation of the printer in an 7
ambient and climatic inappropriate environment, leading to
conditions with the condition functional faults.
at the installation place.
9. Check the required electrical To be able to initiate all required 8
connection prerequisites in advance to allow proper
electrical connections
10. Make yourself familiar with the To have all printer parameters available 9
printer specifications which might be required for people who are
involved in installation and operation of the
printer.
11. Have a look at the printer To have the safety standards and 10
safety standards and regulations for which the printer is tested
regulations available in case they are requested by the
hospital administration.
12. Confirm the installation To be sure that all required pre-installation Last Page
readiness conditions are fulfilled.


1 2 3
2 System Overview
536711JK.CDR
Figure 1
Device Comment
Modality The modality has to support the DICOM print protocol
DRYSTAR AXYS Dry printer for
• 14x17", 14x14", 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2 blue
base or clear base films
• 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2 Mammo blue base films
NOTE:
Remark for an Installation in a 'HIPAA conform environment':
In Figure 1 two additional, optional modules are not listed:
1) Audit logging server: This is a computer in the networking allowing to
store all communication between the different devices in the network.
2) NTP (Network Time Protocol) Server: This is a computer providing
time synchronization. It is useful for audit logging, so that all
messages of all devices have the same time reference.
Both devices are only required in a 'HIPAA' environment, where high data
security is required.
For more information refer to section 6.3.


1 2 3
3 Scope of Delivery and Accessories
3.1 Scope of delivery

NOTE:
The printer is delivered with all parts, which are required to install it in an existing
Ethernet network.
Device name: DRYSTAR AXYS

Type: 5367/100
ABC Code EYZ4E
Scope of delivery
• 1 Basic DRYSTAR Axys including:
- 2 input trays adjustable for all film sizes
- 1 output tray
• 1 Compact Flash card (stored in backup CF card slot in input tray)
• 2 power cables (Europe / US)
• 1 UTP network cable, 5 m long (2 x RJ45 connection) incl. extension piece
• 1 Reference manual (English)
• 1 User Manual (English; Chinese simplified, Spanish)
• 1 CD with all user manuals and Plug&Play installation manuals in all languages*
• 1 packing list
• 1 Plug and Play Installation manual (English)
• 25 films 14x17" DT 2B for test purposes
• 25 films 8x10" DT 2B for test purposes
• 2 sets film type labels
• 1 Chinese warning sticker
• 1 CE declaration of conformity
• 1 China ROHS declaration
• 1 Installation Report
*available languages: Chinese simplified, Chinese traditional, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian,
Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Latvian, Lithuanian, Norwegian,
Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Slovakian, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Vietnamese


1 2 3
IMPORTANT:
The printer is delivered with two 3 m power cables. See Figure 8.
• For US: NEMA 5-15P with IEC C13 plug (female)
• For Europe: CEE7/7 with IEC C13 plug (female)
Organize a power cable for your country locally.
See section 8 for “Mains connection in the installation room” specifications.
3.2 Accessories
Item Order Number Comment

Mobile Kit EX2DV Contains a metal frame for fixing the printer on a table
or floor.
To be used in earthquake areas and in mobile usage.
May not be used in military vessels.
536711al.cdr
Mammo license EY8RN Contains the mammo license key.

When entering this key, the printer is able to print
Dmax up to 3.80 O.D., what is required for mammo
printing.
NOTE:
Accessory "Remote Service":
In general it is possible to diagnose and repair the printer to a certain extent remotely.
To enable remote service of the printer remote access has first to be organized.
Remote Access is established via the Agfa own Secure Remote Service System
(SRSS).
For more information to the SRSS refer to MEDNET – GSO Library - Technical


1 2 3
Services - Service Delivery - SRSS
4 Machine dimensions
Closed machine:
67,6 cm
26.6"
.2 m
28 5 c
"
.
71
72,
8
28. cm
7"
536711jo.cdr
Figure 2
Opened machine:
76 cm
29,9"
,7 m
45 6 c
"
11
536711jn.cdr
536711jp.cdr
Figure 3 Figure 4


1 2 3
5 Minimum free space for operation and maintenance
23 m m
60
0
. 6"
23 mm
0
.6"
60
80
23 mm
0
31 mm
.6"
0
.5" 54
23 m m
60
0
.6"
23 mm
0
60
.6"
536611JL.cdr
Space required for servicing and installation Space required for normal use
Figure 5
NOTE:
In case the minimum free space for installation and repair is not available, the printer
can be carried at a different place. The printer weight is 90 kg (198 lb). It can in
general be carried by three people.
CAUTION:
The device is heavy (90 kg / 198 lb). Risk of injuries.
At least three people have to lift the device from one position to the other.
Use proper foot and hand protection when lifting the device.
The table might break and cause injuries or damage to the device. The device weight
may be too heavy for the table.
Communicate to the customer, that the table must be able to carry more than 90 kg
(198 lb).


1 2 3
6 System integration
The system integration comprises the following tasks:
Task Refer to
Network integration of the printer 6.1
Modality setup 6.2
Setup of security and privacy (optional) 6.3
Setup of the Agfatek Link Service Host 6.4
For each of these steps various parameters are required in advance. They can be
entered in the following tables:
6.1 Network integration parameters
To connect the printer to the hospital network, the following parameters are required by
the hospital network administrator:
Parameter Default Value
Printer IP address 169.254.10.10 .............................................
Hostname dsaxys .............................................
Subnet mask 255.255.0.0 .............................................
Router IP address - .............................................
Printer AE title* DSAXYS .............................................
Domain name - .............................................
*two or more AE-titles can be configured at the printer. See note next page
The Hospital Network Administrator needs the following information about the printer:
Network connection RJ45 UTP, 1000 BaseT acc. to IEC601
Transmission protocol DICOM Version 3.0; FTP, Telnet, HTTP, SNMP,
SMTP
Image formats DICOM


1 2 3
NOTE:
Logical Printer Configuration to support printing for different applications:
It is possible to define more than one AE title at the printer – this means it's possible to
have two or more “logical” DRYSTAR AXYS printers.
To configure logical SCP printers can be necessary, in case for example printing is
initiated at a PACS system, which has several modalities as input.
Example:
The PACS system collects CR and CT images.
• CR images shall be printed with taste LUT Kanamori
• CT images shall be printed with linear taste LUT.
Problem:
The workstation at the PACS system has one AE title only. The DRYSTAR AXYS
does not recognize, for which type of modality (CR or CT) the user wants to print.
Solution:
• Create one logical printer 'DRYSTARAXYS_CR' and one 'DRYSTARAXYS_CT'.
• Create two different host profiles for the two logical printers, one with Kanamori
LUT, the other with linear taste LUT.
• In the workstation setup both printers: The user has to select the proper logical
printer, depending on the application.
⇒ The number of logical SCP printers is limited. As each configured SCP server
consumes resources of the printer, use as little SCP servers as possible. Rule of
thumb: Define max. 4 logical printers.
6.2 Modality Setup Parameters

For setup of the modalities at the printer, the following parameters have to be collected
at the hospital network administrator:


1 2 3
Modality 1: ................................................... (nickname* of the modality; max. 8

characters (letters/figures))
Parameter Value
Modality brand ...........................................................................
Modality type ...........................................................................
Modality AE_title ...........................................................................

Parameter Value
Modality brand ...........................................................................
Modality type ...........................................................................

Parameter Value
Modality brand ...........................................................................
Modality type ...........................................................................

Parameter Value
Modality brand ...........................................................................
Modality type ...........................................................................
*Nickname: The name of the modality which is used by the personnel.

Example: The workstation "Siemens Icon Power PC" could be named
"Icon" in the daily use.
At the printer configuration this name is entered as "nickname".


1 2 3
Many modalities have been tested with the printer. For several of the tested modalities
specific parameters have to be set at the printer. This is documented in the
“Connectivity Release Document”.
IMPORTANT:
(1) Check via Interface Status Report, whether the modality which shall print at the
Drystar Axys is tested and released.
(2) If a connectivity release document for the modality – printer connection exists,
read this document before installation.
NOTE concerning Interface Status Report and Connectivity Release Documents:

The up-to-date interface status report lists all modalities, for which the connectivity to
any Agfa HealthCare device is tested and released.
The ISR (Interface Status Report) is available on MEDNET - HealthCare Library -
General Info - Connectivity & Application - To Agfa - Application Info - Agfa
ISRxyz.pdf (only via Intranet – not via Internet).
The ISR also lists the Connectivity Release Document numbers.
Example see Figure 6
PHILIPS, CR DRYSTAR 4500(M)/5500/5300

EASYVISION RAD 4.2 Image : ETHERNET II
DICOM 3.0
Control : ETHERNET II
DICOM PRINT MANAGEMENT SCU
Status : Released for installation
Document : 000874
Remarks :
5365_reg11_006_e.cdr
Connectivity Release
Document Number
Figure 6
Connectivity Release Documents:

Specific connectivity information for the DRYSTAR AXYS can be found in the
Connectivity Release Documents.
The Connectivity Release Documents are available on MEDNET (Intranet and
Internet), Imaging Library - General Info - Connectivity & Application
Not all modalities that are tested for Drystar 4500 (M)/ 5500 / 5503 / 5300 / 5302 are
also tested for Drystar AXYS. As the controller part for all printers is more or less
identical, except behaviour regarding film sizes and output tray, modalities that are
tested for Drystar 4500 (M)/ 5500 / 5503 / 5300 / 5302 can also be connected to
Drystar AXYS.


1 2 3
6.3 Setup of Security and Privacy (optional)

In case HIPAA compliance is required, following items have to be checked in advance:
Item Refer to
Users and service people who may have access 6.3.1
Audit Logging Server and NTP Server parameters 6.3.2
Availability of certificates 6.3.3
NOTE:
The parameters for 'Security and Privacy' have to be determined and entered by the
'hospital security responsible person'.
Please hand out the pages of this subsection (6.3) to the 'hospital security responsible
person'.
6.3.1 List of Key-operator, Service people and Specialists with access rights
The list of Key-operators is limited to 50. The Key-Operator has access to the Key-
Operator webpages of the printer.
Following conventions are valid:

• Username: min. 4 characters, max 20 characters
• Network password: min. 4 characters, max 10 characters
# User name Password

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.


1 2 3
The list of service people is limited to 8. The service people have access to the
service web pages.

# Service person name Password

1.
2.
3.
4.
The list of Specialists is limited to 1. The Specialist has access to the specialist web
pages.

# Specialist name Password

1.
6.3.2 Audit Logging Server and NTP Server parameters

To setup the Audit Logging and NTP server in the printer, request the following
parameters from the hospital network administrator:
Parameter Value
Audit Logging IP address ................................................................
Audit Logging port number ................................................................
NTP server IP address ...............................................................
NTP server port number ...............................................................


1 2 3
6.3.3 Availability of certificates

Check with the hospital network administrator, that certificates are available for all
devices, which shall be HIPAA compliant.
NOTE:
• Agfa devices which are according to the HIPAA specifications have Agfa
certificates already loaded.
• All certificates issued by Agfa have a validity period of 10 years
6.4 Service Host Parameters
NOTE:
The AGFATEK LINK Service Host is optional in the network.
It is an optional part of the SRSS (Secure Remote Service System).
For more information to the SRSS refer to MEDNET – GSO Library - Technical
Services - Service Delivery - SRSS
Parameter Default Value

Service Host IP address 192.9.200.155 .............................................
Phone Number -- .............................................


1 2 3
6.5 Example for System Integration
IP Address:192.9.200.155 Digitizer:
CR 75.0
Service
Host
ADC QS
Ultrasound
Nickname: Digitizer 53
67
Printer 11
ad
Modality Brand: AGFA .cd
r
Modality Type: CR QS
Calling AE-Title: QS
Nickname: Ultrasound
Modality Brand: ACUSON
Modality Type: ASPEN
Calling AE-Title: US_ASPEN
IP address: 192.9.200.201
Hostname: dsaxys
Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
Router IP address: -
Printer AE Title: DSAXYS
Domain name: -
Figure 7
7 Ambient conditions
7.1 During operation
Ambient temperature: min.: +15°C (59°F)

max.: +30°C (86°F)
Relative humidity: min.: 20%

(non condensing) max.: 75%


1 2 3
7.2 During transport and storage
NOTE:
• Climate conditions for storage must be in accordance with
EN60721-3-1-class 1K4
• Climate conditions for transport must be in accordance with
EN60721-3-2(1993)-class 2K4
Ambient temperature min.: - 25°C (-13°F)

during storage: max.: + 55°C (131°F)
Relative humidity min.: 10%

during storage: max.: 95%
Absolute humidity min.: 0.1 g/m³

during storage: max.: 35 g/m³
Rate of temperature max.: 1 °C/min.

change during storage
Air pressure during Min. 70 kPa

storage max.: 106 kPa
Ambient temperature min.: - 40°C (-40°F)

during transport: max.: + 70°C (158°F)
Relative humidity min.: 10%

during transport: max.: 95%


1 2 3
8 Electrical connections
Installation guidelines Electrical installations have to be done in accordance
with national regulations. Examples:
VDE (Germany) Electrical installations in the
installation room must be in compliance with the
regulations IEC 364, VDE 0100, and VDE 0107.
UL (US) Electrical installations in the installation
room must be in compliance with the regulations:
“National Electrical Code" (NEC) (NFPA70).
IMPORTANT:
A ground fault interrupter (GFI) (IN = 30 mA) must be installed at a suitable point in
the circuit (in compliance with VDE 664).
Mains connection in the VDE Double earthed pin outlet in compliance with
installation room DIN 49441 and with CEE 7 standard cover V II.
UL Earthed contact outlet for the NEMA 5-15 P plug
Mains cable Euro- CEE7/7 - H05VV - F3G - 3 x 2.5 mm² with

(part of the delivery) Version: IEC C13 plug (female); cable length 3 m
US/CAN- NEMA 5-15P - SJT, 3 x AWG 18 with
Version: IEC C13 plug (female); Cable length 3 m
US Europe
IEC C13 CEE7/7
NEMA 5-15P IEC C13

5366_chap11_001.cdr
Figure 8
Network cable UTP; AWG24; Length: 5 m

(part of the delivery)
Main switch Upon machine installation, it must be ensured that either

the mains connector or an all-pole circuit breaker for the
installation on site is located close to the machine and
easily accessible.


1 2 3
8.1 Electrical Connections at the Printer
Ground plug. 100 - 240 V AC

6 mm metric thread power supply
Equipotential plug
Network connection.
RJ45 UTP for 100BaseT network,
according to IEC 601
Service Interface.
RS232 Interface male
DTE 9 pin sub D (nullmodem)
536611JM.cdr
Figure 9


1 2 3
9 Specifications
9.1 Type Overview

Printer Type
DRYSTAR AXYS 5367/100
9.2 Functional Data

Film sizes 14x17", 14x14", 14x11", 10x12", 8x10"
Throughput (films/hour) 14x17" 75 sheets / hour
Throughput (films/hour) 8x10" (mammo) 130 sheets / hour
Access time1st film 14 x 17" 65 secs.
Access time1st film 8 x 10" (mammo) 40 secs.
Printable area(pixels) Refer to 9.2.1
resolution(DPI) 508 (50 µm Pixel size)
Bits per pixel / number of grey steps 12 / 4096
Daylight film loading yes
Films per film magazine 100 films
Number of film magazines 2
Image recording type Direct thermography
Densitometer built in yes
Automatic density control yes
Hard disk capacity ≥ 73 GB
RAM Memory Plugged on Thanos: 512 MB
Warm-up time Approx. 7 min. (cold printer)


1 2 3
9.2.1 Pixel Matrices
These tables list the diagnostic print matrices (= addressable area by the modality).
At some modalities this information has to be entered by the modality service engineer.
Diagnostic Area for Non-Mammo Printing:
NO annotations WITH annotations

Portr.&Landsc. Portrait Landscape
Film Size Width & Height Width Height Width Height
8INX10IN 3852 4880 3852 4300 4880 3272
10INX12IN 4880 5860 4880 5280 5860 4300
11INX14IN 5376 6922 5376 6342 6922 4796
14INX14IN 6882 6882 6882 6302 6882 6302
14INX17IN 6922 8368 6922 7788 8368 6342
Table 1: Pixel Matrices Non Mammo Printing.
Diagnostic Area for Mammo Printing:
NO annotations WITH annotations

Portr.&Landsc. Portrait Landscape
Film Size Width & Height Width Height Width Height
8INX10IN 3828 4958 3828 4378 4958 3248
10INX12IN 4892 5810 4892 5320 5810 4312
11INX14IN 5376 6922 5376 6342 6922 4796
Table 2: Pixel Matrices Mammo Printing.
NOTE:
If trim is used around the images (trim is a small, white frame around each image on
the film – this can be configured via DICOM host profiles), the diagnostic area is 6
pixels smaller at each edge of the film.


1 2 3
9.3 Electrical Data

Rated voltage [~V] 100-240 AC (autosensing)
Frequency [Hz] 50/60
Power consumption [W] 70 standby
250 printing average
530 peak
9.4 Climatic Data

Heat emission [kJ/h] 252 standby
900 printing average
1908 maximum
9.5 Sound Emission Data

Noise level: in standby: 53 dB(A) maximum
in operation: 62 dB(A) maximum
9.6 Interface Data

Image / control data interface DICOM 3.0 Print SCP
Maximum number of simultaneous 10
DICOM associations
Network connection RJ45 UTP, 1000 BaseT (1 GB/s)
acc. to IEC601
9.7 Service Data

InfoCounter yes
Error diagnostics built in yes
Module exchange concept yes
Remote/preventive service capable yes


1 2 3
9.8 Dimensions and Weight
9.8.1 Dimensions, packed machine
Length / depth (cm / inch) 90 / 35.4

Width (cm / inch) 87 / 34.2
Height (cm / inch) 69 / 27.2
Height incl. Pallet (cm / inch) 84 / 33.1
9.8.2 Dimensions, closed Machine
Width (cm / inch) 72,8 / 28.6

Length / depth (cm / inch) 71,5 / 28.2
Height with output tray (cm / inch) 67,6 / 26.6
Height without output tray (cm / inch) 53,6 / 21.1
9.8.3 Dimensions, opened Machine
Width (cm / inch) 72,8 / 28.6

Length / depth (cm / inch) 116 / 45.7
with film trays opened
Height (cm / inch) 76 / 29.9
with top cover opened
9.8.4 Weight
Printer alone (kg / lb) 90 / 198

Printer with packing incl. palette (kg / lb) 120,5 / 265,6


1 2 3
10 Safety Standards and Regulations
The printer has been tested and found to comply with the following international
standards and regulations:
• Medical Devices Directive 93/42/EEC

• CFR Part 21
Safety standards:
• IEC 60601-1 + A1 + A2
• EN 60601-1 + A1 + A2
• UL 60601-1:2003
• CSA 22.2 No. 601.1-M90
• GB4943-2001
Radio-interference regulations (interference suppression):
• FCC Rules 47 CFR part 15 subpart B, class A

• FCC rules 47 CFT part 15 subpart C, class B
• IEC 60601-1-2
• CISPR 11, class A
• CISPR 22, class A
• IEC 61000-4-3
• IEC 61000-4-4
• IEC 61000-4-5
• IEC 61000-4-6
• IEC 61000-3-2
• IEC 61000-3-3
• IEC 61000-4-11
• ETSI 300330
• GB9254-1998 (Class A)
• GB17625.1-2003
The DRYSTAR AXYS carries the FCC ID: HPL5367, CE, TUV, cULus and CCC label.


HEALTHCARE INSTALLATION SITE
READINESS CHECKLIST
Imaging Services
Name of Field Service Engineer: _________________ Checking date:____________

Client name: ___________________________________________________________
Client address: __________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
Contact person,
name and title: ___________________________________________________________
Client phone number: ________________________ Extension:_________________
Type of systems: ___________________ Order /OGT number: _____________________
# Item Refer to okay
1 All parts, which are required additionally to the "scope of 3.1

delivery" (e.g. power cables) are available at the installation site
3 The planned installation place has enough space for 4 and 5

installation, operation and repair
4 The required system integration parameters are available 6
5 The required connectivity Release Documents are available 6.2
6 The Host System is installed and the Host System Service --

Engineer is scheduled to setup the printer at the host system.
7 The ambient conditions are within the given limits 7
8 The electrical connection is available as specified 8
Remarks:______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Signature of the FSE or Product Specialist:

1

Published by
D - 81539 München
Germany
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare NV


Imaging Services Glossary
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367/100

This document contains explanations of product specific terms and abbreviations used
in the service documentation for DRYSTAR AXYS.

Revision Date
Document Title
n.a. n.a.


eq_12_glossary_e_template_v04
DD+DIS033.07E Glossary
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
the equipment.
on the product.


1 Glossary
Term Short description

2-Propanol Alcohol used for cleaning purposes.
(Isopropyl alcohol)

A
AE-Title Application Entity Title.
A DICOM capable device in the network is unambiguously
identified by its IP address, hostname and AE-Title .
DRYSTAR Axys has the AE-Title "DSAXYS" by default. The
AE-Title for the Drystar AXYS in the DICOM Host must be
identical with the AE-Title in the Drystar AXYS itself.
The AE-Title is set up during installation.
To make a clear distinction between AE-title and IP address,
it is recommended to use only lower case characters for the
hostname. Preferably use the same name as for the AE-title,
but in lowercase.
Adressable Area This area on film, on which the thermal head can print. The
adressable area is smaller than the complete film, as the
thermal head may not print over the film (i.e. on the drum).
See also "diagnostic area".
AGFATEK LINK Device out of the AGFATEK product spectrum for remote
service. Enables to make a dial-up-networking connection
between local PC and the AGFA network.
Anti-static wrist strap Wrist strap made of synthetic material with integrated thread-
like metal.
Used for "grounding" the service engineer during service at
printed circuit boards. Prevents electronic components from
being destroyed by static discharge.

B
B/W Black and White.
Battery RAM A RAM component, whose contents is being stored by the
tension of a battery.



Blue Based Film Film with a blue colored support layer.
The fog level of this film is approx. 0.2 O.D. See also "Clear
Based Film"
Browser Application used for reading Internet pages. The commonly
used browsers are Microsoft Internet Explorer and Netscape
Navigator.

C
Calibration Process which determines a reproducible correlation
between input and output values.
Clear Based Film Film with a transparent support layer.
The fog level of this film is approx. 0.15 O.D. See also "Blue
Based Film"
COM1, COM2 Names for the first two serial interfaces of a computer
CPU (Devil) Board Printed circuit board to control the main functions of the
printer, CPU.

D
DA Converter Digital Analog Converter.
DCE Data Communications Equipment.
Term out of the RS232 specification. DCE equipment sends
data on pin 3 and receives on pin 2. The RS232 interface
from modems or PC's is almost always DCE. To connect a
DCE with a DTE device, a standard RS232 cable is required.
To establish a DCE - DCE connection, respectively a DTE -
DTE connection a nullmodem cable is required. See also
DTE.
Densitometer Device used for measuring the optical density of the film.
Diagnostic Area This area on film which is is used by the printer for the actual
image sent from the modality. The diagostic area is smaller
than the adressable area, as the diagnosic area is
surrounded by a black frame.
DICOM Digital Imaging and Communication in Medicine.
A network protocol, which is wide spread in the medical
world, and used for interchanging text and images.



DICOM PMS DICOM Print Management Service.
A device which provides DICOM PMS
(= provider) makes it possible to print DICOM images. A
device which uses DICOM PMS
(= user) is able to control a DICOM printer. The DRYSTAR
Axys is a DICOM PMS Provider.
Dmin / Dmax Minimal / maximal optical density on the film.
DNS Domain Name System
The DNS server builds up the connection between IP-
address and Domain name.
Domain Name The Domain Name is the name for a device in the network.
It provides for a more comfortable contact to a network node
by calling it via name instead of the IP address. In the
internet for example the IP address 19.5.6.121 can be
contacted by the name 'johnson.com'. To identify a device in
the network via a name it has to be registered in a DNS
server. The network system administrator determines the
domain name for DRYSTAR AXYS.
DPI Dots Per Inch.
Pixels per Inch (1 inch = 2,54 cm)
DRA Direct Remote Access.
Remote service
DTE Data Terminal Equipment.
Term out of the RS232 Specification. DTE equipment sends
data on pin 2 and receives on pin 3.
See also DCE.

E
EEPROM Electrically Erasable, Programmable Read Only Memory.
Memory chip that can be electronically erased and
programmed again.
EMC ElectroMagnetic Compatibility.
EMI ElectroMagnetic Interference.
EPROM Erasable, Programmable Read Only Memory. Memory chip
that can be erased by ultraviolet light and be electronically
programmed again.
Ethernet Network carrier technology for LANs (Local Area Networks).



F
FIFO First In, First Out.
Way of storing data that first selects the data that have been
entered first.
Used in (print) queues.
Film batch Number printed on the film packet.
It changes with every new film emulsion. Only the films with
the same film batch have exactly the same characteristics.
Film Sensitometry Calibration of the film.
By calibrating, the printer gets a table with certain density
values for certain control values.
Film type Film of a certain producer or a similar producer but with
different characteristics (sensitivity, contrast).
FireWire Serial bus standard also known as IEEE1394. Data rate up
to 400 Mb/s.
Flash EPROM An EPROM in which data have to be deleted in fixed blocks
instead of separate bytes.
Fog level Lowest optical density that can be measured on the film.
FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array.
A logic chip, which can be programmed. An FPGA can be
programmed after its production.
FSE Field Service Engineer. Service technician.
FTP File Transfer Protocol.
A network protocol required for file transfer within the
network.

G
GSN Global Support Network. Part of the Agfa HealthCare service
organisation.

H



Heat sink Assembly to absorb and dissipate heat.
It is used with the thermal print head to dissipate its surplus
heat energy.
HTTP HyperText Transmission Protocol.
Protocol that determines the data format and the way of
transmission of HTML-pages in the World Wide Web
(WWW).
Host In the computer world a host computer is a device, which
provides services and settings for other computers.
Especially in the world of medical devices a host system is
the device at which the printer is going to be connected to.
Hyper Terminal A Windows program used for serial data communication
between two computers.

I
ICM Image Composition Map.
Complete image data for a complete film. These image data
correspond to the several pixels on the film that is going to
be printed.
IEC International Electro technical Commission
Infocounter File in the printer, which logs lots of information and events.
The infocounter contains for example the date of the
installation, the SW version and all the errors that have
occurred.
IP-Address Internet Protocol Address.
A 32 Bit address, which is assigned to each TCP/IP host.
Example: 192.9.200.201.
ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network. Telecommunication
network which allows different ways of communication
(language, text, data, images) to be transferred in one united
public net.



J
Java An object oriented programming language developed by Sun
Microsystems. It is independent of the computer system
used.
Java is used for browsers in the WWW.

K
KEY6 Assy Printed circuit board to control the printer keypad.

L
LCD-Display Liquid Crystal Display.
By supplying a voltage the liquid crystals are arranged such
that a contrast is visible.
LED Light Emitting Diode.
Diode which emits green, yellow or red light.
LUT Look-Up Table,
contrast reference curve, e.g. Kanamori LUT.

M
Mammography X-ray diagnostics of the female breast.

N
Netmask Also called subnet mask. A 32 bit mask that displays which
bits are in use for the subnet address. Subnets are used in a
network to keep it well-structured.



Null Modem Cable A RS232 cable where all the wires are crossed over. This
way for example the receive wire at the one side is
connected with the transmit wire of the other side.

O
O.D. Optical Density

P
PACS Picture Archiving and Communication System.
PCB Printed Circuit Board.
Pick-up Module Assembly in the printer that provides for the transport of a
film out of the input tray.
Pixel One of the individual dots that make up an image on the film.
E.g. a 10x12" film contains 4940 x 5900 pixels (adressable
area).
PMS DICOM Print Management Service.
A device that provides DICOM PMS
(= provider), makes printing of DICOM images possible. A
device using DICOM PMS (= user) can control a DICOM
printer. DRYSTAR Axys is a DICOM PMS provider.
Portex AGFA own operating system for medical devices.
Postscript Imperative programming language for the device
independent description of print pages which brings the
complete data (text, images, graphics) and their positions to
a standardized data structure. PostScript was developed in
1982 by the American company Adobe Systems and evolved
in the meantime to a quasi-standard. A further development
is PostScript Level 2, which has got among others things an
optimized data compression.
Print drum A rubber drum in the printer that guides the film along the
thermal print head.
Prompt A symbol that appears on a computer terminal screen.
Example: C:\>


Short description
R
RAM Random Access Memory
Free accessible memory. The RAM-board is used to store
intermediate data.
RJ45 Recommended Jack 45.
A connector specification used with UTP cables. The
connectors are 8-pole flat connectors.
Router A device in the network to connect two or more networks. It
routes incoming data packages to the corresponding
network. The network system administrator defines the IP-
address of the router for the printer. Only if the router IP-
address is known by the printer it is possible for the printer to
send information via the network back to devices which are
located in another segment of the network.
RS232 Interface Computer interface to convert computer internal parallel data
into serial data and vice versa. The interface is defined via
RS232 (Recommended Standard).
RS232 cable Cable following the RS232 standard (Recommended
Standard) to connect two RS232 interfaces (for example
connection between modem and PC).

S
Service Interface RS232 Interface at the printer.
Service key Service tool.
Used to bridge safety switches to make it possible to control
all the devices despite the device is opened.
SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers.
The printer is able to print out the black/white test image
named after the SMPTE for test purposes.
SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.
Protocol to send e-mails between computers in the internet.



T
TCP/IP Transport Control Protocol / Internet Protocol. Widespread
network protocol.
Telnet A network protocol that provides for logging in to a network
computer system.
TIF Tagged Image Format.
A standard format to store pixel oriented images. GIF and
JPG are more and more superseding TIF.
TH Abbreviation of Thermal Print Head.
Thanos board Board on the Devil Board. Responsible for operating system
and image processing.
Thermal Print Head Resistor line that transfers the image to the film.

U
USB Universal Serial Bus.
PC bus system to attach peripherals like scanner, keyboards
etc. to PC's. Data rate 12 Mb/s and up to 480 Mb/s for USB-
2.
UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair.
A network cable where the wires are twisted and without
additional shielding.

V
VDE Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker.
Association of German Electro-Technicians

X
XT X-Terminal.
An Agfa program for serial data communication between two
computers.


This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
Order no.:
DD+DIS033.07E
DRYSTAR AXYS
Type 5367/100
1st Edition
HEALTHCARE ReadMeFirst
Imaging Services Service Manual for Download

This document describes how to
• add the “order list for documentation”.
• print.
• add comments.

1.2 06-2008 Added how to integrate the order list for documentation in a
printed manual. See section 1.
06-2008 printed in Germany
Document Node ID: 16099429
ReadMeFirst
1 Integrating the Order List for Documentation
IMPORTANT:
The “order list for documentation” is not part of the service manual for download.
Purpose of the “order list for documentation”:
To verify the latest level and completeness of your Service Manual.
(1) In the MEDNET GSO library select the product of your interest.
(2) Select “Order list and Front page → PRODUCT - Chapter 00 - Order List for
Documentation”.
(3) Download the “order list for documentation” to your computer.
(4) When creating a paper manual:
Print the order list and put it behind the cover sheet.
2 Printing single Pages, Chapters or the complete Manual
IMPORTANT:
Preferably print this manual double-sided:
This PDF manual contains empty pages at the end of several chapters, to have the
next chapter starting with an uneven page number when printed doubles-sided.
If printed one-sided, dispose these empty pages.
Preferably print circuit diagrams on a DIN A3 or ANSI B (Ledger) printer, if

available.
Some pages – especially circuit diagrams for equipment – have been created on paper
size larger than DIN A4/Letter. Printing these pages on DIN A4/Letter may result in
reduced legibility. It is recommended to print these pages separately on a DIN A3 or
ANSI B (Ledger) printer.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Page 2 of 5

ReadMeFirst
2.1 Printing single Pages or Chapters
To print single chapters or pages of a chapter proceed as follows:

(1) Click the bookmark of the desired chapter.
(2) Write down or remember the shown PDF page number. See Figure 1.
Figure 1: PDF page number in the Adobe reader toolbar
(3) Go the end of the section or desired range of pages.

(4) Select "Print".
(5) Select the page range.
(6) Select "Reduce to printer margins" and "Auto-rotate and Center".
(7) Select “OK”.
Figure 2: Print dialogue for printing single pages or chapters


ReadMeFirst
NOTE:
“Shrink to printable area” may be named on other Adobe Reader versions
“reduce to printer margins” or “shrink oversized pages to paper size”.
2.2 Printing the complete Service Manual
To print the complete service manual proceed as follows:

(1) Select "Print".
(2) Select “All”.
(3) Select "shrink to printable area" and "Auto-rotate and Center"
(see NOTE above).
(4) Select “OK”.
Figure 3: Print dialogue for printing the complete manual
3 Adding Comments
• If you open this file in an Adobe Reader version ≥ 7, the comment toolbar will
show-up.
• This allows adding comments, to highlight or underline text and many more text
manipulations.
Figure 4: Adobe Reader comments toolbar


ReadMeFirst
3.1 Exporting your Comments
NOTE:
Exporting your comments allows importing them again in a next version of the manual.
(1) In the drop down menu “Comment & Markup” select "Show comments List".
Figure 5: Drop down menu “Comment & Markup”
(2) Select the desired comments: Press the CTRL-key for multiple selections.
(3) Select “Options - Export Selected Comments”.
(4) Save the file with any name.
3.2 Importing Comments
(1) In the drop down menu “Comment & Markup” select "Show comments List".
(2) Select “Options - Import Comments”.
(3) Browse for the comments file and press “select”.
NOTE:
The imported comments possibly appear on different pages, if the file where the
comments have been imported has a different number of pages.



Drystar AXYS Service Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Drystar AXYS Service Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HEALTHCARE

Imaging Services Service Manual

10-2007 printed in Germany Document Node ID: 14350040

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

Edition 1, Revision 0 DRYSTAR AXYS Chapter 0 / 2

► Purpose of this document

Edition. Release Changes

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

Edition 1, Revision 0 DRYSTAR AXYS Chapter 0 / 3

Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures

3 Repair and Service

3.1 Machine specific Safety and Repair Information

3.2 Machine specific Tools, Software Tools and Auxiliary Equipment

4 Reference and Circuit Diagrams

5 Spare Parts List

8 Manufacturing Standard Modifications

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

Edition 1, Revision 0 DRYSTAR AXYS Chapter 0 / 4

This documentation uses:

CAUTION: Possible dangerous situation: Light injuries or damage to the

Not-safety relevant notes

NOTE: • Indicates advice to facilitate the following step or action without

Actions Way of writing Sample

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

Edition 1, Revision 0 DRYSTAR AXYS Chapter 0 / 5

1 About this Manual

This is the service manual for the DRYSTAR AXYS printer.

Figure 1: System Overview

This manual comprises all information which is required to install, maintain,

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

Edition 1, Revision 0 DRYSTAR AXYS Chapter 0 / 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

Agfa Company Confidential

Generic Safety Directions

► Purpose of this Document

Edition. Release Changes

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

2 USED ICONS ........................................................................................................ 6

7 INTENDED USER ............................................................................................... 11

8 QUALIFICATIONS FOR OPERATION AND SERVICE TASKS.......................... 11

9 ENVIRONMENTAL AND OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS............. 12

10 CONNECTIONS TO OTHER EQUIPMENT ........................................................ 13

11 ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS ................................................................ 14

13 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR OPERATION......................................................... 17

14 RADIATION PROTECTION ................................................................................ 18

15 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR CLEANING AND DISINFECTION......................... 18

16 GENERAL SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR SERVICE ACTIVITIES ....................... 19

17 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PLANNING ACTIVITIES ............ 21

18 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES................................ 23

19 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ACTIVITIES ........ 25

20 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR REMOTE SERVICE ACTIVITIES ......................... 28

21 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR TRANSPORT AND SHIPMENT OF SPARE

22 SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING MODIFICATIONS.................................28

23 SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS .................28

25 WASTE DISPOSAL .............................................................................................29

26 ERASING PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION (PHI) ...................................30

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

The installation and service of equipment described herein is to be performed by qualified

Agfa HealthCare makes no warranties or representation, expressed or implied, with

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

Icon Signal Word and Situation

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: